124 products

DPS Series Digital Pressure Switch

High Precision Dual-color LCD Display Pressure Sensor
  • Product Features
  • Specifications
  • Ordering Code

Product Features

  • Dual Row LCD Display: Features a highly visible dual-row screen that simultaneously displays the current measured value (4-digit) and the target set value (3.5-digit).
  • Dual Color Indication: The main display changes color (Red/Green selectable) when the set pressure is reached, allowing for instant visual confirmation of the system status from a distance.
  • Multiple Pressure Units: Easily switch between various global pressure units (kPa, MPa, kgf/cm², bar, psi, mmHg, inHg) directly from the menu.
  • High Precision & Fast Response: Delivers an exceptionally low measurement error (±2% F.S.) and ultra-fast, selectable output delay times starting from just 2ms.
  • Dual Outputs: Built-in dual NPN or PNP transistor outputs for versatile control of automated pneumatic circuits.
  • Robust Environment Tolerance: Excellent vibration (10-500Hz) and impact resistance (100m/s²), designed for harsh industrial environments.

Technical Specifications

Power Supply 12 ~ 24 VDC ± 10%, Ripple Peak < 10%
Pressure Measurement
Fluid Type Non-corrosive gases
Measurement Range DPSN1(P1)-01: -100 kPa ~ 100 kPa (Compound/Vacuum)
DPSN1(P1)-10: -100 kPa ~ 1,000 kPa (Positive Pressure)
Maximum Proof Pressure DPSN1(P1)-01: 200 kPa
DPSN1(P1)-10: 1,500 kPa
Measurement Error ±2% of full scale, ±1 digit (at ambient temp 25±3°C)
Repeatability ±0.2% of full scale
Temperature Error ±3% of full scale (based on 25°C, within 0-50°C range)
Display Properties
Display Type Dual row LCD display (4-digit measured value + 3.5-digit set value)
Display Color Selectable dual color display (Red / Green)
Display Update Cycle 100ms, 250ms, 500ms, 1,000ms
Output Specs
Number of Outputs DPSN1: Built-in 2 NPN outputs
DPSP1: Built-in 2 PNP outputs
Transistor Output Specs Max pressure resistance 30V/100mA, residual voltage < 1.5V
Output Delay Time 2ms, 20ms, 50ms, 100ms, 250ms, 500ms, 1000ms, 2500ms, 5000ms
Selectable Pressure Units 01 Type: kPa, kgf/cm², bar, psi, mmHg, inHg
10 Type: MPa, kPa, kgf/cm², bar, psi, cmHg, inHg
Environmental Specs
Vibration Resistance 10-500Hz, 10mm amplitude, 2 hours in X, Y, Z directions
Impact Resistance Max 100m/s², 3 times in 6 directions for each of the 3 axes
Ambient Temp. (Operating) 0 ~ 50°C
Ambient Temp. (Storage) -20 ~ 65°C
Operating Humidity 35% ~ 80% RH (non-condensing)

Product Ordering Code

Example: DPS N1 B 10 020 G
No. Item Options & Description
1 Series Code DPS: Electronic Digital Pressure Switch
2 Output Mode N1: NPN Output
P1: PNP Output
3 Electrical Connection Blank: Terminal type, with cable
B: Terminal type, without cable (Order connector separately)
D: Downward outlet type
4 Pressure Range 01: -100 kPa ~ 100 kPa
10: -100 kPa ~ 1,000 kPa
5 Cable Length 020: 2m cable
030: 3m cable
050: 5m cable
M08: M8 quick-connect plug + 300mm cable
6 Pressure Port Thread Blank: External thread PT1/8, Internal thread M5
T: External thread NPT1/8, Internal thread 10-32UNF
G: External thread G1/8, Internal thread M5

M8 Connector Ordering Code (If Ordered Separately)

Series Connector Type Connector Model Pin Count Cable Length
F (Connector) EC (Straight type) M08 (M8 connector) D (4 Pins) 020: 2m
030: 3m
050: 5m
100: 10m
  • Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1B-10020G Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1B-10020G - 2

    Airtac DPS series: digital pressure switch - DPSN1B-10020G

    Specifications: DPSN1B-10020G is an AirTAC DPS digital pressure switch with two NPN outputs, a −100 to 1000 kPa measuring range, prewired/grommet connection, 2 m, and a G 1/8 male pressure port with an internal M5 female thread. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download Legacy Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Technical specifications and drawings below follow the 2025 DPS catalog, printed pages 254–257. Use the 2025 download for the current drawing revision. The legacy download retains an earlier edition with superseded vibration and mounting data. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning for This Product DPS Digital pressure switch N1 Two NPN outputs B prewired/grommet connection 10 −100 to 1000 kPa 020 2 m G Male G 1/8; female M5 Product Features Dual-row LCD displays measured pressure and the selected setting, with configurable red/green backlighting. Two switching outputs can each use easy, hysteresis or window-comparator operation, with normally open or normally closed selection. Selectable pressure units, display refresh time and output response delay support different machine-control requirements. The setting-lock and zero-adjustment functions are available from the front buttons. The NPN version supports the catalog’s master/slave parameter-copy function. Technical Specifications Parameter Details Working medium Non-corrosive gas Measurement range −100 to 1000 kPa Withstand pressure 1500 kPa Supply 12–24 VDC ±10%; supply ripple less than 10% peak-to-peak Output configuration Two NPN switching outputs Maximum applied output voltage 30 V Maximum output current 100 mA Residual output voltage Less than 1.5 V Measurement accuracy ±2% full scale ±1 digit at 25 ±3 °C Repeatability ±0.2% full scale Temperature characteristic ±3% full scale, referenced to 25 °C across 0–50 °C LCD display Dual row: 4 digits for measured pressure; 3.5 digits for the setting; red/green backlight Display update choices 100, 250, 500 or 1000 ms Response-delay choices 2, 20, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000, 2500 or 5000 ms Adjustable hysteresis 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 kPa Pressure units MPa, kPa, kgf/cm², bar, psi, cmHg, inHg Operating temperature 0–50 °C Storage temperature −20 to 65 °C Relative humidity 35–80% RH, without condensation Vibration resistance — 2025 catalog 10–150 Hz; full amplitude 1.5 mm; X, Y and Z directions for 2 hours each, without power Impact resistance Maximum 100 m/s²; X, Y and Z directions, 3 times each Electrical entry prewired/grommet connection Cable option 2 m Pressure connection Male G 1/8; internal female M5 Protection rating IP63, specified for the prewired/grommet type Electrical Connections Parameter Details Brown wire / positive supply Connect to DC supply positive within the rated supply range. Blue wire / negative supply Connect to DC supply negative. Black wire Switching output 1. White wire Switching output 2. Load connection For NPN output, connect the load between positive supply and the output; the output sinks current. Protection and restart An output load above 100 mA activates short-circuit protection. Remove the fault and restart as directed in the catalog. Display, Buttons and Menus Parameter Details A / B / C Up button / SET button / down button D / E Measured-pressure display / setting display F / G Output 1 indication / output 2 indication H / J Power-and-signal connection / pressure inlet Basic menu Hold SET for 2 seconds from measurement mode. Set the output mode, NO/NC behavior, response delay and backlight behavior. Advanced menu Hold SET for 4 seconds from measurement mode. Hold SET for 2 seconds to return to measurement mode. Backlight selection Red with output and green without output; green with output and red without output; always red; or always green. Advanced display settings Choose the lower-row setting value, blank display or unit; select display update time and hysteresis. Advanced functions Power-saving/backlight setting, backlight trigger OUT1/OUT2/AND/OR, copy setting where supported, and factory reset. Zero adjustment Press the up and down buttons together. Setting lock Up + SET locks the settings; down + SET unlocks them. LCK is displayed when a button is pressed while locked. Switching Modes Parameter Details EASY mode A single setpoint is used with the selected hysteresis. In the normal output diagram the output switches on above the setpoint plus hysteresis and off below the setpoint. HYS mode Separate upper and lower thresholds set the switching band. In the normal output diagram the output turns on above the upper threshold and off below the lower threshold. WCMP window-comparator mode The normal output diagram is active within the selected lower/upper pressure window and inactive outside it, with hysteresis at the boundaries. NO / NC selection Each output can use normally open or normally closed behavior. The selected logic determines whether the indicated switching state is inverted. NPN Parameter Copy Only the NPN type supports the copy function. With power off, connect the master and slave as shown in the catalog’s dedicated copy diagram, including the master pin 2 to slave pin 3 connection. Select CP-M for the master and CP-S for the slave, then carry out the copy sequence. Check the completion display; if copying fails, repeat the sequence. Power off before disconnecting the copy wiring and restarting normal operation. Use the connection and pin labels in the diagrams; the ordinary operating circuit and temporary copy circuit serve different purposes. The published copy diagram and normal operating circuit use different negative-wire color labels. Confirm the temporary copy wiring for the supplied unit with AirTAC before making that connection; do not infer it from the wire color alone. Mounting Accessories — Ordered Separately Parameter Details F-DPSEB Panel-mount adapter and front protective cover for terminal and prewired/grommet versions; panel-frame dimension 31 mm, tolerance +0/−0.5 mm, in both directions. F-DPSLB Mounting bracket for the DPS sensor; the 2025 drawing shows 29.6 mm upright width, 24 mm upright height, two Ø3.2 mm mounting holes and 1.6 mm plate thickness. The bracket is an installation accessory and is not included merely by ordering the sensor. Assembly sequence Assemble the front cover first, then the rear cover, as shown in the panel adapter drawing. Installation and Operating Notes Do not drop the sensor or subject it to impact. Do not apply more than 60 N tension to the cable. Tightening torque at the pressure connection must not exceed 7 N·m. Do not use corrosive or flammable gases or liquids. Keep pressure within the specified range. Turn the power off before wiring. Avoid oil and solvent splashes. Separate signal wiring from high-voltage cables and conduits. After an output fault or overload, correct the cause before restarting. Where transient pressure produces an unwanted response, select an appropriate response delay. Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions are in millimeters. The D version’s bottom feature is its electrical connector; the pressure connection remains the threaded connection shown at the rear. Mounting accessories are ordered separately. Parameter Details Sensor face 30 × 30 mm Body depth 28.6 mm Overall depth including pressure connection 47.6 mm Pressure-connection local length 7 mm Mounting threads 2 × M3 Mounting-hole spacing callout 20 mm Rear-view local offset 12 mm Pressure thread Male G 1/8; female M5 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Estimated Weight Approximate engineering estimate: 85 g, excluding packaging. The calculation uses 43 g for the sensor body, an effective four-core lead allowance of 21 g/m for 2 m, and 0 g for an additional M8 connector, which is not part of this option. The lead allowance comes from a published 85 g versus 43 g comparison for a 2 m lead assembly on a similarly sized pressure switch; it is an allocated reference including that lead assembly’s connector, not a published AirTAC cable density. These are cross-model weight estimates, not AirTAC catalog or measured weights. Housing, connector, cable and thread differences are not individually weighed. No compatibility or technical equivalence is implied. Brackets, separately ordered extension cables and packaging are excluded. Optional Piping Accessories O = the rear sensing boss’s external male G1/8; use an exact matching female connection. I = the same boss’s internal female M5; use an exact matching male connection. O and I are alternative ways to connect one measured-pressure source: select one, not both. They are not flow-through inlet/outlet or pilot ports. The separate M3 mounting holes are not pneumatic connections. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): BKC/GBKC compression fitting; BPC/GBPC metal straight; BPOC metal straight; GBD male–female; GBPCF metal female straight connector; GBPMF metal female bulkhead connector; GBU double female straight coupling; GPC/PC straight; GPCF female straight connector; GPEB/PEB branch tee; GPED/PED run tee; GPH/PH banjo elbow; GPHF/PHF female branch banjo; GPL/PL elbow; GPLF female elbow; GPLL/PLL extended elbow; GPMF female bulkhead connector; GPYB/PYB Y; POC round straight; UE PU tube; US PU tube. Use Size / complete codes I 4 × 2.5: BKC0425-M5,BKC0425-M5-S,GBKC0425-M54: BPC4M5,BPOC4M5,GBPC4M5,GPC4M5-M,GPC4M5D-M,GPEB4M5,GPEB4M5D,GPED4M5,GPED4M5D,GPH4M5,GPH4M5D,GPL4M5,GPL4M5-M,GPL4M5D,GPL4M5D-M,GPLL4M5,GPLL4M5D,GPYB4M5,GPYB4M5D,PC4M5,PC4M5-M,PC4M5-S,PC4M5D,PC4M5D-M,PC4M5D-S,PEB4M5,PEB4M5-S,PEB4M5D,PEB4M5D-S,PED4M5,PED4M5-S,PED4M5D,PED4M5D-S,PH4M5,PH4M5-S,PH4M5D,PH4M5D-S,PL4M5,PL4M5-M,PL4M5-S,PL4M5D,PL4M5D-M,PL4M5D-S,PLL4M5,PLL4M5-S,PLL4M5D,PLL4M5D-S,POC4M5,POC4M5-S,POC4M5D,POC4M5D-S,PYB4M5,PYB4M5-S,PYB4M5D,PYB4M5D-S6: BPC6M5,BPOC6M5,GBPC6M5,GPC6M5,GPC6M5-M,GPC6M5D,GPC6M5D-M,GPEB6M5,GPEB6M5D,GPED6M5,GPED6M5D,GPH6M5,GPH6M5D,GPL6M5,GPL6M5-M,GPL6M5D,GPL6M5D-M,GPLL6M5,GPLL6M5D,GPYB6M5,GPYB6M5D,PC6M5,PC6M5-M,PC6M5-S,PC6M5D,PC6M5D-M,PC6M5D-S,PEB6M5,PEB6M5-S,PEB6M5D,PEB6M5D-S,PED6M5,PED6M5-S,PED6M5D,PED6M5D-S,PH6M5,PH6M5-S,PH6M5D,PH6M5D-S,PL6M5,PL6M5-M,PL6M5-S,PL6M5D,PL6M5D-M,PL6M5D-S,PLL6M5,PLL6M5-S,PLL6M5D,PLL6M5D-S,POC6M5,POC6M5-S,POC6M5D,POC6M5D-S,PYB6M5,PYB6M5-S,PYB6M5D,PYB6M5D-S3.2: GPC3.2M5-M,GPC3.2M5D-M,GPL3.2M5-M,GPL3.2M5D-M,PC3.2M5-M,PC3.2M5D-M,PL3.2M5-M,PL3.2M5D-M4; male RA M5 × 0.8 / female RB M5 × 0.8: GPHF4M5,GPHF4M5D,PHF4M5,PHF4M5-S,PHF4M5D,PHF4M5D-S6; male RA M5 × 0.8 / female RB M5 × 0.8: GPHF6M5,GPHF6M5D,PHF6M5,PHF6M5-S,PHF6M5D,PHF6M5D-S3.2 × 2: UE95A032020100MBU,US98A032020100MBU O male G1/4 ↔ female G1/8: GBD0102male G3/8 ↔ female G1/8: GBD0103male G1/2 ↔ female G1/8: GBD0104G1/8 female / 4 OD: GBPCF401,GBPMF401,GPCF401,GPCF401D,GPLF401,GPLF401D,GPMF401,GPMF401DG1/8 female / 6 OD: GBPCF601,GBPMF601,GPCF601,GPCF601D,GPLF601,GPLF601D,GPMF601,GPMF601DG1/8 female / 8 OD: GBPCF801,GBPMF801,GPCF801,GPCF801D,GPLF801,GPLF801D,GPMF801,GPMF801DG1/8 female / G1/8 female: GBU0101G1/8 female / 10 OD: GPCF1001,GPCF1001D,GPLF1001,GPLF1001D,GPMF1001,GPMF1001D4; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF401,GPHF401D6; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF601,GPHF601D8; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF801,GPHF801D8 × 5: UE95A080050100MBU,US98A080050100MBU10 × 6.5: UE95A100065100MBU,US98A100065100MBU I,O 4 × 2.5: UE95A040025100MBU,US98A040025100MBU6 × 4: UE95A060040100MBU,US98A060040100MBU These passive connections and tubes are optional and ordered separately for a clean compressed-air pressure-sensing line. Select either O or I at the single rear sensing boss. Do not connect separate pressure sources to O and I, use the sensor as a through-flow device, or assign either connection as a pilot or exhaust port. Keep every branch of a selected fitting on the same measured-pressure source. The positive-pressure limit for this DPS range is 1 MPa; operate the sensor and complete connection path within 0–50°C and every stricter fitting or tube limit. Its 1.5 MPa withstand pressure is not a working rating. These accessory selections cover positive-pressure air only. The sensor’s negative-pressure measurement range does not establish vacuum suitability of the assembled fittings, seals and tubing; verify the entire path before vacuum service. Do not use liquids or corrosive or flammable gases. Other non-corrosive gases require confirmed sensor and complete-path material and application compatibility and are outside these air selections. Match exact thread standard, size and opposite gender. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket and check engagement, sealing, clearance, tool access and support without obstructing the sensing passage. Follow the sensor’s original installation instructions, including the 7 N·m pressure-connection ceiling, and any lower fitting-specific torque; 7 N·m is not a tightening target for every fitting. Depressurize before disconnecting. Match tube OD and, for compression fittings, OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use the specified soft nylon/PU tube and check full insertion, seating and bends. Support tubing and fittings so their loads do not twist the sensor. Put the compression cap over the tube, seat the tube in the body and tighten the cap as specified; loosen it before removal and use a wrench on the body’s hex flats. For the listed metric male fittings, D identifies black catalog-specified plastic parts instead of the blank grey option. -M denotes the miniature version; -S identifies the specified stainless-steel 304 parts only. Use the exact complete code and its stated geometry; these suffixes do not apply to every family. GPCF/GPLF/GPMF/GBPCF/GBPMF have female pneumatic threads for the external male O connection; their tube sockets are separate connections. On GPMF/GBPMF bulkhead fittings, panel-mounting threads and retaining nuts are not pneumatic ports. Check panel thickness, washer/nut seating and support. For GPCF/GPMF, D specifies a black release button (blank: grey). For GPLF, D specifies a black release button and body (blank: grey). These D options do not apply to the listed metal or N-prefixed female fittings. PHF/GPHF fittings have male RA, female RB and a separate tube socket. For role I, the fitting’s male RA mates with the sensor’s internal female thread; for role O, the fitting’s female RB mates with the sensor’s external male thread. Use only the role and exact end size listed for that code. Connect the remaining threaded end to its own matching opposite-gender part and seal, keeping it on the same measured-pressure source. A fitting’s RB is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends independently by size, gender and thread standard. GBD first size is female RB, which mates with O; the second is male RA, requiring a separate matching female part. GBU are female-to-female couplings; after connecting one end to O, the other needs a separate matching male part. These parts do not convert PT to G, NPT or M5, and do not authorize plugging the active sensing connection. Standard plastic push-in fittings: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. Metal BPC/BPOC/GBPC/GBPCF/GBPMF: ≤0.9 MPa. BKC/GBKC/GBD/GBU: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and threaded-adapter groups have a 0–150°C component range. These are component limits, not an extension of the DPS range; use the lower pressure and narrower temperature range of the sensor, every fitting and tube. US98A/UE95A examples are separately ordered blue 100 m metric PU coils rated 1 MPa at 23°C. US98A: −20–70°C; UE95A: −40–70°C. Match OD/ID and derate with increasing temperature within all sensor/component limits; 1 MPa is not assured throughout. Use inch tube for an inch socket, never an approximately similar metric size. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery.

  • Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1B-01M08G

    Airtac DPS series: digital pressure switch - DPSN1B-01M08G

    Specifications: DPSN1B-01M08G is an AirTAC DPS digital pressure switch with two NPN outputs, a −100 to 100 kPa measuring range, prewired/grommet connection, 300 mm lead with M8 plug, and a G 1/8 male pressure port with an internal M5 female thread. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download Legacy Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Technical specifications and drawings below follow the 2025 DPS catalog, printed pages 254–257. Use the 2025 download for the current drawing revision. The legacy download retains an earlier edition with superseded vibration and mounting data. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning for This Product DPS Digital pressure switch N1 Two NPN outputs B prewired/grommet connection 01 −100 to 100 kPa M08 300 mm lead with M8 plug G Male G 1/8; female M5 Product Features Dual-row LCD displays measured pressure and the selected setting, with configurable red/green backlighting. Two switching outputs can each use easy, hysteresis or window-comparator operation, with normally open or normally closed selection. Selectable pressure units, display refresh time and output response delay support different machine-control requirements. The setting-lock and zero-adjustment functions are available from the front buttons. The NPN version supports the catalog’s master/slave parameter-copy function. Technical Specifications Parameter Details Working medium Non-corrosive gas Measurement range −100 to 100 kPa Withstand pressure 200 kPa Supply 12–24 VDC ±10%; supply ripple less than 10% peak-to-peak Output configuration Two NPN switching outputs Maximum applied output voltage 30 V Maximum output current 100 mA Residual output voltage Less than 1.5 V Measurement accuracy ±2% full scale ±1 digit at 25 ±3 °C Repeatability ±0.2% full scale Temperature characteristic ±3% full scale, referenced to 25 °C across 0–50 °C LCD display Dual row: 4 digits for measured pressure; 3.5 digits for the setting; red/green backlight Display update choices 100, 250, 500 or 1000 ms Response-delay choices 2, 20, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000, 2500 or 5000 ms Adjustable hysteresis 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7 or 0.8 kPa Pressure units kPa, kgf/cm², bar, psi, mmHg, inHg Operating temperature 0–50 °C Storage temperature −20 to 65 °C Relative humidity 35–80% RH, without condensation Vibration resistance — 2025 catalog 10–150 Hz; full amplitude 1.5 mm; X, Y and Z directions for 2 hours each, without power Impact resistance Maximum 100 m/s²; X, Y and Z directions, 3 times each Electrical entry prewired/grommet connection Cable option 300 mm lead with M8 plug Pressure connection Male G 1/8; internal female M5 Protection rating IP63, specified for the prewired/grommet type Electrical Connections Parameter Details Brown wire / positive supply Connect to DC supply positive within the rated supply range. Blue wire / negative supply Connect to DC supply negative. Black wire Switching output 1. White wire Switching output 2. Load connection For NPN output, connect the load between positive supply and the output; the output sinks current. Protection and restart An output load above 100 mA activates short-circuit protection. Remove the fault and restart as directed in the catalog. This model has a 300 mm lead with an M8 plug. Its mating M8 socket cable is ordered separately: F-ECM08D020 (2 m), F-ECM08D030 (3 m), F-ECM08D050 (5 m) or F-ECM08D100 (10 m). Display, Buttons and Menus Parameter Details A / B / C Up button / SET button / down button D / E Measured-pressure display / setting display F / G Output 1 indication / output 2 indication H / J Power-and-signal connection / pressure inlet Basic menu Hold SET for 2 seconds from measurement mode. Set the output mode, NO/NC behavior, response delay and backlight behavior. Advanced menu Hold SET for 4 seconds from measurement mode. Hold SET for 2 seconds to return to measurement mode. Backlight selection Red with output and green without output; green with output and red without output; always red; or always green. Advanced display settings Choose the lower-row setting value, blank display or unit; select display update time and hysteresis. Advanced functions Power-saving/backlight setting, backlight trigger OUT1/OUT2/AND/OR, copy setting where supported, and factory reset. Zero adjustment Press the up and down buttons together. Setting lock Up + SET locks the settings; down + SET unlocks them. LCK is displayed when a button is pressed while locked. Switching Modes Parameter Details EASY mode A single setpoint is used with the selected hysteresis. In the normal output diagram the output switches on above the setpoint plus hysteresis and off below the setpoint. HYS mode Separate upper and lower thresholds set the switching band. In the normal output diagram the output turns on above the upper threshold and off below the lower threshold. WCMP window-comparator mode The normal output diagram is active within the selected lower/upper pressure window and inactive outside it, with hysteresis at the boundaries. NO / NC selection Each output can use normally open or normally closed behavior. The selected logic determines whether the indicated switching state is inverted. NPN Parameter Copy Only the NPN type supports the copy function. With power off, connect the master and slave as shown in the catalog’s dedicated copy diagram, including the master pin 2 to slave pin 3 connection. Select CP-M for the master and CP-S for the slave, then carry out the copy sequence. Check the completion display; if copying fails, repeat the sequence. Power off before disconnecting the copy wiring and restarting normal operation. Use the connection and pin labels in the diagrams; the ordinary operating circuit and temporary copy circuit serve different purposes. The published copy diagram and normal operating circuit use different negative-wire color labels. Confirm the temporary copy wiring for the supplied unit with AirTAC before making that connection; do not infer it from the wire color alone. Mounting Accessories — Ordered Separately Parameter Details F-DPSEB Panel-mount adapter and front protective cover for terminal and prewired/grommet versions; panel-frame dimension 31 mm, tolerance +0/−0.5 mm, in both directions. F-DPSLB Mounting bracket for the DPS sensor; the 2025 drawing shows 29.6 mm upright width, 24 mm upright height, two Ø3.2 mm mounting holes and 1.6 mm plate thickness. The bracket is an installation accessory and is not included merely by ordering the sensor. Assembly sequence Assemble the front cover first, then the rear cover, as shown in the panel adapter drawing. Installation and Operating Notes Do not drop the sensor or subject it to impact. Do not apply more than 60 N tension to the cable. Tightening torque at the pressure connection must not exceed 7 N·m. Do not use corrosive or flammable gases or liquids. Keep pressure within the specified range. Turn the power off before wiring. Avoid oil and solvent splashes. Separate signal wiring from high-voltage cables and conduits. After an output fault or overload, correct the cause before restarting. Where transient pressure produces an unwanted response, select an appropriate response delay. Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions are in millimeters. The D version’s bottom feature is its electrical connector; the pressure connection remains the threaded connection shown at the rear. Mounting accessories are ordered separately. Parameter Details Sensor face 30 × 30 mm Body depth 28.6 mm Overall depth including pressure connection 47.6 mm Pressure-connection local length 7 mm Mounting threads 2 × M3 Mounting-hole spacing callout 20 mm Rear-view local offset 12 mm Pressure thread Male G 1/8; female M5 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Estimated Weight Approximate engineering estimate: 58 g, excluding packaging. The calculation uses 43 g for the sensor body, an effective four-core lead allowance of 21 g/m for 0.3 m, and 9 g for one M8 connector. The lead allowance comes from a published 85 g versus 43 g comparison for a 2 m lead assembly on a similarly sized pressure switch; it is an allocated reference including that lead assembly’s connector, not a published AirTAC cable density. The 9 g connector allowance is taken from a separately published M8 connector reference. These are cross-model weight estimates, not AirTAC catalog or measured weights. Housing, connector, cable and thread differences are not individually weighed. No compatibility or technical equivalence is implied. Brackets, separately ordered extension cables and packaging are excluded. Optional Piping Accessories O = the rear sensing boss’s external male G1/8; use an exact matching female connection. I = the same boss’s internal female M5; use an exact matching male connection. O and I are alternative ways to connect one measured-pressure source: select one, not both. They are not flow-through inlet/outlet or pilot ports. The separate M3 mounting holes are not pneumatic connections. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): BKC/GBKC compression fitting; BPC/GBPC metal straight; BPOC metal straight; GBD male–female; GBPCF metal female straight connector; GBPMF metal female bulkhead connector; GBU double female straight coupling; GPC/PC straight; GPCF female straight connector; GPEB/PEB branch tee; GPED/PED run tee; GPH/PH banjo elbow; GPHF/PHF female branch banjo; GPL/PL elbow; GPLF female elbow; GPLL/PLL extended elbow; GPMF female bulkhead connector; GPYB/PYB Y; POC round straight; UE PU tube; US PU tube. Use Size / complete codes I 4 × 2.5: BKC0425-M5,BKC0425-M5-S,GBKC0425-M54: BPC4M5,BPOC4M5,GBPC4M5,GPC4M5-M,GPC4M5D-M,GPEB4M5,GPEB4M5D,GPED4M5,GPED4M5D,GPH4M5,GPH4M5D,GPL4M5,GPL4M5-M,GPL4M5D,GPL4M5D-M,GPLL4M5,GPLL4M5D,GPYB4M5,GPYB4M5D,PC4M5,PC4M5-M,PC4M5-S,PC4M5D,PC4M5D-M,PC4M5D-S,PEB4M5,PEB4M5-S,PEB4M5D,PEB4M5D-S,PED4M5,PED4M5-S,PED4M5D,PED4M5D-S,PH4M5,PH4M5-S,PH4M5D,PH4M5D-S,PL4M5,PL4M5-M,PL4M5-S,PL4M5D,PL4M5D-M,PL4M5D-S,PLL4M5,PLL4M5-S,PLL4M5D,PLL4M5D-S,POC4M5,POC4M5-S,POC4M5D,POC4M5D-S,PYB4M5,PYB4M5-S,PYB4M5D,PYB4M5D-S6: BPC6M5,BPOC6M5,GBPC6M5,GPC6M5,GPC6M5-M,GPC6M5D,GPC6M5D-M,GPEB6M5,GPEB6M5D,GPED6M5,GPED6M5D,GPH6M5,GPH6M5D,GPL6M5,GPL6M5-M,GPL6M5D,GPL6M5D-M,GPLL6M5,GPLL6M5D,GPYB6M5,GPYB6M5D,PC6M5,PC6M5-M,PC6M5-S,PC6M5D,PC6M5D-M,PC6M5D-S,PEB6M5,PEB6M5-S,PEB6M5D,PEB6M5D-S,PED6M5,PED6M5-S,PED6M5D,PED6M5D-S,PH6M5,PH6M5-S,PH6M5D,PH6M5D-S,PL6M5,PL6M5-M,PL6M5-S,PL6M5D,PL6M5D-M,PL6M5D-S,PLL6M5,PLL6M5-S,PLL6M5D,PLL6M5D-S,POC6M5,POC6M5-S,POC6M5D,POC6M5D-S,PYB6M5,PYB6M5-S,PYB6M5D,PYB6M5D-S3.2: GPC3.2M5-M,GPC3.2M5D-M,GPL3.2M5-M,GPL3.2M5D-M,PC3.2M5-M,PC3.2M5D-M,PL3.2M5-M,PL3.2M5D-M4; male RA M5 × 0.8 / female RB M5 × 0.8: GPHF4M5,GPHF4M5D,PHF4M5,PHF4M5-S,PHF4M5D,PHF4M5D-S6; male RA M5 × 0.8 / female RB M5 × 0.8: GPHF6M5,GPHF6M5D,PHF6M5,PHF6M5-S,PHF6M5D,PHF6M5D-S3.2 × 2: UE95A032020100MBU,US98A032020100MBU O male G1/4 ↔ female G1/8: GBD0102male G3/8 ↔ female G1/8: GBD0103male G1/2 ↔ female G1/8: GBD0104G1/8 female / 4 OD: GBPCF401,GBPMF401,GPCF401,GPCF401D,GPLF401,GPLF401D,GPMF401,GPMF401DG1/8 female / 6 OD: GBPCF601,GBPMF601,GPCF601,GPCF601D,GPLF601,GPLF601D,GPMF601,GPMF601DG1/8 female / 8 OD: GBPCF801,GBPMF801,GPCF801,GPCF801D,GPLF801,GPLF801D,GPMF801,GPMF801DG1/8 female / G1/8 female: GBU0101G1/8 female / 10 OD: GPCF1001,GPCF1001D,GPLF1001,GPLF1001D,GPMF1001,GPMF1001D4; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF401,GPHF401D6; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF601,GPHF601D8; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF801,GPHF801D8 × 5: UE95A080050100MBU,US98A080050100MBU10 × 6.5: UE95A100065100MBU,US98A100065100MBU I,O 4 × 2.5: UE95A040025100MBU,US98A040025100MBU6 × 4: UE95A060040100MBU,US98A060040100MBU These passive connections and tubes are optional and ordered separately for a clean compressed-air pressure-sensing line. Select either O or I at the single rear sensing boss. Do not connect separate pressure sources to O and I, use the sensor as a through-flow device, or assign either connection as a pilot or exhaust port. Keep every branch of a selected fitting on the same measured-pressure source. The positive-pressure limit for this DPS range is 0.1 MPa; operate the sensor and complete connection path within 0–50°C and every stricter fitting or tube limit. Its 0.2 MPa withstand pressure is not a working rating. These accessory selections cover positive-pressure air only. The sensor’s negative-pressure measurement range does not establish vacuum suitability of the assembled fittings, seals and tubing; verify the entire path before vacuum service. Do not use liquids or corrosive or flammable gases. Other non-corrosive gases require confirmed sensor and complete-path material and application compatibility and are outside these air selections. Match exact thread standard, size and opposite gender. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket and check engagement, sealing, clearance, tool access and support without obstructing the sensing passage. Follow the sensor’s original installation instructions, including the 7 N·m pressure-connection ceiling, and any lower fitting-specific torque; 7 N·m is not a tightening target for every fitting. Depressurize before disconnecting. Match tube OD and, for compression fittings, OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use the specified soft nylon/PU tube and check full insertion, seating and bends. Support tubing and fittings so their loads do not twist the sensor. Put the compression cap over the tube, seat the tube in the body and tighten the cap as specified; loosen it before removal and use a wrench on the body’s hex flats. For the listed metric male fittings, D identifies black catalog-specified plastic parts instead of the blank grey option. -M denotes the miniature version; -S identifies the specified stainless-steel 304 parts only. Use the exact complete code and its stated geometry; these suffixes do not apply to every family. GPCF/GPLF/GPMF/GBPCF/GBPMF have female pneumatic threads for the external male O connection; their tube sockets are separate connections. On GPMF/GBPMF bulkhead fittings, panel-mounting threads and retaining nuts are not pneumatic ports. Check panel thickness, washer/nut seating and support. For GPCF/GPMF, D specifies a black release button (blank: grey). For GPLF, D specifies a black release button and body (blank: grey). These D options do not apply to the listed metal or N-prefixed female fittings. PHF/GPHF fittings have male RA, female RB and a separate tube socket. For role I, the fitting’s male RA mates with the sensor’s internal female thread; for role O, the fitting’s female RB mates with the sensor’s external male thread. Use only the role and exact end size listed for that code. Connect the remaining threaded end to its own matching opposite-gender part and seal, keeping it on the same measured-pressure source. A fitting’s RB is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends independently by size, gender and thread standard. GBD first size is female RB, which mates with O; the second is male RA, requiring a separate matching female part. GBU are female-to-female couplings; after connecting one end to O, the other needs a separate matching male part. These parts do not convert PT to G, NPT or M5, and do not authorize plugging the active sensing connection. Standard plastic push-in fittings: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. Metal BPC/BPOC/GBPC/GBPCF/GBPMF: ≤0.9 MPa. BKC/GBKC/GBD/GBU: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and threaded-adapter groups have a 0–150°C component range. These are component limits, not an extension of the DPS range; use the lower pressure and narrower temperature range of the sensor, every fitting and tube. US98A/UE95A examples are separately ordered blue 100 m metric PU coils rated 1 MPa at 23°C. US98A: −20–70°C; UE95A: −40–70°C. Match OD/ID and derate with increasing temperature within all sensor/component limits; 1 MPa is not assured throughout. Use inch tube for an inch socket, never an approximately similar metric size. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery.

  • Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1B-01M08T

    Airtac DPS series: digital pressure switch - DPSN1B-01M08T

    Specifications: DPSN1B-01M08T is an AirTAC DPS digital pressure switch with two NPN outputs, a −100 to 100 kPa measuring range, prewired/grommet connection, 300 mm lead with M8 plug, and a NPT 1/8 male pressure port with an internal 10-32 UNF female thread. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download Legacy Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Technical specifications and drawings below follow the 2025 DPS catalog, printed pages 254–257. Use the 2025 download for the current drawing revision. The legacy download retains an earlier edition with superseded vibration and mounting data. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning for This Product DPS Digital pressure switch N1 Two NPN outputs B prewired/grommet connection 01 −100 to 100 kPa M08 300 mm lead with M8 plug T Male NPT 1/8; female 10-32 UNF Product Features Dual-row LCD displays measured pressure and the selected setting, with configurable red/green backlighting. Two switching outputs can each use easy, hysteresis or window-comparator operation, with normally open or normally closed selection. Selectable pressure units, display refresh time and output response delay support different machine-control requirements. The setting-lock and zero-adjustment functions are available from the front buttons. The NPN version supports the catalog’s master/slave parameter-copy function. Technical Specifications Parameter Details Working medium Non-corrosive gas Measurement range −100 to 100 kPa Withstand pressure 200 kPa Supply 12–24 VDC ±10%; supply ripple less than 10% peak-to-peak Output configuration Two NPN switching outputs Maximum applied output voltage 30 V Maximum output current 100 mA Residual output voltage Less than 1.5 V Measurement accuracy ±2% full scale ±1 digit at 25 ±3 °C Repeatability ±0.2% full scale Temperature characteristic ±3% full scale, referenced to 25 °C across 0–50 °C LCD display Dual row: 4 digits for measured pressure; 3.5 digits for the setting; red/green backlight Display update choices 100, 250, 500 or 1000 ms Response-delay choices 2, 20, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000, 2500 or 5000 ms Adjustable hysteresis 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7 or 0.8 kPa Pressure units kPa, kgf/cm², bar, psi, mmHg, inHg Operating temperature 0–50 °C Storage temperature −20 to 65 °C Relative humidity 35–80% RH, without condensation Vibration resistance — 2025 catalog 10–150 Hz; full amplitude 1.5 mm; X, Y and Z directions for 2 hours each, without power Impact resistance Maximum 100 m/s²; X, Y and Z directions, 3 times each Electrical entry prewired/grommet connection Cable option 300 mm lead with M8 plug Pressure connection Male NPT 1/8; internal female 10-32 UNF Protection rating IP63, specified for the prewired/grommet type Electrical Connections Parameter Details Brown wire / positive supply Connect to DC supply positive within the rated supply range. Blue wire / negative supply Connect to DC supply negative. Black wire Switching output 1. White wire Switching output 2. Load connection For NPN output, connect the load between positive supply and the output; the output sinks current. Protection and restart An output load above 100 mA activates short-circuit protection. Remove the fault and restart as directed in the catalog. This model has a 300 mm lead with an M8 plug. Its mating M8 socket cable is ordered separately: F-ECM08D020 (2 m), F-ECM08D030 (3 m), F-ECM08D050 (5 m) or F-ECM08D100 (10 m). Display, Buttons and Menus Parameter Details A / B / C Up button / SET button / down button D / E Measured-pressure display / setting display F / G Output 1 indication / output 2 indication H / J Power-and-signal connection / pressure inlet Basic menu Hold SET for 2 seconds from measurement mode. Set the output mode, NO/NC behavior, response delay and backlight behavior. Advanced menu Hold SET for 4 seconds from measurement mode. Hold SET for 2 seconds to return to measurement mode. Backlight selection Red with output and green without output; green with output and red without output; always red; or always green. Advanced display settings Choose the lower-row setting value, blank display or unit; select display update time and hysteresis. Advanced functions Power-saving/backlight setting, backlight trigger OUT1/OUT2/AND/OR, copy setting where supported, and factory reset. Zero adjustment Press the up and down buttons together. Setting lock Up + SET locks the settings; down + SET unlocks them. LCK is displayed when a button is pressed while locked. Switching Modes Parameter Details EASY mode A single setpoint is used with the selected hysteresis. In the normal output diagram the output switches on above the setpoint plus hysteresis and off below the setpoint. HYS mode Separate upper and lower thresholds set the switching band. In the normal output diagram the output turns on above the upper threshold and off below the lower threshold. WCMP window-comparator mode The normal output diagram is active within the selected lower/upper pressure window and inactive outside it, with hysteresis at the boundaries. NO / NC selection Each output can use normally open or normally closed behavior. The selected logic determines whether the indicated switching state is inverted. NPN Parameter Copy Only the NPN type supports the copy function. With power off, connect the master and slave as shown in the catalog’s dedicated copy diagram, including the master pin 2 to slave pin 3 connection. Select CP-M for the master and CP-S for the slave, then carry out the copy sequence. Check the completion display; if copying fails, repeat the sequence. Power off before disconnecting the copy wiring and restarting normal operation. Use the connection and pin labels in the diagrams; the ordinary operating circuit and temporary copy circuit serve different purposes. The published copy diagram and normal operating circuit use different negative-wire color labels. Confirm the temporary copy wiring for the supplied unit with AirTAC before making that connection; do not infer it from the wire color alone. Mounting Accessories — Ordered Separately Parameter Details F-DPSEB Panel-mount adapter and front protective cover for terminal and prewired/grommet versions; panel-frame dimension 31 mm, tolerance +0/−0.5 mm, in both directions. F-DPSLB Mounting bracket for the DPS sensor; the 2025 drawing shows 29.6 mm upright width, 24 mm upright height, two Ø3.2 mm mounting holes and 1.6 mm plate thickness. The bracket is an installation accessory and is not included merely by ordering the sensor. Assembly sequence Assemble the front cover first, then the rear cover, as shown in the panel adapter drawing. Installation and Operating Notes Do not drop the sensor or subject it to impact. Do not apply more than 60 N tension to the cable. Tightening torque at the pressure connection must not exceed 7 N·m. Do not use corrosive or flammable gases or liquids. Keep pressure within the specified range. Turn the power off before wiring. Avoid oil and solvent splashes. Separate signal wiring from high-voltage cables and conduits. After an output fault or overload, correct the cause before restarting. Where transient pressure produces an unwanted response, select an appropriate response delay. Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions are in millimeters. The D version’s bottom feature is its electrical connector; the pressure connection remains the threaded connection shown at the rear. Mounting accessories are ordered separately. Parameter Details Sensor face 30 × 30 mm Body depth 28.6 mm Overall depth including pressure connection 47.6 mm Pressure-connection local length 7 mm Mounting threads 2 × M3 Mounting-hole spacing callout 20 mm Rear-view local offset 12 mm Pressure thread Male NPT 1/8; female 10-32 UNF For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Estimated Weight Approximate engineering estimate: 58 g, excluding packaging. The calculation uses 43 g for the sensor body, an effective four-core lead allowance of 21 g/m for 0.3 m, and 9 g for one M8 connector. The lead allowance comes from a published 85 g versus 43 g comparison for a 2 m lead assembly on a similarly sized pressure switch; it is an allocated reference including that lead assembly’s connector, not a published AirTAC cable density. The 9 g connector allowance is taken from a separately published M8 connector reference. These are cross-model weight estimates, not AirTAC catalog or measured weights. Housing, connector, cable and thread differences are not individually weighed. No compatibility or technical equivalence is implied. Brackets, separately ordered extension cables and packaging are excluded. Optional Piping Accessories O = the rear sensing boss’s external male NPT1/8; use an exact matching female connection. I = the same boss’s internal female 10-32UNF; use an exact matching male connection. O and I are alternative ways to connect one measured-pressure source: select one, not both. They are not flow-through inlet/outlet or pilot ports. The separate M3 mounting holes are not pneumatic connections. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): NBD male–female; NBKC straight locknut connector; NBPC metal male straight connector; NBPCF metal female straight connector; NBPMF metal female bulkhead connector; NBU double female straight coupling; NPC male straight connector; NPCF female straight connector; NPEB male branch tee; NPED male run tee; NPH male banjo elbow; NPHF male/female branch banjo fitting; NPL male elbow; NPLF female elbow; NPLL extended male elbow; NPMF female bulkhead connector; NPYB male branch Y; NUE polyurethane tube. Use Size / complete codes O (discontinued) male NPT1/2 ↔ female NPT1/8: NBD1/8-1/2male NPT1/4 ↔ female NPT1/8: NBD1/8-1/4male NPT3/8 ↔ female NPT1/8: NBD1/8-3/8NPT1/8 female / 1/4 inch OD: NBPCF1/4-1/8,NBPMF1/4-1/8NPT1/8 female / 5/16 inch OD: NBPCF5/16-1/8,NBPMF5/16-1/8NPT1/8 female / 5/32 inch OD: NBPCF5/32-1/8,NBPMF5/32-1/8NPT1/8 female / NPT1/8 female: NBU1/8-1/81/4 in; male RA NPT1/8 / female RB NPT1/8: NPHF1/4-1/85/16 in; male RA NPT1/8 / female RB NPT1/8: NPHF5/16-1/85/32 in; male RA NPT1/8 / female RB NPT1/8: NPHF5/32-1/8 I (discontinued) 5/32 × 3/32 in; male #10-32UNF: NBKC5/32-3/32-U101/4 in; male #10-32UNF: NBPC1/4-U10,NPH1/4-U10,NPLL1/4-U105/32 in; male #10-32UNF: NBPC5/32-U10,NPH5/32-U10,NPLL5/32-U101/4 in tube socket; male RA #10-32UNF / female RB #10-32UNF: NPHF1/4-U105/32 in tube socket; male RA #10-32UNF / female RB #10-32UNF: NPHF5/32-U10 I 1/4 in; male #10-32UNF: NPC1/4-U10,NPL1/4-U101/8 in; male #10-32UNF: NPC1/8-U10,NPL1/8-U105/32 in; male #10-32UNF: NPC5/32-U10,NPL5/32-U102 × 1/4 in tube sockets; male #10-32UNF: NPEB1/4-U10,NPED1/4-U10,NPYB1/4-U102 × 5/32 in tube sockets; male #10-32UNF: NPEB5/32-U10,NPED5/32-U10,NPYB5/32-U10 O NPT1/8 female / 1/4 inch OD: NPCF1/4-1/8,NPLF1/4-1/8,NPMF1/4-1/8NPT1/8 female / 3/8 inch OD: NPCF3/8-1/8,NPLF3/8-1/8,NPMF3/8-1/8NPT1/8 female / 5/16 inch OD: NPCF5/16-1/8,NPLF5/16-1/8,NPMF5/16-1/8NPT1/8 female / 5/32 inch OD: NPCF5/32-1/8,NPLF5/32-1/8,NPMF5/32-1/8 I,O 5/32 × 3/32 in: NUE95A5/32X3/32-100BK,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100BR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100BU,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100C,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CB,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CG,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CY,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100GA,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100GE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100GN,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100R,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100WH,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100Y,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250BK,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250BR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250BU,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250C,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CB,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CG,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CY,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250GA,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250GE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250GN,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250R,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250WH,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250Y,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500BK,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500BR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500BU,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500C,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CB,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CG,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CY,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500GA,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500GE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500GN,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500R,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500WH,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500Y These passive connections and tubes are optional and ordered separately for a clean compressed-air pressure-sensing line. Select either O or I at the single rear sensing boss. Do not connect separate pressure sources to O and I, use the sensor as a through-flow device, or assign either connection as a pilot or exhaust port. Keep every branch of a selected fitting on the same measured-pressure source. The positive-pressure limit for this DPS range is 0.1 MPa; operate the sensor and complete connection path within 0–50°C and every stricter fitting or tube limit. Its 0.2 MPa withstand pressure is not a working rating. These accessory selections cover positive-pressure air only. The sensor’s negative-pressure measurement range does not establish vacuum suitability of the assembled fittings, seals and tubing; verify the entire path before vacuum service. Do not use liquids or corrosive or flammable gases. Other non-corrosive gases require confirmed sensor and complete-path material and application compatibility and are outside these air selections. Match exact thread standard, size and opposite gender. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket and check engagement, sealing, clearance, tool access and support without obstructing the sensing passage. Follow the sensor’s original installation instructions, including the 7 N·m pressure-connection ceiling, and any lower fitting-specific torque; 7 N·m is not a tightening target for every fitting. Depressurize before disconnecting. Match tube OD and, for compression fittings, OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use the specified soft nylon/PU tube and check full insertion, seating and bends. Support tubing and fittings so their loads do not twist the sensor. Put the compression cap over the tube, seat the tube in the body and tighten the cap as specified; loosen it before removal and use a wrench on the body’s hex flats. NPCF/NPLF/NPMF/NBPCF/NBPMF have female pneumatic threads for the external male O connection; their tube sockets are separate connections. On NPMF/NBPMF bulkhead fittings, panel-mounting threads and retaining nuts are not pneumatic ports. Check panel thickness, washer/nut seating and support. NPHF fittings have male RA, female RB and a separate tube socket. For role I, the fitting’s male RA mates with the sensor’s internal female thread; for role O, the fitting’s female RB mates with the sensor’s external male thread. Use only the role and exact end size listed for that code. Connect the remaining threaded end to its own matching opposite-gender part and seal, keeping it on the same measured-pressure source. A fitting’s RB is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends independently by size, gender and thread standard. NBD first size is female RB, which mates with O; the second is male RA, requiring a separate matching female part. NBU are female-to-female couplings; after connecting one end to O, the other needs a separate matching male part. These parts do not convert PT to G, NPT or M5, and do not authorize plugging the active sensing connection. Standard plastic push-in fittings: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. NBPC/NBPCF/NBPMF/NBKC/NBD/NBU: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and threaded-adapter groups have a 0–150°C component range. These are component limits, not an extension of the DPS range; use the lower pressure and narrower temperature range of the sensor, every fitting and tube. U10 means male #10-32UNF for the internal I connection; it is neither M5 nor tapered NPT. Use the fitting’s specified gasket or confirmed sealing arrangement. The listed U10 plastic fittings and NBPC are rated 0–1 MPa with 1.5 MPa proof pressure; NBKC is rated 0–1 MPa with 3 MPa proof pressure. Their published 10 Torr (−750 mmHg) negative-pressure value is a component rating, not validation of the complete sensing assembly or its tubing under vacuum. Proof pressure is not working pressure. NBKC5/32-3/32-U10 specifies 5/32 in OD × 3/32 in ID in its complete model and dimension row. An ordering-matrix ID entry differs; confirm the 3/32 in ID and sealing arrangement with the supplier before selecting the tube. Do not substitute an inferred 5/32 in ID model. Each NPEB, NPYB or NPED U10 fitting has two sockets of the stated equal OD; both remain on the selected pressure-sensing line. The listed NUE95A tubes serve either O or I only through a listed exact 5/32 in OD connection, according to that code’s assigned role. They do not connect directly to a sensor thread. Match a compression connection’s ID as well. Do not substitute 4 mm, 3.2 mm, 3 mm or 1/8 in OD tube. NUE95A5/32X3/32 is ether-based PU, Shore A95±2, with 5/32 in OD × 3/32 in ID and 1/32 in wall. Working pressure is 145 psi at 73°F; 363 psi is burst pressure, not a working rating. Temperature range: −40–158°F; minimum bend radius: 8 mm. Derate with increasing temperature and obey every stricter sensor, fitting and tube limit. In NUE codes, 100/250/500 after the hyphen are coil lengths in feet, not metres. Colours: BU blue, BK black, GE orange, C clear, WH white, CB clear blue, R red, Y yellow, GA gray, GN green, BR brown, CR clear red, CG clear green, CY clear yellow, CE clear orange. Match the complete length-and-colour code. Current lifecycle and supply of these catalog-listed tubes are unverified; confirm the exact item or an approved replacement before ordering. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery.

  • Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1B-01M08

    Airtac DPS series: digital pressure switch - DPSN1B-01M08

    Specifications: DPSN1B-01M08 is an AirTAC DPS digital pressure switch with two NPN outputs, a −100 to 100 kPa measuring range, prewired/grommet connection, 300 mm lead with M8 plug, and a PT 1/8 male pressure port with an internal M5 female thread. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download Legacy Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Technical specifications and drawings below follow the 2025 DPS catalog, printed pages 254–257. Use the 2025 download for the current drawing revision. The legacy download retains an earlier edition with superseded vibration and mounting data. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning for This Product DPS Digital pressure switch N1 Two NPN outputs B prewired/grommet connection 01 −100 to 100 kPa M08 300 mm lead with M8 plug Blank thread code Male PT 1/8; female M5 Product Features Dual-row LCD displays measured pressure and the selected setting, with configurable red/green backlighting. Two switching outputs can each use easy, hysteresis or window-comparator operation, with normally open or normally closed selection. Selectable pressure units, display refresh time and output response delay support different machine-control requirements. The setting-lock and zero-adjustment functions are available from the front buttons. The NPN version supports the catalog’s master/slave parameter-copy function. Technical Specifications Parameter Details Working medium Non-corrosive gas Measurement range −100 to 100 kPa Withstand pressure 200 kPa Supply 12–24 VDC ±10%; supply ripple less than 10% peak-to-peak Output configuration Two NPN switching outputs Maximum applied output voltage 30 V Maximum output current 100 mA Residual output voltage Less than 1.5 V Measurement accuracy ±2% full scale ±1 digit at 25 ±3 °C Repeatability ±0.2% full scale Temperature characteristic ±3% full scale, referenced to 25 °C across 0–50 °C LCD display Dual row: 4 digits for measured pressure; 3.5 digits for the setting; red/green backlight Display update choices 100, 250, 500 or 1000 ms Response-delay choices 2, 20, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000, 2500 or 5000 ms Adjustable hysteresis 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7 or 0.8 kPa Pressure units kPa, kgf/cm², bar, psi, mmHg, inHg Operating temperature 0–50 °C Storage temperature −20 to 65 °C Relative humidity 35–80% RH, without condensation Vibration resistance — 2025 catalog 10–150 Hz; full amplitude 1.5 mm; X, Y and Z directions for 2 hours each, without power Impact resistance Maximum 100 m/s²; X, Y and Z directions, 3 times each Electrical entry prewired/grommet connection Cable option 300 mm lead with M8 plug Pressure connection Male PT 1/8; internal female M5 Protection rating IP63, specified for the prewired/grommet type Electrical Connections Parameter Details Brown wire / positive supply Connect to DC supply positive within the rated supply range. Blue wire / negative supply Connect to DC supply negative. Black wire Switching output 1. White wire Switching output 2. Load connection For NPN output, connect the load between positive supply and the output; the output sinks current. Protection and restart An output load above 100 mA activates short-circuit protection. Remove the fault and restart as directed in the catalog. This model has a 300 mm lead with an M8 plug. Its mating M8 socket cable is ordered separately: F-ECM08D020 (2 m), F-ECM08D030 (3 m), F-ECM08D050 (5 m) or F-ECM08D100 (10 m). Display, Buttons and Menus Parameter Details A / B / C Up button / SET button / down button D / E Measured-pressure display / setting display F / G Output 1 indication / output 2 indication H / J Power-and-signal connection / pressure inlet Basic menu Hold SET for 2 seconds from measurement mode. Set the output mode, NO/NC behavior, response delay and backlight behavior. Advanced menu Hold SET for 4 seconds from measurement mode. Hold SET for 2 seconds to return to measurement mode. Backlight selection Red with output and green without output; green with output and red without output; always red; or always green. Advanced display settings Choose the lower-row setting value, blank display or unit; select display update time and hysteresis. Advanced functions Power-saving/backlight setting, backlight trigger OUT1/OUT2/AND/OR, copy setting where supported, and factory reset. Zero adjustment Press the up and down buttons together. Setting lock Up + SET locks the settings; down + SET unlocks them. LCK is displayed when a button is pressed while locked. Switching Modes Parameter Details EASY mode A single setpoint is used with the selected hysteresis. In the normal output diagram the output switches on above the setpoint plus hysteresis and off below the setpoint. HYS mode Separate upper and lower thresholds set the switching band. In the normal output diagram the output turns on above the upper threshold and off below the lower threshold. WCMP window-comparator mode The normal output diagram is active within the selected lower/upper pressure window and inactive outside it, with hysteresis at the boundaries. NO / NC selection Each output can use normally open or normally closed behavior. The selected logic determines whether the indicated switching state is inverted. NPN Parameter Copy Only the NPN type supports the copy function. With power off, connect the master and slave as shown in the catalog’s dedicated copy diagram, including the master pin 2 to slave pin 3 connection. Select CP-M for the master and CP-S for the slave, then carry out the copy sequence. Check the completion display; if copying fails, repeat the sequence. Power off before disconnecting the copy wiring and restarting normal operation. Use the connection and pin labels in the diagrams; the ordinary operating circuit and temporary copy circuit serve different purposes. The published copy diagram and normal operating circuit use different negative-wire color labels. Confirm the temporary copy wiring for the supplied unit with AirTAC before making that connection; do not infer it from the wire color alone. Mounting Accessories — Ordered Separately Parameter Details F-DPSEB Panel-mount adapter and front protective cover for terminal and prewired/grommet versions; panel-frame dimension 31 mm, tolerance +0/−0.5 mm, in both directions. F-DPSLB Mounting bracket for the DPS sensor; the 2025 drawing shows 29.6 mm upright width, 24 mm upright height, two Ø3.2 mm mounting holes and 1.6 mm plate thickness. The bracket is an installation accessory and is not included merely by ordering the sensor. Assembly sequence Assemble the front cover first, then the rear cover, as shown in the panel adapter drawing. Installation and Operating Notes Do not drop the sensor or subject it to impact. Do not apply more than 60 N tension to the cable. Tightening torque at the pressure connection must not exceed 7 N·m. Do not use corrosive or flammable gases or liquids. Keep pressure within the specified range. Turn the power off before wiring. Avoid oil and solvent splashes. Separate signal wiring from high-voltage cables and conduits. After an output fault or overload, correct the cause before restarting. Where transient pressure produces an unwanted response, select an appropriate response delay. Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions are in millimeters. The D version’s bottom feature is its electrical connector; the pressure connection remains the threaded connection shown at the rear. Mounting accessories are ordered separately. Parameter Details Sensor face 30 × 30 mm Body depth 28.6 mm Overall depth including pressure connection 47.6 mm Pressure-connection local length 7 mm Mounting threads 2 × M3 Mounting-hole spacing callout 20 mm Rear-view local offset 12 mm Pressure thread Male PT 1/8; female M5 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Estimated Weight Approximate engineering estimate: 58 g, excluding packaging. The calculation uses 43 g for the sensor body, an effective four-core lead allowance of 21 g/m for 0.3 m, and 9 g for one M8 connector. The lead allowance comes from a published 85 g versus 43 g comparison for a 2 m lead assembly on a similarly sized pressure switch; it is an allocated reference including that lead assembly’s connector, not a published AirTAC cable density. The 9 g connector allowance is taken from a separately published M8 connector reference. These are cross-model weight estimates, not AirTAC catalog or measured weights. Housing, connector, cable and thread differences are not individually weighed. No compatibility or technical equivalence is implied. Brackets, separately ordered extension cables and packaging are excluded. Optional Piping Accessories O = the rear sensing boss’s external male PT1/8; use an exact matching female connection. I = the same boss’s internal female M5; use an exact matching male connection. O and I are alternative ways to connect one measured-pressure source: select one, not both. They are not flow-through inlet/outlet or pilot ports. The separate M3 mounting holes are not pneumatic connections. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): BD male–female; BKC/GBKC compression fitting; BPC/GBPC metal straight; BPCF metal female straight connector; BPMF metal female bulkhead connector; BPOC metal straight; BU double female straight coupling; GPC/PC straight; GPEB/PEB branch tee; GPED/PED run tee; GPH/PH banjo elbow; GPHF/PHF female branch banjo; GPL/PL elbow; GPLL/PLL extended elbow; GPYB/PYB Y; PCF female straight connector; PLF female elbow; PMF female bulkhead connector; POC round straight; UE PU tube; US PU tube. Use Size / complete codes O male PT1/4 ↔ female PT1/8: BD0102,BD0102-Smale PT3/8 ↔ female PT1/8: BD0103,BD0103-Smale PT1/2 ↔ female PT1/8: BD0104,BD0104-SPT1/8 female / 4 OD: BPCF401,BPMF401,PCF401,PCF401D,PLF401,PLF401D,PMF401,PMF401DPT1/8 female / 6 OD: BPCF601,BPMF601,PCF601,PCF601D,PLF601,PLF601D,PMF601,PMF601DPT1/8 female / 8 OD: BPCF801,BPMF801,PCF801,PCF801D,PLF801,PLF801D,PMF801,PMF801DPT1/8 female / PT1/8 female: BU0101,BU0101-SPT1/8 female / 10 OD: PCF1001,PCF1001D,PLF1001,PLF1001D,PMF1001,PMF1001D4; male RA PT1/8 / female RB PT1/8: PHF401,PHF401-S,PHF401D,PHF401D-S6; male RA PT1/8 / female RB PT1/8: PHF601,PHF601-S,PHF601D,PHF601D-S8; male RA PT1/8 / female RB PT1/8: PHF801,PHF801-S,PHF801D,PHF801D-S8 × 5: UE95A080050100MBU,US98A080050100MBU10 × 6.5: UE95A100065100MBU,US98A100065100MBU I 4 × 2.5: BKC0425-M5,BKC0425-M5-S,GBKC0425-M54: BPC4M5,BPOC4M5,GBPC4M5,GPC4M5-M,GPC4M5D-M,GPEB4M5,GPEB4M5D,GPED4M5,GPED4M5D,GPH4M5,GPH4M5D,GPL4M5,GPL4M5-M,GPL4M5D,GPL4M5D-M,GPLL4M5,GPLL4M5D,GPYB4M5,GPYB4M5D,PC4M5,PC4M5-M,PC4M5-S,PC4M5D,PC4M5D-M,PC4M5D-S,PEB4M5,PEB4M5-S,PEB4M5D,PEB4M5D-S,PED4M5,PED4M5-S,PED4M5D,PED4M5D-S,PH4M5,PH4M5-S,PH4M5D,PH4M5D-S,PL4M5,PL4M5-M,PL4M5-S,PL4M5D,PL4M5D-M,PL4M5D-S,PLL4M5,PLL4M5-S,PLL4M5D,PLL4M5D-S,POC4M5,POC4M5-S,POC4M5D,POC4M5D-S,PYB4M5,PYB4M5-S,PYB4M5D,PYB4M5D-S6: BPC6M5,BPOC6M5,GBPC6M5,GPC6M5,GPC6M5-M,GPC6M5D,GPC6M5D-M,GPEB6M5,GPEB6M5D,GPED6M5,GPED6M5D,GPH6M5,GPH6M5D,GPL6M5,GPL6M5-M,GPL6M5D,GPL6M5D-M,GPLL6M5,GPLL6M5D,GPYB6M5,GPYB6M5D,PC6M5,PC6M5-M,PC6M5-S,PC6M5D,PC6M5D-M,PC6M5D-S,PEB6M5,PEB6M5-S,PEB6M5D,PEB6M5D-S,PED6M5,PED6M5-S,PED6M5D,PED6M5D-S,PH6M5,PH6M5-S,PH6M5D,PH6M5D-S,PL6M5,PL6M5-M,PL6M5-S,PL6M5D,PL6M5D-M,PL6M5D-S,PLL6M5,PLL6M5-S,PLL6M5D,PLL6M5D-S,POC6M5,POC6M5-S,POC6M5D,POC6M5D-S,PYB6M5,PYB6M5-S,PYB6M5D,PYB6M5D-S3.2: GPC3.2M5-M,GPC3.2M5D-M,GPL3.2M5-M,GPL3.2M5D-M,PC3.2M5-M,PC3.2M5D-M,PL3.2M5-M,PL3.2M5D-M4; male RA M5 × 0.8 / female RB M5 × 0.8: GPHF4M5,GPHF4M5D,PHF4M5,PHF4M5-S,PHF4M5D,PHF4M5D-S6; male RA M5 × 0.8 / female RB M5 × 0.8: GPHF6M5,GPHF6M5D,PHF6M5,PHF6M5-S,PHF6M5D,PHF6M5D-S3.2 × 2: UE95A032020100MBU,US98A032020100MBU I,O 4 × 2.5: UE95A040025100MBU,US98A040025100MBU6 × 4: UE95A060040100MBU,US98A060040100MBU These passive connections and tubes are optional and ordered separately for a clean compressed-air pressure-sensing line. Select either O or I at the single rear sensing boss. Do not connect separate pressure sources to O and I, use the sensor as a through-flow device, or assign either connection as a pilot or exhaust port. Keep every branch of a selected fitting on the same measured-pressure source. The positive-pressure limit for this DPS range is 0.1 MPa; operate the sensor and complete connection path within 0–50°C and every stricter fitting or tube limit. Its 0.2 MPa withstand pressure is not a working rating. These accessory selections cover positive-pressure air only. The sensor’s negative-pressure measurement range does not establish vacuum suitability of the assembled fittings, seals and tubing; verify the entire path before vacuum service. Do not use liquids or corrosive or flammable gases. Other non-corrosive gases require confirmed sensor and complete-path material and application compatibility and are outside these air selections. Match exact thread standard, size and opposite gender. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket and check engagement, sealing, clearance, tool access and support without obstructing the sensing passage. Follow the sensor’s original installation instructions, including the 7 N·m pressure-connection ceiling, and any lower fitting-specific torque; 7 N·m is not a tightening target for every fitting. Depressurize before disconnecting. Match tube OD and, for compression fittings, OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use the specified soft nylon/PU tube and check full insertion, seating and bends. Support tubing and fittings so their loads do not twist the sensor. Put the compression cap over the tube, seat the tube in the body and tighten the cap as specified; loosen it before removal and use a wrench on the body’s hex flats. For the listed metric male fittings, D identifies black catalog-specified plastic parts instead of the blank grey option. -M denotes the miniature version; -S identifies the specified stainless-steel 304 parts only. Use the exact complete code and its stated geometry; these suffixes do not apply to every family. PCF/PLF/PMF/BPCF/BPMF have female pneumatic threads for the external male O connection; their tube sockets are separate connections. On PMF/BPMF bulkhead fittings, panel-mounting threads and retaining nuts are not pneumatic ports. Check panel thickness, washer/nut seating and support. For PCF/PMF, D specifies a black release button (blank: grey). For PLF, D specifies a black release button and body (blank: grey). These D options do not apply to the listed metal or N-prefixed female fittings. PHF/GPHF fittings have male RA, female RB and a separate tube socket. For role I, the fitting’s male RA mates with the sensor’s internal female thread; for role O, the fitting’s female RB mates with the sensor’s external male thread. Use only the role and exact end size listed for that code. Connect the remaining threaded end to its own matching opposite-gender part and seal, keeping it on the same measured-pressure source. A fitting’s RB is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends independently by size, gender and thread standard. BD first size is female RB, which mates with O; the second is male RA, requiring a separate matching female part. BU are female-to-female couplings; after connecting one end to O, the other needs a separate matching male part. These parts do not convert PT to G, NPT or M5, and do not authorize plugging the active sensing connection. Standard plastic push-in fittings: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. Metal BPC/BPOC/BPCF/BPMF/GBPC: ≤0.9 MPa. BKC/GBKC/BD/BU: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and threaded-adapter groups have a 0–150°C component range. These are component limits, not an extension of the DPS range; use the lower pressure and narrower temperature range of the sensor, every fitting and tube. US98A/UE95A examples are separately ordered blue 100 m metric PU coils rated 1 MPa at 23°C. US98A: −20–70°C; UE95A: −40–70°C. Match OD/ID and derate with increasing temperature within all sensor/component limits; 1 MPa is not assured throughout. Use inch tube for an inch socket, never an approximately similar metric size. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery.

  • Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1B-01050G Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1B-01050G - 2

    Airtac DPS series: digital pressure switch - DPSN1B-01050G

    Specifications: DPSN1B-01050G is an AirTAC DPS digital pressure switch with two NPN outputs, a −100 to 100 kPa measuring range, prewired/grommet connection, 5 m, and a G 1/8 male pressure port with an internal M5 female thread. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download Legacy Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Technical specifications and drawings below follow the 2025 DPS catalog, printed pages 254–257. Use the 2025 download for the current drawing revision. The legacy download retains an earlier edition with superseded vibration and mounting data. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning for This Product DPS Digital pressure switch N1 Two NPN outputs B prewired/grommet connection 01 −100 to 100 kPa 050 5 m G Male G 1/8; female M5 Product Features Dual-row LCD displays measured pressure and the selected setting, with configurable red/green backlighting. Two switching outputs can each use easy, hysteresis or window-comparator operation, with normally open or normally closed selection. Selectable pressure units, display refresh time and output response delay support different machine-control requirements. The setting-lock and zero-adjustment functions are available from the front buttons. The NPN version supports the catalog’s master/slave parameter-copy function. Technical Specifications Parameter Details Working medium Non-corrosive gas Measurement range −100 to 100 kPa Withstand pressure 200 kPa Supply 12–24 VDC ±10%; supply ripple less than 10% peak-to-peak Output configuration Two NPN switching outputs Maximum applied output voltage 30 V Maximum output current 100 mA Residual output voltage Less than 1.5 V Measurement accuracy ±2% full scale ±1 digit at 25 ±3 °C Repeatability ±0.2% full scale Temperature characteristic ±3% full scale, referenced to 25 °C across 0–50 °C LCD display Dual row: 4 digits for measured pressure; 3.5 digits for the setting; red/green backlight Display update choices 100, 250, 500 or 1000 ms Response-delay choices 2, 20, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000, 2500 or 5000 ms Adjustable hysteresis 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7 or 0.8 kPa Pressure units kPa, kgf/cm², bar, psi, mmHg, inHg Operating temperature 0–50 °C Storage temperature −20 to 65 °C Relative humidity 35–80% RH, without condensation Vibration resistance — 2025 catalog 10–150 Hz; full amplitude 1.5 mm; X, Y and Z directions for 2 hours each, without power Impact resistance Maximum 100 m/s²; X, Y and Z directions, 3 times each Electrical entry prewired/grommet connection Cable option 5 m Pressure connection Male G 1/8; internal female M5 Protection rating IP63, specified for the prewired/grommet type Electrical Connections Parameter Details Brown wire / positive supply Connect to DC supply positive within the rated supply range. Blue wire / negative supply Connect to DC supply negative. Black wire Switching output 1. White wire Switching output 2. Load connection For NPN output, connect the load between positive supply and the output; the output sinks current. Protection and restart An output load above 100 mA activates short-circuit protection. Remove the fault and restart as directed in the catalog. Display, Buttons and Menus Parameter Details A / B / C Up button / SET button / down button D / E Measured-pressure display / setting display F / G Output 1 indication / output 2 indication H / J Power-and-signal connection / pressure inlet Basic menu Hold SET for 2 seconds from measurement mode. Set the output mode, NO/NC behavior, response delay and backlight behavior. Advanced menu Hold SET for 4 seconds from measurement mode. Hold SET for 2 seconds to return to measurement mode. Backlight selection Red with output and green without output; green with output and red without output; always red; or always green. Advanced display settings Choose the lower-row setting value, blank display or unit; select display update time and hysteresis. Advanced functions Power-saving/backlight setting, backlight trigger OUT1/OUT2/AND/OR, copy setting where supported, and factory reset. Zero adjustment Press the up and down buttons together. Setting lock Up + SET locks the settings; down + SET unlocks them. LCK is displayed when a button is pressed while locked. Switching Modes Parameter Details EASY mode A single setpoint is used with the selected hysteresis. In the normal output diagram the output switches on above the setpoint plus hysteresis and off below the setpoint. HYS mode Separate upper and lower thresholds set the switching band. In the normal output diagram the output turns on above the upper threshold and off below the lower threshold. WCMP window-comparator mode The normal output diagram is active within the selected lower/upper pressure window and inactive outside it, with hysteresis at the boundaries. NO / NC selection Each output can use normally open or normally closed behavior. The selected logic determines whether the indicated switching state is inverted. NPN Parameter Copy Only the NPN type supports the copy function. With power off, connect the master and slave as shown in the catalog’s dedicated copy diagram, including the master pin 2 to slave pin 3 connection. Select CP-M for the master and CP-S for the slave, then carry out the copy sequence. Check the completion display; if copying fails, repeat the sequence. Power off before disconnecting the copy wiring and restarting normal operation. Use the connection and pin labels in the diagrams; the ordinary operating circuit and temporary copy circuit serve different purposes. The published copy diagram and normal operating circuit use different negative-wire color labels. Confirm the temporary copy wiring for the supplied unit with AirTAC before making that connection; do not infer it from the wire color alone. Mounting Accessories — Ordered Separately Parameter Details F-DPSEB Panel-mount adapter and front protective cover for terminal and prewired/grommet versions; panel-frame dimension 31 mm, tolerance +0/−0.5 mm, in both directions. F-DPSLB Mounting bracket for the DPS sensor; the 2025 drawing shows 29.6 mm upright width, 24 mm upright height, two Ø3.2 mm mounting holes and 1.6 mm plate thickness. The bracket is an installation accessory and is not included merely by ordering the sensor. Assembly sequence Assemble the front cover first, then the rear cover, as shown in the panel adapter drawing. Installation and Operating Notes Do not drop the sensor or subject it to impact. Do not apply more than 60 N tension to the cable. Tightening torque at the pressure connection must not exceed 7 N·m. Do not use corrosive or flammable gases or liquids. Keep pressure within the specified range. Turn the power off before wiring. Avoid oil and solvent splashes. Separate signal wiring from high-voltage cables and conduits. After an output fault or overload, correct the cause before restarting. Where transient pressure produces an unwanted response, select an appropriate response delay. Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions are in millimeters. The D version’s bottom feature is its electrical connector; the pressure connection remains the threaded connection shown at the rear. Mounting accessories are ordered separately. Parameter Details Sensor face 30 × 30 mm Body depth 28.6 mm Overall depth including pressure connection 47.6 mm Pressure-connection local length 7 mm Mounting threads 2 × M3 Mounting-hole spacing callout 20 mm Rear-view local offset 12 mm Pressure thread Male G 1/8; female M5 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Estimated Weight Approximate engineering estimate: 148 g, excluding packaging. The calculation uses 43 g for the sensor body, an effective four-core lead allowance of 21 g/m for 5 m, and 0 g for an additional M8 connector, which is not part of this option. The lead allowance comes from a published 85 g versus 43 g comparison for a 2 m lead assembly on a similarly sized pressure switch; it is an allocated reference including that lead assembly’s connector, not a published AirTAC cable density. These are cross-model weight estimates, not AirTAC catalog or measured weights. Housing, connector, cable and thread differences are not individually weighed. No compatibility or technical equivalence is implied. Brackets, separately ordered extension cables and packaging are excluded. Optional Piping Accessories O = the rear sensing boss’s external male G1/8; use an exact matching female connection. I = the same boss’s internal female M5; use an exact matching male connection. O and I are alternative ways to connect one measured-pressure source: select one, not both. They are not flow-through inlet/outlet or pilot ports. The separate M3 mounting holes are not pneumatic connections. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): BKC/GBKC compression fitting; BPC/GBPC metal straight; BPOC metal straight; GBD male–female; GBPCF metal female straight connector; GBPMF metal female bulkhead connector; GBU double female straight coupling; GPC/PC straight; GPCF female straight connector; GPEB/PEB branch tee; GPED/PED run tee; GPH/PH banjo elbow; GPHF/PHF female branch banjo; GPL/PL elbow; GPLF female elbow; GPLL/PLL extended elbow; GPMF female bulkhead connector; GPYB/PYB Y; POC round straight; UE PU tube; US PU tube. Use Size / complete codes I 4 × 2.5: BKC0425-M5,BKC0425-M5-S,GBKC0425-M54: BPC4M5,BPOC4M5,GBPC4M5,GPC4M5-M,GPC4M5D-M,GPEB4M5,GPEB4M5D,GPED4M5,GPED4M5D,GPH4M5,GPH4M5D,GPL4M5,GPL4M5-M,GPL4M5D,GPL4M5D-M,GPLL4M5,GPLL4M5D,GPYB4M5,GPYB4M5D,PC4M5,PC4M5-M,PC4M5-S,PC4M5D,PC4M5D-M,PC4M5D-S,PEB4M5,PEB4M5-S,PEB4M5D,PEB4M5D-S,PED4M5,PED4M5-S,PED4M5D,PED4M5D-S,PH4M5,PH4M5-S,PH4M5D,PH4M5D-S,PL4M5,PL4M5-M,PL4M5-S,PL4M5D,PL4M5D-M,PL4M5D-S,PLL4M5,PLL4M5-S,PLL4M5D,PLL4M5D-S,POC4M5,POC4M5-S,POC4M5D,POC4M5D-S,PYB4M5,PYB4M5-S,PYB4M5D,PYB4M5D-S6: BPC6M5,BPOC6M5,GBPC6M5,GPC6M5,GPC6M5-M,GPC6M5D,GPC6M5D-M,GPEB6M5,GPEB6M5D,GPED6M5,GPED6M5D,GPH6M5,GPH6M5D,GPL6M5,GPL6M5-M,GPL6M5D,GPL6M5D-M,GPLL6M5,GPLL6M5D,GPYB6M5,GPYB6M5D,PC6M5,PC6M5-M,PC6M5-S,PC6M5D,PC6M5D-M,PC6M5D-S,PEB6M5,PEB6M5-S,PEB6M5D,PEB6M5D-S,PED6M5,PED6M5-S,PED6M5D,PED6M5D-S,PH6M5,PH6M5-S,PH6M5D,PH6M5D-S,PL6M5,PL6M5-M,PL6M5-S,PL6M5D,PL6M5D-M,PL6M5D-S,PLL6M5,PLL6M5-S,PLL6M5D,PLL6M5D-S,POC6M5,POC6M5-S,POC6M5D,POC6M5D-S,PYB6M5,PYB6M5-S,PYB6M5D,PYB6M5D-S3.2: GPC3.2M5-M,GPC3.2M5D-M,GPL3.2M5-M,GPL3.2M5D-M,PC3.2M5-M,PC3.2M5D-M,PL3.2M5-M,PL3.2M5D-M4; male RA M5 × 0.8 / female RB M5 × 0.8: GPHF4M5,GPHF4M5D,PHF4M5,PHF4M5-S,PHF4M5D,PHF4M5D-S6; male RA M5 × 0.8 / female RB M5 × 0.8: GPHF6M5,GPHF6M5D,PHF6M5,PHF6M5-S,PHF6M5D,PHF6M5D-S3.2 × 2: UE95A032020100MBU,US98A032020100MBU O male G1/4 ↔ female G1/8: GBD0102male G3/8 ↔ female G1/8: GBD0103male G1/2 ↔ female G1/8: GBD0104G1/8 female / 4 OD: GBPCF401,GBPMF401,GPCF401,GPCF401D,GPLF401,GPLF401D,GPMF401,GPMF401DG1/8 female / 6 OD: GBPCF601,GBPMF601,GPCF601,GPCF601D,GPLF601,GPLF601D,GPMF601,GPMF601DG1/8 female / 8 OD: GBPCF801,GBPMF801,GPCF801,GPCF801D,GPLF801,GPLF801D,GPMF801,GPMF801DG1/8 female / G1/8 female: GBU0101G1/8 female / 10 OD: GPCF1001,GPCF1001D,GPLF1001,GPLF1001D,GPMF1001,GPMF1001D4; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF401,GPHF401D6; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF601,GPHF601D8; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF801,GPHF801D8 × 5: UE95A080050100MBU,US98A080050100MBU10 × 6.5: UE95A100065100MBU,US98A100065100MBU I,O 4 × 2.5: UE95A040025100MBU,US98A040025100MBU6 × 4: UE95A060040100MBU,US98A060040100MBU These passive connections and tubes are optional and ordered separately for a clean compressed-air pressure-sensing line. Select either O or I at the single rear sensing boss. Do not connect separate pressure sources to O and I, use the sensor as a through-flow device, or assign either connection as a pilot or exhaust port. Keep every branch of a selected fitting on the same measured-pressure source. The positive-pressure limit for this DPS range is 0.1 MPa; operate the sensor and complete connection path within 0–50°C and every stricter fitting or tube limit. Its 0.2 MPa withstand pressure is not a working rating. These accessory selections cover positive-pressure air only. The sensor’s negative-pressure measurement range does not establish vacuum suitability of the assembled fittings, seals and tubing; verify the entire path before vacuum service. Do not use liquids or corrosive or flammable gases. Other non-corrosive gases require confirmed sensor and complete-path material and application compatibility and are outside these air selections. Match exact thread standard, size and opposite gender. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket and check engagement, sealing, clearance, tool access and support without obstructing the sensing passage. Follow the sensor’s original installation instructions, including the 7 N·m pressure-connection ceiling, and any lower fitting-specific torque; 7 N·m is not a tightening target for every fitting. Depressurize before disconnecting. Match tube OD and, for compression fittings, OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use the specified soft nylon/PU tube and check full insertion, seating and bends. Support tubing and fittings so their loads do not twist the sensor. Put the compression cap over the tube, seat the tube in the body and tighten the cap as specified; loosen it before removal and use a wrench on the body’s hex flats. For the listed metric male fittings, D identifies black catalog-specified plastic parts instead of the blank grey option. -M denotes the miniature version; -S identifies the specified stainless-steel 304 parts only. Use the exact complete code and its stated geometry; these suffixes do not apply to every family. GPCF/GPLF/GPMF/GBPCF/GBPMF have female pneumatic threads for the external male O connection; their tube sockets are separate connections. On GPMF/GBPMF bulkhead fittings, panel-mounting threads and retaining nuts are not pneumatic ports. Check panel thickness, washer/nut seating and support. For GPCF/GPMF, D specifies a black release button (blank: grey). For GPLF, D specifies a black release button and body (blank: grey). These D options do not apply to the listed metal or N-prefixed female fittings. PHF/GPHF fittings have male RA, female RB and a separate tube socket. For role I, the fitting’s male RA mates with the sensor’s internal female thread; for role O, the fitting’s female RB mates with the sensor’s external male thread. Use only the role and exact end size listed for that code. Connect the remaining threaded end to its own matching opposite-gender part and seal, keeping it on the same measured-pressure source. A fitting’s RB is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends independently by size, gender and thread standard. GBD first size is female RB, which mates with O; the second is male RA, requiring a separate matching female part. GBU are female-to-female couplings; after connecting one end to O, the other needs a separate matching male part. These parts do not convert PT to G, NPT or M5, and do not authorize plugging the active sensing connection. Standard plastic push-in fittings: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. Metal BPC/BPOC/GBPC/GBPCF/GBPMF: ≤0.9 MPa. BKC/GBKC/GBD/GBU: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and threaded-adapter groups have a 0–150°C component range. These are component limits, not an extension of the DPS range; use the lower pressure and narrower temperature range of the sensor, every fitting and tube. US98A/UE95A examples are separately ordered blue 100 m metric PU coils rated 1 MPa at 23°C. US98A: −20–70°C; UE95A: −40–70°C. Match OD/ID and derate with increasing temperature within all sensor/component limits; 1 MPa is not assured throughout. Use inch tube for an inch socket, never an approximately similar metric size. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery.

  • Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1B-01050G Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1B-01050T - 2

    Airtac DPS series: digital pressure switch - DPSN1B-01050T

    Specifications: DPSN1B-01050T is an AirTAC DPS digital pressure switch with two NPN outputs, a −100 to 100 kPa measuring range, prewired/grommet connection, 5 m, and a NPT 1/8 male pressure port with an internal 10-32 UNF female thread. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download Legacy Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Technical specifications and drawings below follow the 2025 DPS catalog, printed pages 254–257. Use the 2025 download for the current drawing revision. The legacy download retains an earlier edition with superseded vibration and mounting data. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning for This Product DPS Digital pressure switch N1 Two NPN outputs B prewired/grommet connection 01 −100 to 100 kPa 050 5 m T Male NPT 1/8; female 10-32 UNF Product Features Dual-row LCD displays measured pressure and the selected setting, with configurable red/green backlighting. Two switching outputs can each use easy, hysteresis or window-comparator operation, with normally open or normally closed selection. Selectable pressure units, display refresh time and output response delay support different machine-control requirements. The setting-lock and zero-adjustment functions are available from the front buttons. The NPN version supports the catalog’s master/slave parameter-copy function. Technical Specifications Parameter Details Working medium Non-corrosive gas Measurement range −100 to 100 kPa Withstand pressure 200 kPa Supply 12–24 VDC ±10%; supply ripple less than 10% peak-to-peak Output configuration Two NPN switching outputs Maximum applied output voltage 30 V Maximum output current 100 mA Residual output voltage Less than 1.5 V Measurement accuracy ±2% full scale ±1 digit at 25 ±3 °C Repeatability ±0.2% full scale Temperature characteristic ±3% full scale, referenced to 25 °C across 0–50 °C LCD display Dual row: 4 digits for measured pressure; 3.5 digits for the setting; red/green backlight Display update choices 100, 250, 500 or 1000 ms Response-delay choices 2, 20, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000, 2500 or 5000 ms Adjustable hysteresis 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7 or 0.8 kPa Pressure units kPa, kgf/cm², bar, psi, mmHg, inHg Operating temperature 0–50 °C Storage temperature −20 to 65 °C Relative humidity 35–80% RH, without condensation Vibration resistance — 2025 catalog 10–150 Hz; full amplitude 1.5 mm; X, Y and Z directions for 2 hours each, without power Impact resistance Maximum 100 m/s²; X, Y and Z directions, 3 times each Electrical entry prewired/grommet connection Cable option 5 m Pressure connection Male NPT 1/8; internal female 10-32 UNF Protection rating IP63, specified for the prewired/grommet type Electrical Connections Parameter Details Brown wire / positive supply Connect to DC supply positive within the rated supply range. Blue wire / negative supply Connect to DC supply negative. Black wire Switching output 1. White wire Switching output 2. Load connection For NPN output, connect the load between positive supply and the output; the output sinks current. Protection and restart An output load above 100 mA activates short-circuit protection. Remove the fault and restart as directed in the catalog. Display, Buttons and Menus Parameter Details A / B / C Up button / SET button / down button D / E Measured-pressure display / setting display F / G Output 1 indication / output 2 indication H / J Power-and-signal connection / pressure inlet Basic menu Hold SET for 2 seconds from measurement mode. Set the output mode, NO/NC behavior, response delay and backlight behavior. Advanced menu Hold SET for 4 seconds from measurement mode. Hold SET for 2 seconds to return to measurement mode. Backlight selection Red with output and green without output; green with output and red without output; always red; or always green. Advanced display settings Choose the lower-row setting value, blank display or unit; select display update time and hysteresis. Advanced functions Power-saving/backlight setting, backlight trigger OUT1/OUT2/AND/OR, copy setting where supported, and factory reset. Zero adjustment Press the up and down buttons together. Setting lock Up + SET locks the settings; down + SET unlocks them. LCK is displayed when a button is pressed while locked. Switching Modes Parameter Details EASY mode A single setpoint is used with the selected hysteresis. In the normal output diagram the output switches on above the setpoint plus hysteresis and off below the setpoint. HYS mode Separate upper and lower thresholds set the switching band. In the normal output diagram the output turns on above the upper threshold and off below the lower threshold. WCMP window-comparator mode The normal output diagram is active within the selected lower/upper pressure window and inactive outside it, with hysteresis at the boundaries. NO / NC selection Each output can use normally open or normally closed behavior. The selected logic determines whether the indicated switching state is inverted. NPN Parameter Copy Only the NPN type supports the copy function. With power off, connect the master and slave as shown in the catalog’s dedicated copy diagram, including the master pin 2 to slave pin 3 connection. Select CP-M for the master and CP-S for the slave, then carry out the copy sequence. Check the completion display; if copying fails, repeat the sequence. Power off before disconnecting the copy wiring and restarting normal operation. Use the connection and pin labels in the diagrams; the ordinary operating circuit and temporary copy circuit serve different purposes. The published copy diagram and normal operating circuit use different negative-wire color labels. Confirm the temporary copy wiring for the supplied unit with AirTAC before making that connection; do not infer it from the wire color alone. Mounting Accessories — Ordered Separately Parameter Details F-DPSEB Panel-mount adapter and front protective cover for terminal and prewired/grommet versions; panel-frame dimension 31 mm, tolerance +0/−0.5 mm, in both directions. F-DPSLB Mounting bracket for the DPS sensor; the 2025 drawing shows 29.6 mm upright width, 24 mm upright height, two Ø3.2 mm mounting holes and 1.6 mm plate thickness. The bracket is an installation accessory and is not included merely by ordering the sensor. Assembly sequence Assemble the front cover first, then the rear cover, as shown in the panel adapter drawing. Installation and Operating Notes Do not drop the sensor or subject it to impact. Do not apply more than 60 N tension to the cable. Tightening torque at the pressure connection must not exceed 7 N·m. Do not use corrosive or flammable gases or liquids. Keep pressure within the specified range. Turn the power off before wiring. Avoid oil and solvent splashes. Separate signal wiring from high-voltage cables and conduits. After an output fault or overload, correct the cause before restarting. Where transient pressure produces an unwanted response, select an appropriate response delay. Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions are in millimeters. The D version’s bottom feature is its electrical connector; the pressure connection remains the threaded connection shown at the rear. Mounting accessories are ordered separately. Parameter Details Sensor face 30 × 30 mm Body depth 28.6 mm Overall depth including pressure connection 47.6 mm Pressure-connection local length 7 mm Mounting threads 2 × M3 Mounting-hole spacing callout 20 mm Rear-view local offset 12 mm Pressure thread Male NPT 1/8; female 10-32 UNF For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Estimated Weight Approximate engineering estimate: 148 g, excluding packaging. The calculation uses 43 g for the sensor body, an effective four-core lead allowance of 21 g/m for 5 m, and 0 g for an additional M8 connector, which is not part of this option. The lead allowance comes from a published 85 g versus 43 g comparison for a 2 m lead assembly on a similarly sized pressure switch; it is an allocated reference including that lead assembly’s connector, not a published AirTAC cable density. These are cross-model weight estimates, not AirTAC catalog or measured weights. Housing, connector, cable and thread differences are not individually weighed. No compatibility or technical equivalence is implied. Brackets, separately ordered extension cables and packaging are excluded. Optional Piping Accessories O = the rear sensing boss’s external male NPT1/8; use an exact matching female connection. I = the same boss’s internal female 10-32UNF; use an exact matching male connection. O and I are alternative ways to connect one measured-pressure source: select one, not both. They are not flow-through inlet/outlet or pilot ports. The separate M3 mounting holes are not pneumatic connections. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): NBD male–female; NBKC straight locknut connector; NBPC metal male straight connector; NBPCF metal female straight connector; NBPMF metal female bulkhead connector; NBU double female straight coupling; NPC male straight connector; NPCF female straight connector; NPEB male branch tee; NPED male run tee; NPH male banjo elbow; NPHF male/female branch banjo fitting; NPL male elbow; NPLF female elbow; NPLL extended male elbow; NPMF female bulkhead connector; NPYB male branch Y; NUE polyurethane tube. Use Size / complete codes O (discontinued) male NPT1/2 ↔ female NPT1/8: NBD1/8-1/2male NPT1/4 ↔ female NPT1/8: NBD1/8-1/4male NPT3/8 ↔ female NPT1/8: NBD1/8-3/8NPT1/8 female / 1/4 inch OD: NBPCF1/4-1/8,NBPMF1/4-1/8NPT1/8 female / 5/16 inch OD: NBPCF5/16-1/8,NBPMF5/16-1/8NPT1/8 female / 5/32 inch OD: NBPCF5/32-1/8,NBPMF5/32-1/8NPT1/8 female / NPT1/8 female: NBU1/8-1/81/4 in; male RA NPT1/8 / female RB NPT1/8: NPHF1/4-1/85/16 in; male RA NPT1/8 / female RB NPT1/8: NPHF5/16-1/85/32 in; male RA NPT1/8 / female RB NPT1/8: NPHF5/32-1/8 I (discontinued) 5/32 × 3/32 in; male #10-32UNF: NBKC5/32-3/32-U101/4 in; male #10-32UNF: NBPC1/4-U10,NPH1/4-U10,NPLL1/4-U105/32 in; male #10-32UNF: NBPC5/32-U10,NPH5/32-U10,NPLL5/32-U101/4 in tube socket; male RA #10-32UNF / female RB #10-32UNF: NPHF1/4-U105/32 in tube socket; male RA #10-32UNF / female RB #10-32UNF: NPHF5/32-U10 I 1/4 in; male #10-32UNF: NPC1/4-U10,NPL1/4-U101/8 in; male #10-32UNF: NPC1/8-U10,NPL1/8-U105/32 in; male #10-32UNF: NPC5/32-U10,NPL5/32-U102 × 1/4 in tube sockets; male #10-32UNF: NPEB1/4-U10,NPED1/4-U10,NPYB1/4-U102 × 5/32 in tube sockets; male #10-32UNF: NPEB5/32-U10,NPED5/32-U10,NPYB5/32-U10 O NPT1/8 female / 1/4 inch OD: NPCF1/4-1/8,NPLF1/4-1/8,NPMF1/4-1/8NPT1/8 female / 3/8 inch OD: NPCF3/8-1/8,NPLF3/8-1/8,NPMF3/8-1/8NPT1/8 female / 5/16 inch OD: NPCF5/16-1/8,NPLF5/16-1/8,NPMF5/16-1/8NPT1/8 female / 5/32 inch OD: NPCF5/32-1/8,NPLF5/32-1/8,NPMF5/32-1/8 I,O 5/32 × 3/32 in: NUE95A5/32X3/32-100BK,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100BR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100BU,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100C,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CB,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CG,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CY,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100GA,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100GE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100GN,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100R,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100WH,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100Y,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250BK,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250BR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250BU,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250C,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CB,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CG,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CY,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250GA,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250GE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250GN,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250R,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250WH,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250Y,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500BK,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500BR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500BU,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500C,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CB,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CG,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CY,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500GA,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500GE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500GN,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500R,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500WH,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500Y These passive connections and tubes are optional and ordered separately for a clean compressed-air pressure-sensing line. Select either O or I at the single rear sensing boss. Do not connect separate pressure sources to O and I, use the sensor as a through-flow device, or assign either connection as a pilot or exhaust port. Keep every branch of a selected fitting on the same measured-pressure source. The positive-pressure limit for this DPS range is 0.1 MPa; operate the sensor and complete connection path within 0–50°C and every stricter fitting or tube limit. Its 0.2 MPa withstand pressure is not a working rating. These accessory selections cover positive-pressure air only. The sensor’s negative-pressure measurement range does not establish vacuum suitability of the assembled fittings, seals and tubing; verify the entire path before vacuum service. Do not use liquids or corrosive or flammable gases. Other non-corrosive gases require confirmed sensor and complete-path material and application compatibility and are outside these air selections. Match exact thread standard, size and opposite gender. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket and check engagement, sealing, clearance, tool access and support without obstructing the sensing passage. Follow the sensor’s original installation instructions, including the 7 N·m pressure-connection ceiling, and any lower fitting-specific torque; 7 N·m is not a tightening target for every fitting. Depressurize before disconnecting. Match tube OD and, for compression fittings, OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use the specified soft nylon/PU tube and check full insertion, seating and bends. Support tubing and fittings so their loads do not twist the sensor. Put the compression cap over the tube, seat the tube in the body and tighten the cap as specified; loosen it before removal and use a wrench on the body’s hex flats. NPCF/NPLF/NPMF/NBPCF/NBPMF have female pneumatic threads for the external male O connection; their tube sockets are separate connections. On NPMF/NBPMF bulkhead fittings, panel-mounting threads and retaining nuts are not pneumatic ports. Check panel thickness, washer/nut seating and support. NPHF fittings have male RA, female RB and a separate tube socket. For role I, the fitting’s male RA mates with the sensor’s internal female thread; for role O, the fitting’s female RB mates with the sensor’s external male thread. Use only the role and exact end size listed for that code. Connect the remaining threaded end to its own matching opposite-gender part and seal, keeping it on the same measured-pressure source. A fitting’s RB is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends independently by size, gender and thread standard. NBD first size is female RB, which mates with O; the second is male RA, requiring a separate matching female part. NBU are female-to-female couplings; after connecting one end to O, the other needs a separate matching male part. These parts do not convert PT to G, NPT or M5, and do not authorize plugging the active sensing connection. Standard plastic push-in fittings: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. NBPC/NBPCF/NBPMF/NBKC/NBD/NBU: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and threaded-adapter groups have a 0–150°C component range. These are component limits, not an extension of the DPS range; use the lower pressure and narrower temperature range of the sensor, every fitting and tube. U10 means male #10-32UNF for the internal I connection; it is neither M5 nor tapered NPT. Use the fitting’s specified gasket or confirmed sealing arrangement. The listed U10 plastic fittings and NBPC are rated 0–1 MPa with 1.5 MPa proof pressure; NBKC is rated 0–1 MPa with 3 MPa proof pressure. Their published 10 Torr (−750 mmHg) negative-pressure value is a component rating, not validation of the complete sensing assembly or its tubing under vacuum. Proof pressure is not working pressure. NBKC5/32-3/32-U10 specifies 5/32 in OD × 3/32 in ID in its complete model and dimension row. An ordering-matrix ID entry differs; confirm the 3/32 in ID and sealing arrangement with the supplier before selecting the tube. Do not substitute an inferred 5/32 in ID model. Each NPEB, NPYB or NPED U10 fitting has two sockets of the stated equal OD; both remain on the selected pressure-sensing line. The listed NUE95A tubes serve either O or I only through a listed exact 5/32 in OD connection, according to that code’s assigned role. They do not connect directly to a sensor thread. Match a compression connection’s ID as well. Do not substitute 4 mm, 3.2 mm, 3 mm or 1/8 in OD tube. NUE95A5/32X3/32 is ether-based PU, Shore A95±2, with 5/32 in OD × 3/32 in ID and 1/32 in wall. Working pressure is 145 psi at 73°F; 363 psi is burst pressure, not a working rating. Temperature range: −40–158°F; minimum bend radius: 8 mm. Derate with increasing temperature and obey every stricter sensor, fitting and tube limit. In NUE codes, 100/250/500 after the hyphen are coil lengths in feet, not metres. Colours: BU blue, BK black, GE orange, C clear, WH white, CB clear blue, R red, Y yellow, GA gray, GN green, BR brown, CR clear red, CG clear green, CY clear yellow, CE clear orange. Match the complete length-and-colour code. Current lifecycle and supply of these catalog-listed tubes are unverified; confirm the exact item or an approved replacement before ordering. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery.

  • Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1B-01050G Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1B-01050 - 2

    Airtac DPS series: digital pressure switch - DPSN1B-01050

    Specifications: DPSN1B-01050 is an AirTAC DPS digital pressure switch with two NPN outputs, a −100 to 100 kPa measuring range, prewired/grommet connection, 5 m, and a PT 1/8 male pressure port with an internal M5 female thread. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download Legacy Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Technical specifications and drawings below follow the 2025 DPS catalog, printed pages 254–257. Use the 2025 download for the current drawing revision. The legacy download retains an earlier edition with superseded vibration and mounting data. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning for This Product DPS Digital pressure switch N1 Two NPN outputs B prewired/grommet connection 01 −100 to 100 kPa 050 5 m Blank thread code Male PT 1/8; female M5 Product Features Dual-row LCD displays measured pressure and the selected setting, with configurable red/green backlighting. Two switching outputs can each use easy, hysteresis or window-comparator operation, with normally open or normally closed selection. Selectable pressure units, display refresh time and output response delay support different machine-control requirements. The setting-lock and zero-adjustment functions are available from the front buttons. The NPN version supports the catalog’s master/slave parameter-copy function. Technical Specifications Parameter Details Working medium Non-corrosive gas Measurement range −100 to 100 kPa Withstand pressure 200 kPa Supply 12–24 VDC ±10%; supply ripple less than 10% peak-to-peak Output configuration Two NPN switching outputs Maximum applied output voltage 30 V Maximum output current 100 mA Residual output voltage Less than 1.5 V Measurement accuracy ±2% full scale ±1 digit at 25 ±3 °C Repeatability ±0.2% full scale Temperature characteristic ±3% full scale, referenced to 25 °C across 0–50 °C LCD display Dual row: 4 digits for measured pressure; 3.5 digits for the setting; red/green backlight Display update choices 100, 250, 500 or 1000 ms Response-delay choices 2, 20, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000, 2500 or 5000 ms Adjustable hysteresis 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7 or 0.8 kPa Pressure units kPa, kgf/cm², bar, psi, mmHg, inHg Operating temperature 0–50 °C Storage temperature −20 to 65 °C Relative humidity 35–80% RH, without condensation Vibration resistance — 2025 catalog 10–150 Hz; full amplitude 1.5 mm; X, Y and Z directions for 2 hours each, without power Impact resistance Maximum 100 m/s²; X, Y and Z directions, 3 times each Electrical entry prewired/grommet connection Cable option 5 m Pressure connection Male PT 1/8; internal female M5 Protection rating IP63, specified for the prewired/grommet type Electrical Connections Parameter Details Brown wire / positive supply Connect to DC supply positive within the rated supply range. Blue wire / negative supply Connect to DC supply negative. Black wire Switching output 1. White wire Switching output 2. Load connection For NPN output, connect the load between positive supply and the output; the output sinks current. Protection and restart An output load above 100 mA activates short-circuit protection. Remove the fault and restart as directed in the catalog. Display, Buttons and Menus Parameter Details A / B / C Up button / SET button / down button D / E Measured-pressure display / setting display F / G Output 1 indication / output 2 indication H / J Power-and-signal connection / pressure inlet Basic menu Hold SET for 2 seconds from measurement mode. Set the output mode, NO/NC behavior, response delay and backlight behavior. Advanced menu Hold SET for 4 seconds from measurement mode. Hold SET for 2 seconds to return to measurement mode. Backlight selection Red with output and green without output; green with output and red without output; always red; or always green. Advanced display settings Choose the lower-row setting value, blank display or unit; select display update time and hysteresis. Advanced functions Power-saving/backlight setting, backlight trigger OUT1/OUT2/AND/OR, copy setting where supported, and factory reset. Zero adjustment Press the up and down buttons together. Setting lock Up + SET locks the settings; down + SET unlocks them. LCK is displayed when a button is pressed while locked. Switching Modes Parameter Details EASY mode A single setpoint is used with the selected hysteresis. In the normal output diagram the output switches on above the setpoint plus hysteresis and off below the setpoint. HYS mode Separate upper and lower thresholds set the switching band. In the normal output diagram the output turns on above the upper threshold and off below the lower threshold. WCMP window-comparator mode The normal output diagram is active within the selected lower/upper pressure window and inactive outside it, with hysteresis at the boundaries. NO / NC selection Each output can use normally open or normally closed behavior. The selected logic determines whether the indicated switching state is inverted. NPN Parameter Copy Only the NPN type supports the copy function. With power off, connect the master and slave as shown in the catalog’s dedicated copy diagram, including the master pin 2 to slave pin 3 connection. Select CP-M for the master and CP-S for the slave, then carry out the copy sequence. Check the completion display; if copying fails, repeat the sequence. Power off before disconnecting the copy wiring and restarting normal operation. Use the connection and pin labels in the diagrams; the ordinary operating circuit and temporary copy circuit serve different purposes. The published copy diagram and normal operating circuit use different negative-wire color labels. Confirm the temporary copy wiring for the supplied unit with AirTAC before making that connection; do not infer it from the wire color alone. Mounting Accessories — Ordered Separately Parameter Details F-DPSEB Panel-mount adapter and front protective cover for terminal and prewired/grommet versions; panel-frame dimension 31 mm, tolerance +0/−0.5 mm, in both directions. F-DPSLB Mounting bracket for the DPS sensor; the 2025 drawing shows 29.6 mm upright width, 24 mm upright height, two Ø3.2 mm mounting holes and 1.6 mm plate thickness. The bracket is an installation accessory and is not included merely by ordering the sensor. Assembly sequence Assemble the front cover first, then the rear cover, as shown in the panel adapter drawing. Installation and Operating Notes Do not drop the sensor or subject it to impact. Do not apply more than 60 N tension to the cable. Tightening torque at the pressure connection must not exceed 7 N·m. Do not use corrosive or flammable gases or liquids. Keep pressure within the specified range. Turn the power off before wiring. Avoid oil and solvent splashes. Separate signal wiring from high-voltage cables and conduits. After an output fault or overload, correct the cause before restarting. Where transient pressure produces an unwanted response, select an appropriate response delay. Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions are in millimeters. The D version’s bottom feature is its electrical connector; the pressure connection remains the threaded connection shown at the rear. Mounting accessories are ordered separately. Parameter Details Sensor face 30 × 30 mm Body depth 28.6 mm Overall depth including pressure connection 47.6 mm Pressure-connection local length 7 mm Mounting threads 2 × M3 Mounting-hole spacing callout 20 mm Rear-view local offset 12 mm Pressure thread Male PT 1/8; female M5 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Estimated Weight Approximate engineering estimate: 148 g, excluding packaging. The calculation uses 43 g for the sensor body, an effective four-core lead allowance of 21 g/m for 5 m, and 0 g for an additional M8 connector, which is not part of this option. The lead allowance comes from a published 85 g versus 43 g comparison for a 2 m lead assembly on a similarly sized pressure switch; it is an allocated reference including that lead assembly’s connector, not a published AirTAC cable density. These are cross-model weight estimates, not AirTAC catalog or measured weights. Housing, connector, cable and thread differences are not individually weighed. No compatibility or technical equivalence is implied. Brackets, separately ordered extension cables and packaging are excluded. Optional Piping Accessories O = the rear sensing boss’s external male PT1/8; use an exact matching female connection. I = the same boss’s internal female M5; use an exact matching male connection. O and I are alternative ways to connect one measured-pressure source: select one, not both. They are not flow-through inlet/outlet or pilot ports. The separate M3 mounting holes are not pneumatic connections. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): BD male–female; BKC/GBKC compression fitting; BPC/GBPC metal straight; BPCF metal female straight connector; BPMF metal female bulkhead connector; BPOC metal straight; BU double female straight coupling; GPC/PC straight; GPEB/PEB branch tee; GPED/PED run tee; GPH/PH banjo elbow; GPHF/PHF female branch banjo; GPL/PL elbow; GPLL/PLL extended elbow; GPYB/PYB Y; PCF female straight connector; PLF female elbow; PMF female bulkhead connector; POC round straight; UE PU tube; US PU tube. Use Size / complete codes O male PT1/4 ↔ female PT1/8: BD0102,BD0102-Smale PT3/8 ↔ female PT1/8: BD0103,BD0103-Smale PT1/2 ↔ female PT1/8: BD0104,BD0104-SPT1/8 female / 4 OD: BPCF401,BPMF401,PCF401,PCF401D,PLF401,PLF401D,PMF401,PMF401DPT1/8 female / 6 OD: BPCF601,BPMF601,PCF601,PCF601D,PLF601,PLF601D,PMF601,PMF601DPT1/8 female / 8 OD: BPCF801,BPMF801,PCF801,PCF801D,PLF801,PLF801D,PMF801,PMF801DPT1/8 female / PT1/8 female: BU0101,BU0101-SPT1/8 female / 10 OD: PCF1001,PCF1001D,PLF1001,PLF1001D,PMF1001,PMF1001D4; male RA PT1/8 / female RB PT1/8: PHF401,PHF401-S,PHF401D,PHF401D-S6; male RA PT1/8 / female RB PT1/8: PHF601,PHF601-S,PHF601D,PHF601D-S8; male RA PT1/8 / female RB PT1/8: PHF801,PHF801-S,PHF801D,PHF801D-S8 × 5: UE95A080050100MBU,US98A080050100MBU10 × 6.5: UE95A100065100MBU,US98A100065100MBU I 4 × 2.5: BKC0425-M5,BKC0425-M5-S,GBKC0425-M54: BPC4M5,BPOC4M5,GBPC4M5,GPC4M5-M,GPC4M5D-M,GPEB4M5,GPEB4M5D,GPED4M5,GPED4M5D,GPH4M5,GPH4M5D,GPL4M5,GPL4M5-M,GPL4M5D,GPL4M5D-M,GPLL4M5,GPLL4M5D,GPYB4M5,GPYB4M5D,PC4M5,PC4M5-M,PC4M5-S,PC4M5D,PC4M5D-M,PC4M5D-S,PEB4M5,PEB4M5-S,PEB4M5D,PEB4M5D-S,PED4M5,PED4M5-S,PED4M5D,PED4M5D-S,PH4M5,PH4M5-S,PH4M5D,PH4M5D-S,PL4M5,PL4M5-M,PL4M5-S,PL4M5D,PL4M5D-M,PL4M5D-S,PLL4M5,PLL4M5-S,PLL4M5D,PLL4M5D-S,POC4M5,POC4M5-S,POC4M5D,POC4M5D-S,PYB4M5,PYB4M5-S,PYB4M5D,PYB4M5D-S6: BPC6M5,BPOC6M5,GBPC6M5,GPC6M5,GPC6M5-M,GPC6M5D,GPC6M5D-M,GPEB6M5,GPEB6M5D,GPED6M5,GPED6M5D,GPH6M5,GPH6M5D,GPL6M5,GPL6M5-M,GPL6M5D,GPL6M5D-M,GPLL6M5,GPLL6M5D,GPYB6M5,GPYB6M5D,PC6M5,PC6M5-M,PC6M5-S,PC6M5D,PC6M5D-M,PC6M5D-S,PEB6M5,PEB6M5-S,PEB6M5D,PEB6M5D-S,PED6M5,PED6M5-S,PED6M5D,PED6M5D-S,PH6M5,PH6M5-S,PH6M5D,PH6M5D-S,PL6M5,PL6M5-M,PL6M5-S,PL6M5D,PL6M5D-M,PL6M5D-S,PLL6M5,PLL6M5-S,PLL6M5D,PLL6M5D-S,POC6M5,POC6M5-S,POC6M5D,POC6M5D-S,PYB6M5,PYB6M5-S,PYB6M5D,PYB6M5D-S3.2: GPC3.2M5-M,GPC3.2M5D-M,GPL3.2M5-M,GPL3.2M5D-M,PC3.2M5-M,PC3.2M5D-M,PL3.2M5-M,PL3.2M5D-M4; male RA M5 × 0.8 / female RB M5 × 0.8: GPHF4M5,GPHF4M5D,PHF4M5,PHF4M5-S,PHF4M5D,PHF4M5D-S6; male RA M5 × 0.8 / female RB M5 × 0.8: GPHF6M5,GPHF6M5D,PHF6M5,PHF6M5-S,PHF6M5D,PHF6M5D-S3.2 × 2: UE95A032020100MBU,US98A032020100MBU I,O 4 × 2.5: UE95A040025100MBU,US98A040025100MBU6 × 4: UE95A060040100MBU,US98A060040100MBU These passive connections and tubes are optional and ordered separately for a clean compressed-air pressure-sensing line. Select either O or I at the single rear sensing boss. Do not connect separate pressure sources to O and I, use the sensor as a through-flow device, or assign either connection as a pilot or exhaust port. Keep every branch of a selected fitting on the same measured-pressure source. The positive-pressure limit for this DPS range is 0.1 MPa; operate the sensor and complete connection path within 0–50°C and every stricter fitting or tube limit. Its 0.2 MPa withstand pressure is not a working rating. These accessory selections cover positive-pressure air only. The sensor’s negative-pressure measurement range does not establish vacuum suitability of the assembled fittings, seals and tubing; verify the entire path before vacuum service. Do not use liquids or corrosive or flammable gases. Other non-corrosive gases require confirmed sensor and complete-path material and application compatibility and are outside these air selections. Match exact thread standard, size and opposite gender. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket and check engagement, sealing, clearance, tool access and support without obstructing the sensing passage. Follow the sensor’s original installation instructions, including the 7 N·m pressure-connection ceiling, and any lower fitting-specific torque; 7 N·m is not a tightening target for every fitting. Depressurize before disconnecting. Match tube OD and, for compression fittings, OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use the specified soft nylon/PU tube and check full insertion, seating and bends. Support tubing and fittings so their loads do not twist the sensor. Put the compression cap over the tube, seat the tube in the body and tighten the cap as specified; loosen it before removal and use a wrench on the body’s hex flats. For the listed metric male fittings, D identifies black catalog-specified plastic parts instead of the blank grey option. -M denotes the miniature version; -S identifies the specified stainless-steel 304 parts only. Use the exact complete code and its stated geometry; these suffixes do not apply to every family. PCF/PLF/PMF/BPCF/BPMF have female pneumatic threads for the external male O connection; their tube sockets are separate connections. On PMF/BPMF bulkhead fittings, panel-mounting threads and retaining nuts are not pneumatic ports. Check panel thickness, washer/nut seating and support. For PCF/PMF, D specifies a black release button (blank: grey). For PLF, D specifies a black release button and body (blank: grey). These D options do not apply to the listed metal or N-prefixed female fittings. PHF/GPHF fittings have male RA, female RB and a separate tube socket. For role I, the fitting’s male RA mates with the sensor’s internal female thread; for role O, the fitting’s female RB mates with the sensor’s external male thread. Use only the role and exact end size listed for that code. Connect the remaining threaded end to its own matching opposite-gender part and seal, keeping it on the same measured-pressure source. A fitting’s RB is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends independently by size, gender and thread standard. BD first size is female RB, which mates with O; the second is male RA, requiring a separate matching female part. BU are female-to-female couplings; after connecting one end to O, the other needs a separate matching male part. These parts do not convert PT to G, NPT or M5, and do not authorize plugging the active sensing connection. Standard plastic push-in fittings: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. Metal BPC/BPOC/BPCF/BPMF/GBPC: ≤0.9 MPa. BKC/GBKC/BD/BU: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and threaded-adapter groups have a 0–150°C component range. These are component limits, not an extension of the DPS range; use the lower pressure and narrower temperature range of the sensor, every fitting and tube. US98A/UE95A examples are separately ordered blue 100 m metric PU coils rated 1 MPa at 23°C. US98A: −20–70°C; UE95A: −40–70°C. Match OD/ID and derate with increasing temperature within all sensor/component limits; 1 MPa is not assured throughout. Use inch tube for an inch socket, never an approximately similar metric size. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery.

  • Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1B-01030G Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1B-01030G - 2

    Airtac DPS series: digital pressure switch - DPSN1B-01030G

    Specifications: DPSN1B-01030G is an AirTAC DPS digital pressure switch with two NPN outputs, a −100 to 100 kPa measuring range, prewired/grommet connection, 3 m, and a G 1/8 male pressure port with an internal M5 female thread. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download Legacy Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Technical specifications and drawings below follow the 2025 DPS catalog, printed pages 254–257. Use the 2025 download for the current drawing revision. The legacy download retains an earlier edition with superseded vibration and mounting data. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning for This Product DPS Digital pressure switch N1 Two NPN outputs B prewired/grommet connection 01 −100 to 100 kPa 030 3 m G Male G 1/8; female M5 Product Features Dual-row LCD displays measured pressure and the selected setting, with configurable red/green backlighting. Two switching outputs can each use easy, hysteresis or window-comparator operation, with normally open or normally closed selection. Selectable pressure units, display refresh time and output response delay support different machine-control requirements. The setting-lock and zero-adjustment functions are available from the front buttons. The NPN version supports the catalog’s master/slave parameter-copy function. Technical Specifications Parameter Details Working medium Non-corrosive gas Measurement range −100 to 100 kPa Withstand pressure 200 kPa Supply 12–24 VDC ±10%; supply ripple less than 10% peak-to-peak Output configuration Two NPN switching outputs Maximum applied output voltage 30 V Maximum output current 100 mA Residual output voltage Less than 1.5 V Measurement accuracy ±2% full scale ±1 digit at 25 ±3 °C Repeatability ±0.2% full scale Temperature characteristic ±3% full scale, referenced to 25 °C across 0–50 °C LCD display Dual row: 4 digits for measured pressure; 3.5 digits for the setting; red/green backlight Display update choices 100, 250, 500 or 1000 ms Response-delay choices 2, 20, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000, 2500 or 5000 ms Adjustable hysteresis 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7 or 0.8 kPa Pressure units kPa, kgf/cm², bar, psi, mmHg, inHg Operating temperature 0–50 °C Storage temperature −20 to 65 °C Relative humidity 35–80% RH, without condensation Vibration resistance — 2025 catalog 10–150 Hz; full amplitude 1.5 mm; X, Y and Z directions for 2 hours each, without power Impact resistance Maximum 100 m/s²; X, Y and Z directions, 3 times each Electrical entry prewired/grommet connection Cable option 3 m Pressure connection Male G 1/8; internal female M5 Protection rating IP63, specified for the prewired/grommet type Electrical Connections Parameter Details Brown wire / positive supply Connect to DC supply positive within the rated supply range. Blue wire / negative supply Connect to DC supply negative. Black wire Switching output 1. White wire Switching output 2. Load connection For NPN output, connect the load between positive supply and the output; the output sinks current. Protection and restart An output load above 100 mA activates short-circuit protection. Remove the fault and restart as directed in the catalog. Display, Buttons and Menus Parameter Details A / B / C Up button / SET button / down button D / E Measured-pressure display / setting display F / G Output 1 indication / output 2 indication H / J Power-and-signal connection / pressure inlet Basic menu Hold SET for 2 seconds from measurement mode. Set the output mode, NO/NC behavior, response delay and backlight behavior. Advanced menu Hold SET for 4 seconds from measurement mode. Hold SET for 2 seconds to return to measurement mode. Backlight selection Red with output and green without output; green with output and red without output; always red; or always green. Advanced display settings Choose the lower-row setting value, blank display or unit; select display update time and hysteresis. Advanced functions Power-saving/backlight setting, backlight trigger OUT1/OUT2/AND/OR, copy setting where supported, and factory reset. Zero adjustment Press the up and down buttons together. Setting lock Up + SET locks the settings; down + SET unlocks them. LCK is displayed when a button is pressed while locked. Switching Modes Parameter Details EASY mode A single setpoint is used with the selected hysteresis. In the normal output diagram the output switches on above the setpoint plus hysteresis and off below the setpoint. HYS mode Separate upper and lower thresholds set the switching band. In the normal output diagram the output turns on above the upper threshold and off below the lower threshold. WCMP window-comparator mode The normal output diagram is active within the selected lower/upper pressure window and inactive outside it, with hysteresis at the boundaries. NO / NC selection Each output can use normally open or normally closed behavior. The selected logic determines whether the indicated switching state is inverted. NPN Parameter Copy Only the NPN type supports the copy function. With power off, connect the master and slave as shown in the catalog’s dedicated copy diagram, including the master pin 2 to slave pin 3 connection. Select CP-M for the master and CP-S for the slave, then carry out the copy sequence. Check the completion display; if copying fails, repeat the sequence. Power off before disconnecting the copy wiring and restarting normal operation. Use the connection and pin labels in the diagrams; the ordinary operating circuit and temporary copy circuit serve different purposes. The published copy diagram and normal operating circuit use different negative-wire color labels. Confirm the temporary copy wiring for the supplied unit with AirTAC before making that connection; do not infer it from the wire color alone. Mounting Accessories — Ordered Separately Parameter Details F-DPSEB Panel-mount adapter and front protective cover for terminal and prewired/grommet versions; panel-frame dimension 31 mm, tolerance +0/−0.5 mm, in both directions. F-DPSLB Mounting bracket for the DPS sensor; the 2025 drawing shows 29.6 mm upright width, 24 mm upright height, two Ø3.2 mm mounting holes and 1.6 mm plate thickness. The bracket is an installation accessory and is not included merely by ordering the sensor. Assembly sequence Assemble the front cover first, then the rear cover, as shown in the panel adapter drawing. Installation and Operating Notes Do not drop the sensor or subject it to impact. Do not apply more than 60 N tension to the cable. Tightening torque at the pressure connection must not exceed 7 N·m. Do not use corrosive or flammable gases or liquids. Keep pressure within the specified range. Turn the power off before wiring. Avoid oil and solvent splashes. Separate signal wiring from high-voltage cables and conduits. After an output fault or overload, correct the cause before restarting. Where transient pressure produces an unwanted response, select an appropriate response delay. Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions are in millimeters. The D version’s bottom feature is its electrical connector; the pressure connection remains the threaded connection shown at the rear. Mounting accessories are ordered separately. Parameter Details Sensor face 30 × 30 mm Body depth 28.6 mm Overall depth including pressure connection 47.6 mm Pressure-connection local length 7 mm Mounting threads 2 × M3 Mounting-hole spacing callout 20 mm Rear-view local offset 12 mm Pressure thread Male G 1/8; female M5 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Estimated Weight Approximate engineering estimate: 106 g, excluding packaging. The calculation uses 43 g for the sensor body, an effective four-core lead allowance of 21 g/m for 3 m, and 0 g for an additional M8 connector, which is not part of this option. The lead allowance comes from a published 85 g versus 43 g comparison for a 2 m lead assembly on a similarly sized pressure switch; it is an allocated reference including that lead assembly’s connector, not a published AirTAC cable density. These are cross-model weight estimates, not AirTAC catalog or measured weights. Housing, connector, cable and thread differences are not individually weighed. No compatibility or technical equivalence is implied. Brackets, separately ordered extension cables and packaging are excluded. Optional Piping Accessories O = the rear sensing boss’s external male G1/8; use an exact matching female connection. I = the same boss’s internal female M5; use an exact matching male connection. O and I are alternative ways to connect one measured-pressure source: select one, not both. They are not flow-through inlet/outlet or pilot ports. The separate M3 mounting holes are not pneumatic connections. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): BKC/GBKC compression fitting; BPC/GBPC metal straight; BPOC metal straight; GBD male–female; GBPCF metal female straight connector; GBPMF metal female bulkhead connector; GBU double female straight coupling; GPC/PC straight; GPCF female straight connector; GPEB/PEB branch tee; GPED/PED run tee; GPH/PH banjo elbow; GPHF/PHF female branch banjo; GPL/PL elbow; GPLF female elbow; GPLL/PLL extended elbow; GPMF female bulkhead connector; GPYB/PYB Y; POC round straight; UE PU tube; US PU tube. Use Size / complete codes I 4 × 2.5: BKC0425-M5,BKC0425-M5-S,GBKC0425-M54: BPC4M5,BPOC4M5,GBPC4M5,GPC4M5-M,GPC4M5D-M,GPEB4M5,GPEB4M5D,GPED4M5,GPED4M5D,GPH4M5,GPH4M5D,GPL4M5,GPL4M5-M,GPL4M5D,GPL4M5D-M,GPLL4M5,GPLL4M5D,GPYB4M5,GPYB4M5D,PC4M5,PC4M5-M,PC4M5-S,PC4M5D,PC4M5D-M,PC4M5D-S,PEB4M5,PEB4M5-S,PEB4M5D,PEB4M5D-S,PED4M5,PED4M5-S,PED4M5D,PED4M5D-S,PH4M5,PH4M5-S,PH4M5D,PH4M5D-S,PL4M5,PL4M5-M,PL4M5-S,PL4M5D,PL4M5D-M,PL4M5D-S,PLL4M5,PLL4M5-S,PLL4M5D,PLL4M5D-S,POC4M5,POC4M5-S,POC4M5D,POC4M5D-S,PYB4M5,PYB4M5-S,PYB4M5D,PYB4M5D-S6: BPC6M5,BPOC6M5,GBPC6M5,GPC6M5,GPC6M5-M,GPC6M5D,GPC6M5D-M,GPEB6M5,GPEB6M5D,GPED6M5,GPED6M5D,GPH6M5,GPH6M5D,GPL6M5,GPL6M5-M,GPL6M5D,GPL6M5D-M,GPLL6M5,GPLL6M5D,GPYB6M5,GPYB6M5D,PC6M5,PC6M5-M,PC6M5-S,PC6M5D,PC6M5D-M,PC6M5D-S,PEB6M5,PEB6M5-S,PEB6M5D,PEB6M5D-S,PED6M5,PED6M5-S,PED6M5D,PED6M5D-S,PH6M5,PH6M5-S,PH6M5D,PH6M5D-S,PL6M5,PL6M5-M,PL6M5-S,PL6M5D,PL6M5D-M,PL6M5D-S,PLL6M5,PLL6M5-S,PLL6M5D,PLL6M5D-S,POC6M5,POC6M5-S,POC6M5D,POC6M5D-S,PYB6M5,PYB6M5-S,PYB6M5D,PYB6M5D-S3.2: GPC3.2M5-M,GPC3.2M5D-M,GPL3.2M5-M,GPL3.2M5D-M,PC3.2M5-M,PC3.2M5D-M,PL3.2M5-M,PL3.2M5D-M4; male RA M5 × 0.8 / female RB M5 × 0.8: GPHF4M5,GPHF4M5D,PHF4M5,PHF4M5-S,PHF4M5D,PHF4M5D-S6; male RA M5 × 0.8 / female RB M5 × 0.8: GPHF6M5,GPHF6M5D,PHF6M5,PHF6M5-S,PHF6M5D,PHF6M5D-S3.2 × 2: UE95A032020100MBU,US98A032020100MBU O male G1/4 ↔ female G1/8: GBD0102male G3/8 ↔ female G1/8: GBD0103male G1/2 ↔ female G1/8: GBD0104G1/8 female / 4 OD: GBPCF401,GBPMF401,GPCF401,GPCF401D,GPLF401,GPLF401D,GPMF401,GPMF401DG1/8 female / 6 OD: GBPCF601,GBPMF601,GPCF601,GPCF601D,GPLF601,GPLF601D,GPMF601,GPMF601DG1/8 female / 8 OD: GBPCF801,GBPMF801,GPCF801,GPCF801D,GPLF801,GPLF801D,GPMF801,GPMF801DG1/8 female / G1/8 female: GBU0101G1/8 female / 10 OD: GPCF1001,GPCF1001D,GPLF1001,GPLF1001D,GPMF1001,GPMF1001D4; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF401,GPHF401D6; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF601,GPHF601D8; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF801,GPHF801D8 × 5: UE95A080050100MBU,US98A080050100MBU10 × 6.5: UE95A100065100MBU,US98A100065100MBU I,O 4 × 2.5: UE95A040025100MBU,US98A040025100MBU6 × 4: UE95A060040100MBU,US98A060040100MBU These passive connections and tubes are optional and ordered separately for a clean compressed-air pressure-sensing line. Select either O or I at the single rear sensing boss. Do not connect separate pressure sources to O and I, use the sensor as a through-flow device, or assign either connection as a pilot or exhaust port. Keep every branch of a selected fitting on the same measured-pressure source. The positive-pressure limit for this DPS range is 0.1 MPa; operate the sensor and complete connection path within 0–50°C and every stricter fitting or tube limit. Its 0.2 MPa withstand pressure is not a working rating. These accessory selections cover positive-pressure air only. The sensor’s negative-pressure measurement range does not establish vacuum suitability of the assembled fittings, seals and tubing; verify the entire path before vacuum service. Do not use liquids or corrosive or flammable gases. Other non-corrosive gases require confirmed sensor and complete-path material and application compatibility and are outside these air selections. Match exact thread standard, size and opposite gender. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket and check engagement, sealing, clearance, tool access and support without obstructing the sensing passage. Follow the sensor’s original installation instructions, including the 7 N·m pressure-connection ceiling, and any lower fitting-specific torque; 7 N·m is not a tightening target for every fitting. Depressurize before disconnecting. Match tube OD and, for compression fittings, OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use the specified soft nylon/PU tube and check full insertion, seating and bends. Support tubing and fittings so their loads do not twist the sensor. Put the compression cap over the tube, seat the tube in the body and tighten the cap as specified; loosen it before removal and use a wrench on the body’s hex flats. For the listed metric male fittings, D identifies black catalog-specified plastic parts instead of the blank grey option. -M denotes the miniature version; -S identifies the specified stainless-steel 304 parts only. Use the exact complete code and its stated geometry; these suffixes do not apply to every family. GPCF/GPLF/GPMF/GBPCF/GBPMF have female pneumatic threads for the external male O connection; their tube sockets are separate connections. On GPMF/GBPMF bulkhead fittings, panel-mounting threads and retaining nuts are not pneumatic ports. Check panel thickness, washer/nut seating and support. For GPCF/GPMF, D specifies a black release button (blank: grey). For GPLF, D specifies a black release button and body (blank: grey). These D options do not apply to the listed metal or N-prefixed female fittings. PHF/GPHF fittings have male RA, female RB and a separate tube socket. For role I, the fitting’s male RA mates with the sensor’s internal female thread; for role O, the fitting’s female RB mates with the sensor’s external male thread. Use only the role and exact end size listed for that code. Connect the remaining threaded end to its own matching opposite-gender part and seal, keeping it on the same measured-pressure source. A fitting’s RB is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends independently by size, gender and thread standard. GBD first size is female RB, which mates with O; the second is male RA, requiring a separate matching female part. GBU are female-to-female couplings; after connecting one end to O, the other needs a separate matching male part. These parts do not convert PT to G, NPT or M5, and do not authorize plugging the active sensing connection. Standard plastic push-in fittings: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. Metal BPC/BPOC/GBPC/GBPCF/GBPMF: ≤0.9 MPa. BKC/GBKC/GBD/GBU: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and threaded-adapter groups have a 0–150°C component range. These are component limits, not an extension of the DPS range; use the lower pressure and narrower temperature range of the sensor, every fitting and tube. US98A/UE95A examples are separately ordered blue 100 m metric PU coils rated 1 MPa at 23°C. US98A: −20–70°C; UE95A: −40–70°C. Match OD/ID and derate with increasing temperature within all sensor/component limits; 1 MPa is not assured throughout. Use inch tube for an inch socket, never an approximately similar metric size. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery.

  • Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1B-01030G Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1B-01030T - 2

    Airtac DPS series: digital pressure switch - DPSN1B-01030T

    Specifications: DPSN1B-01030T is an AirTAC DPS digital pressure switch with two NPN outputs, a −100 to 100 kPa measuring range, prewired/grommet connection, 3 m, and a NPT 1/8 male pressure port with an internal 10-32 UNF female thread. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download Legacy Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Technical specifications and drawings below follow the 2025 DPS catalog, printed pages 254–257. Use the 2025 download for the current drawing revision. The legacy download retains an earlier edition with superseded vibration and mounting data. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning for This Product DPS Digital pressure switch N1 Two NPN outputs B prewired/grommet connection 01 −100 to 100 kPa 030 3 m T Male NPT 1/8; female 10-32 UNF Product Features Dual-row LCD displays measured pressure and the selected setting, with configurable red/green backlighting. Two switching outputs can each use easy, hysteresis or window-comparator operation, with normally open or normally closed selection. Selectable pressure units, display refresh time and output response delay support different machine-control requirements. The setting-lock and zero-adjustment functions are available from the front buttons. The NPN version supports the catalog’s master/slave parameter-copy function. Technical Specifications Parameter Details Working medium Non-corrosive gas Measurement range −100 to 100 kPa Withstand pressure 200 kPa Supply 12–24 VDC ±10%; supply ripple less than 10% peak-to-peak Output configuration Two NPN switching outputs Maximum applied output voltage 30 V Maximum output current 100 mA Residual output voltage Less than 1.5 V Measurement accuracy ±2% full scale ±1 digit at 25 ±3 °C Repeatability ±0.2% full scale Temperature characteristic ±3% full scale, referenced to 25 °C across 0–50 °C LCD display Dual row: 4 digits for measured pressure; 3.5 digits for the setting; red/green backlight Display update choices 100, 250, 500 or 1000 ms Response-delay choices 2, 20, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000, 2500 or 5000 ms Adjustable hysteresis 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7 or 0.8 kPa Pressure units kPa, kgf/cm², bar, psi, mmHg, inHg Operating temperature 0–50 °C Storage temperature −20 to 65 °C Relative humidity 35–80% RH, without condensation Vibration resistance — 2025 catalog 10–150 Hz; full amplitude 1.5 mm; X, Y and Z directions for 2 hours each, without power Impact resistance Maximum 100 m/s²; X, Y and Z directions, 3 times each Electrical entry prewired/grommet connection Cable option 3 m Pressure connection Male NPT 1/8; internal female 10-32 UNF Protection rating IP63, specified for the prewired/grommet type Electrical Connections Parameter Details Brown wire / positive supply Connect to DC supply positive within the rated supply range. Blue wire / negative supply Connect to DC supply negative. Black wire Switching output 1. White wire Switching output 2. Load connection For NPN output, connect the load between positive supply and the output; the output sinks current. Protection and restart An output load above 100 mA activates short-circuit protection. Remove the fault and restart as directed in the catalog. Display, Buttons and Menus Parameter Details A / B / C Up button / SET button / down button D / E Measured-pressure display / setting display F / G Output 1 indication / output 2 indication H / J Power-and-signal connection / pressure inlet Basic menu Hold SET for 2 seconds from measurement mode. Set the output mode, NO/NC behavior, response delay and backlight behavior. Advanced menu Hold SET for 4 seconds from measurement mode. Hold SET for 2 seconds to return to measurement mode. Backlight selection Red with output and green without output; green with output and red without output; always red; or always green. Advanced display settings Choose the lower-row setting value, blank display or unit; select display update time and hysteresis. Advanced functions Power-saving/backlight setting, backlight trigger OUT1/OUT2/AND/OR, copy setting where supported, and factory reset. Zero adjustment Press the up and down buttons together. Setting lock Up + SET locks the settings; down + SET unlocks them. LCK is displayed when a button is pressed while locked. Switching Modes Parameter Details EASY mode A single setpoint is used with the selected hysteresis. In the normal output diagram the output switches on above the setpoint plus hysteresis and off below the setpoint. HYS mode Separate upper and lower thresholds set the switching band. In the normal output diagram the output turns on above the upper threshold and off below the lower threshold. WCMP window-comparator mode The normal output diagram is active within the selected lower/upper pressure window and inactive outside it, with hysteresis at the boundaries. NO / NC selection Each output can use normally open or normally closed behavior. The selected logic determines whether the indicated switching state is inverted. NPN Parameter Copy Only the NPN type supports the copy function. With power off, connect the master and slave as shown in the catalog’s dedicated copy diagram, including the master pin 2 to slave pin 3 connection. Select CP-M for the master and CP-S for the slave, then carry out the copy sequence. Check the completion display; if copying fails, repeat the sequence. Power off before disconnecting the copy wiring and restarting normal operation. Use the connection and pin labels in the diagrams; the ordinary operating circuit and temporary copy circuit serve different purposes. The published copy diagram and normal operating circuit use different negative-wire color labels. Confirm the temporary copy wiring for the supplied unit with AirTAC before making that connection; do not infer it from the wire color alone. Mounting Accessories — Ordered Separately Parameter Details F-DPSEB Panel-mount adapter and front protective cover for terminal and prewired/grommet versions; panel-frame dimension 31 mm, tolerance +0/−0.5 mm, in both directions. F-DPSLB Mounting bracket for the DPS sensor; the 2025 drawing shows 29.6 mm upright width, 24 mm upright height, two Ø3.2 mm mounting holes and 1.6 mm plate thickness. The bracket is an installation accessory and is not included merely by ordering the sensor. Assembly sequence Assemble the front cover first, then the rear cover, as shown in the panel adapter drawing. Installation and Operating Notes Do not drop the sensor or subject it to impact. Do not apply more than 60 N tension to the cable. Tightening torque at the pressure connection must not exceed 7 N·m. Do not use corrosive or flammable gases or liquids. Keep pressure within the specified range. Turn the power off before wiring. Avoid oil and solvent splashes. Separate signal wiring from high-voltage cables and conduits. After an output fault or overload, correct the cause before restarting. Where transient pressure produces an unwanted response, select an appropriate response delay. Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions are in millimeters. The D version’s bottom feature is its electrical connector; the pressure connection remains the threaded connection shown at the rear. Mounting accessories are ordered separately. Parameter Details Sensor face 30 × 30 mm Body depth 28.6 mm Overall depth including pressure connection 47.6 mm Pressure-connection local length 7 mm Mounting threads 2 × M3 Mounting-hole spacing callout 20 mm Rear-view local offset 12 mm Pressure thread Male NPT 1/8; female 10-32 UNF For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Estimated Weight Approximate engineering estimate: 106 g, excluding packaging. The calculation uses 43 g for the sensor body, an effective four-core lead allowance of 21 g/m for 3 m, and 0 g for an additional M8 connector, which is not part of this option. The lead allowance comes from a published 85 g versus 43 g comparison for a 2 m lead assembly on a similarly sized pressure switch; it is an allocated reference including that lead assembly’s connector, not a published AirTAC cable density. These are cross-model weight estimates, not AirTAC catalog or measured weights. Housing, connector, cable and thread differences are not individually weighed. No compatibility or technical equivalence is implied. Brackets, separately ordered extension cables and packaging are excluded. Optional Piping Accessories O = the rear sensing boss’s external male NPT1/8; use an exact matching female connection. I = the same boss’s internal female 10-32UNF; use an exact matching male connection. O and I are alternative ways to connect one measured-pressure source: select one, not both. They are not flow-through inlet/outlet or pilot ports. The separate M3 mounting holes are not pneumatic connections. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): NBD male–female; NBKC straight locknut connector; NBPC metal male straight connector; NBPCF metal female straight connector; NBPMF metal female bulkhead connector; NBU double female straight coupling; NPC male straight connector; NPCF female straight connector; NPEB male branch tee; NPED male run tee; NPH male banjo elbow; NPHF male/female branch banjo fitting; NPL male elbow; NPLF female elbow; NPLL extended male elbow; NPMF female bulkhead connector; NPYB male branch Y; NUE polyurethane tube. Use Size / complete codes O (discontinued) male NPT1/2 ↔ female NPT1/8: NBD1/8-1/2male NPT1/4 ↔ female NPT1/8: NBD1/8-1/4male NPT3/8 ↔ female NPT1/8: NBD1/8-3/8NPT1/8 female / 1/4 inch OD: NBPCF1/4-1/8,NBPMF1/4-1/8NPT1/8 female / 5/16 inch OD: NBPCF5/16-1/8,NBPMF5/16-1/8NPT1/8 female / 5/32 inch OD: NBPCF5/32-1/8,NBPMF5/32-1/8NPT1/8 female / NPT1/8 female: NBU1/8-1/81/4 in; male RA NPT1/8 / female RB NPT1/8: NPHF1/4-1/85/16 in; male RA NPT1/8 / female RB NPT1/8: NPHF5/16-1/85/32 in; male RA NPT1/8 / female RB NPT1/8: NPHF5/32-1/8 I (discontinued) 5/32 × 3/32 in; male #10-32UNF: NBKC5/32-3/32-U101/4 in; male #10-32UNF: NBPC1/4-U10,NPH1/4-U10,NPLL1/4-U105/32 in; male #10-32UNF: NBPC5/32-U10,NPH5/32-U10,NPLL5/32-U101/4 in tube socket; male RA #10-32UNF / female RB #10-32UNF: NPHF1/4-U105/32 in tube socket; male RA #10-32UNF / female RB #10-32UNF: NPHF5/32-U10 I 1/4 in; male #10-32UNF: NPC1/4-U10,NPL1/4-U101/8 in; male #10-32UNF: NPC1/8-U10,NPL1/8-U105/32 in; male #10-32UNF: NPC5/32-U10,NPL5/32-U102 × 1/4 in tube sockets; male #10-32UNF: NPEB1/4-U10,NPED1/4-U10,NPYB1/4-U102 × 5/32 in tube sockets; male #10-32UNF: NPEB5/32-U10,NPED5/32-U10,NPYB5/32-U10 O NPT1/8 female / 1/4 inch OD: NPCF1/4-1/8,NPLF1/4-1/8,NPMF1/4-1/8NPT1/8 female / 3/8 inch OD: NPCF3/8-1/8,NPLF3/8-1/8,NPMF3/8-1/8NPT1/8 female / 5/16 inch OD: NPCF5/16-1/8,NPLF5/16-1/8,NPMF5/16-1/8NPT1/8 female / 5/32 inch OD: NPCF5/32-1/8,NPLF5/32-1/8,NPMF5/32-1/8 I,O 5/32 × 3/32 in: NUE95A5/32X3/32-100BK,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100BR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100BU,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100C,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CB,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CG,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CY,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100GA,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100GE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100GN,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100R,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100WH,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100Y,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250BK,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250BR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250BU,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250C,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CB,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CG,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CY,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250GA,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250GE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250GN,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250R,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250WH,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250Y,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500BK,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500BR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500BU,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500C,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CB,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CG,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CY,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500GA,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500GE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500GN,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500R,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500WH,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500Y These passive connections and tubes are optional and ordered separately for a clean compressed-air pressure-sensing line. Select either O or I at the single rear sensing boss. Do not connect separate pressure sources to O and I, use the sensor as a through-flow device, or assign either connection as a pilot or exhaust port. Keep every branch of a selected fitting on the same measured-pressure source. The positive-pressure limit for this DPS range is 0.1 MPa; operate the sensor and complete connection path within 0–50°C and every stricter fitting or tube limit. Its 0.2 MPa withstand pressure is not a working rating. These accessory selections cover positive-pressure air only. The sensor’s negative-pressure measurement range does not establish vacuum suitability of the assembled fittings, seals and tubing; verify the entire path before vacuum service. Do not use liquids or corrosive or flammable gases. Other non-corrosive gases require confirmed sensor and complete-path material and application compatibility and are outside these air selections. Match exact thread standard, size and opposite gender. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket and check engagement, sealing, clearance, tool access and support without obstructing the sensing passage. Follow the sensor’s original installation instructions, including the 7 N·m pressure-connection ceiling, and any lower fitting-specific torque; 7 N·m is not a tightening target for every fitting. Depressurize before disconnecting. Match tube OD and, for compression fittings, OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use the specified soft nylon/PU tube and check full insertion, seating and bends. Support tubing and fittings so their loads do not twist the sensor. Put the compression cap over the tube, seat the tube in the body and tighten the cap as specified; loosen it before removal and use a wrench on the body’s hex flats. NPCF/NPLF/NPMF/NBPCF/NBPMF have female pneumatic threads for the external male O connection; their tube sockets are separate connections. On NPMF/NBPMF bulkhead fittings, panel-mounting threads and retaining nuts are not pneumatic ports. Check panel thickness, washer/nut seating and support. NPHF fittings have male RA, female RB and a separate tube socket. For role I, the fitting’s male RA mates with the sensor’s internal female thread; for role O, the fitting’s female RB mates with the sensor’s external male thread. Use only the role and exact end size listed for that code. Connect the remaining threaded end to its own matching opposite-gender part and seal, keeping it on the same measured-pressure source. A fitting’s RB is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends independently by size, gender and thread standard. NBD first size is female RB, which mates with O; the second is male RA, requiring a separate matching female part. NBU are female-to-female couplings; after connecting one end to O, the other needs a separate matching male part. These parts do not convert PT to G, NPT or M5, and do not authorize plugging the active sensing connection. Standard plastic push-in fittings: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. NBPC/NBPCF/NBPMF/NBKC/NBD/NBU: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and threaded-adapter groups have a 0–150°C component range. These are component limits, not an extension of the DPS range; use the lower pressure and narrower temperature range of the sensor, every fitting and tube. U10 means male #10-32UNF for the internal I connection; it is neither M5 nor tapered NPT. Use the fitting’s specified gasket or confirmed sealing arrangement. The listed U10 plastic fittings and NBPC are rated 0–1 MPa with 1.5 MPa proof pressure; NBKC is rated 0–1 MPa with 3 MPa proof pressure. Their published 10 Torr (−750 mmHg) negative-pressure value is a component rating, not validation of the complete sensing assembly or its tubing under vacuum. Proof pressure is not working pressure. NBKC5/32-3/32-U10 specifies 5/32 in OD × 3/32 in ID in its complete model and dimension row. An ordering-matrix ID entry differs; confirm the 3/32 in ID and sealing arrangement with the supplier before selecting the tube. Do not substitute an inferred 5/32 in ID model. Each NPEB, NPYB or NPED U10 fitting has two sockets of the stated equal OD; both remain on the selected pressure-sensing line. The listed NUE95A tubes serve either O or I only through a listed exact 5/32 in OD connection, according to that code’s assigned role. They do not connect directly to a sensor thread. Match a compression connection’s ID as well. Do not substitute 4 mm, 3.2 mm, 3 mm or 1/8 in OD tube. NUE95A5/32X3/32 is ether-based PU, Shore A95±2, with 5/32 in OD × 3/32 in ID and 1/32 in wall. Working pressure is 145 psi at 73°F; 363 psi is burst pressure, not a working rating. Temperature range: −40–158°F; minimum bend radius: 8 mm. Derate with increasing temperature and obey every stricter sensor, fitting and tube limit. In NUE codes, 100/250/500 after the hyphen are coil lengths in feet, not metres. Colours: BU blue, BK black, GE orange, C clear, WH white, CB clear blue, R red, Y yellow, GA gray, GN green, BR brown, CR clear red, CG clear green, CY clear yellow, CE clear orange. Match the complete length-and-colour code. Current lifecycle and supply of these catalog-listed tubes are unverified; confirm the exact item or an approved replacement before ordering. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery.

  • Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1B-01030G Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1B-01030 - 2

    Airtac DPS series: digital pressure switch - DPSN1B-01030

    Specifications: DPSN1B-01030 is an AirTAC DPS digital pressure switch with two NPN outputs, a −100 to 100 kPa measuring range, prewired/grommet connection, 3 m, and a PT 1/8 male pressure port with an internal M5 female thread. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download Legacy Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Technical specifications and drawings below follow the 2025 DPS catalog, printed pages 254–257. Use the 2025 download for the current drawing revision. The legacy download retains an earlier edition with superseded vibration and mounting data. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning for This Product DPS Digital pressure switch N1 Two NPN outputs B prewired/grommet connection 01 −100 to 100 kPa 030 3 m Blank thread code Male PT 1/8; female M5 Product Features Dual-row LCD displays measured pressure and the selected setting, with configurable red/green backlighting. Two switching outputs can each use easy, hysteresis or window-comparator operation, with normally open or normally closed selection. Selectable pressure units, display refresh time and output response delay support different machine-control requirements. The setting-lock and zero-adjustment functions are available from the front buttons. The NPN version supports the catalog’s master/slave parameter-copy function. Technical Specifications Parameter Details Working medium Non-corrosive gas Measurement range −100 to 100 kPa Withstand pressure 200 kPa Supply 12–24 VDC ±10%; supply ripple less than 10% peak-to-peak Output configuration Two NPN switching outputs Maximum applied output voltage 30 V Maximum output current 100 mA Residual output voltage Less than 1.5 V Measurement accuracy ±2% full scale ±1 digit at 25 ±3 °C Repeatability ±0.2% full scale Temperature characteristic ±3% full scale, referenced to 25 °C across 0–50 °C LCD display Dual row: 4 digits for measured pressure; 3.5 digits for the setting; red/green backlight Display update choices 100, 250, 500 or 1000 ms Response-delay choices 2, 20, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000, 2500 or 5000 ms Adjustable hysteresis 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7 or 0.8 kPa Pressure units kPa, kgf/cm², bar, psi, mmHg, inHg Operating temperature 0–50 °C Storage temperature −20 to 65 °C Relative humidity 35–80% RH, without condensation Vibration resistance — 2025 catalog 10–150 Hz; full amplitude 1.5 mm; X, Y and Z directions for 2 hours each, without power Impact resistance Maximum 100 m/s²; X, Y and Z directions, 3 times each Electrical entry prewired/grommet connection Cable option 3 m Pressure connection Male PT 1/8; internal female M5 Protection rating IP63, specified for the prewired/grommet type Electrical Connections Parameter Details Brown wire / positive supply Connect to DC supply positive within the rated supply range. Blue wire / negative supply Connect to DC supply negative. Black wire Switching output 1. White wire Switching output 2. Load connection For NPN output, connect the load between positive supply and the output; the output sinks current. Protection and restart An output load above 100 mA activates short-circuit protection. Remove the fault and restart as directed in the catalog. Display, Buttons and Menus Parameter Details A / B / C Up button / SET button / down button D / E Measured-pressure display / setting display F / G Output 1 indication / output 2 indication H / J Power-and-signal connection / pressure inlet Basic menu Hold SET for 2 seconds from measurement mode. Set the output mode, NO/NC behavior, response delay and backlight behavior. Advanced menu Hold SET for 4 seconds from measurement mode. Hold SET for 2 seconds to return to measurement mode. Backlight selection Red with output and green without output; green with output and red without output; always red; or always green. Advanced display settings Choose the lower-row setting value, blank display or unit; select display update time and hysteresis. Advanced functions Power-saving/backlight setting, backlight trigger OUT1/OUT2/AND/OR, copy setting where supported, and factory reset. Zero adjustment Press the up and down buttons together. Setting lock Up + SET locks the settings; down + SET unlocks them. LCK is displayed when a button is pressed while locked. Switching Modes Parameter Details EASY mode A single setpoint is used with the selected hysteresis. In the normal output diagram the output switches on above the setpoint plus hysteresis and off below the setpoint. HYS mode Separate upper and lower thresholds set the switching band. In the normal output diagram the output turns on above the upper threshold and off below the lower threshold. WCMP window-comparator mode The normal output diagram is active within the selected lower/upper pressure window and inactive outside it, with hysteresis at the boundaries. NO / NC selection Each output can use normally open or normally closed behavior. The selected logic determines whether the indicated switching state is inverted. NPN Parameter Copy Only the NPN type supports the copy function. With power off, connect the master and slave as shown in the catalog’s dedicated copy diagram, including the master pin 2 to slave pin 3 connection. Select CP-M for the master and CP-S for the slave, then carry out the copy sequence. Check the completion display; if copying fails, repeat the sequence. Power off before disconnecting the copy wiring and restarting normal operation. Use the connection and pin labels in the diagrams; the ordinary operating circuit and temporary copy circuit serve different purposes. The published copy diagram and normal operating circuit use different negative-wire color labels. Confirm the temporary copy wiring for the supplied unit with AirTAC before making that connection; do not infer it from the wire color alone. Mounting Accessories — Ordered Separately Parameter Details F-DPSEB Panel-mount adapter and front protective cover for terminal and prewired/grommet versions; panel-frame dimension 31 mm, tolerance +0/−0.5 mm, in both directions. F-DPSLB Mounting bracket for the DPS sensor; the 2025 drawing shows 29.6 mm upright width, 24 mm upright height, two Ø3.2 mm mounting holes and 1.6 mm plate thickness. The bracket is an installation accessory and is not included merely by ordering the sensor. Assembly sequence Assemble the front cover first, then the rear cover, as shown in the panel adapter drawing. Installation and Operating Notes Do not drop the sensor or subject it to impact. Do not apply more than 60 N tension to the cable. Tightening torque at the pressure connection must not exceed 7 N·m. Do not use corrosive or flammable gases or liquids. Keep pressure within the specified range. Turn the power off before wiring. Avoid oil and solvent splashes. Separate signal wiring from high-voltage cables and conduits. After an output fault or overload, correct the cause before restarting. Where transient pressure produces an unwanted response, select an appropriate response delay. Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions are in millimeters. The D version’s bottom feature is its electrical connector; the pressure connection remains the threaded connection shown at the rear. Mounting accessories are ordered separately. Parameter Details Sensor face 30 × 30 mm Body depth 28.6 mm Overall depth including pressure connection 47.6 mm Pressure-connection local length 7 mm Mounting threads 2 × M3 Mounting-hole spacing callout 20 mm Rear-view local offset 12 mm Pressure thread Male PT 1/8; female M5 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Estimated Weight Approximate engineering estimate: 106 g, excluding packaging. The calculation uses 43 g for the sensor body, an effective four-core lead allowance of 21 g/m for 3 m, and 0 g for an additional M8 connector, which is not part of this option. The lead allowance comes from a published 85 g versus 43 g comparison for a 2 m lead assembly on a similarly sized pressure switch; it is an allocated reference including that lead assembly’s connector, not a published AirTAC cable density. These are cross-model weight estimates, not AirTAC catalog or measured weights. Housing, connector, cable and thread differences are not individually weighed. No compatibility or technical equivalence is implied. Brackets, separately ordered extension cables and packaging are excluded. Optional Piping Accessories O = the rear sensing boss’s external male PT1/8; use an exact matching female connection. I = the same boss’s internal female M5; use an exact matching male connection. O and I are alternative ways to connect one measured-pressure source: select one, not both. They are not flow-through inlet/outlet or pilot ports. The separate M3 mounting holes are not pneumatic connections. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): BD male–female; BKC/GBKC compression fitting; BPC/GBPC metal straight; BPCF metal female straight connector; BPMF metal female bulkhead connector; BPOC metal straight; BU double female straight coupling; GPC/PC straight; GPEB/PEB branch tee; GPED/PED run tee; GPH/PH banjo elbow; GPHF/PHF female branch banjo; GPL/PL elbow; GPLL/PLL extended elbow; GPYB/PYB Y; PCF female straight connector; PLF female elbow; PMF female bulkhead connector; POC round straight; UE PU tube; US PU tube. Use Size / complete codes O male PT1/4 ↔ female PT1/8: BD0102,BD0102-Smale PT3/8 ↔ female PT1/8: BD0103,BD0103-Smale PT1/2 ↔ female PT1/8: BD0104,BD0104-SPT1/8 female / 4 OD: BPCF401,BPMF401,PCF401,PCF401D,PLF401,PLF401D,PMF401,PMF401DPT1/8 female / 6 OD: BPCF601,BPMF601,PCF601,PCF601D,PLF601,PLF601D,PMF601,PMF601DPT1/8 female / 8 OD: BPCF801,BPMF801,PCF801,PCF801D,PLF801,PLF801D,PMF801,PMF801DPT1/8 female / PT1/8 female: BU0101,BU0101-SPT1/8 female / 10 OD: PCF1001,PCF1001D,PLF1001,PLF1001D,PMF1001,PMF1001D4; male RA PT1/8 / female RB PT1/8: PHF401,PHF401-S,PHF401D,PHF401D-S6; male RA PT1/8 / female RB PT1/8: PHF601,PHF601-S,PHF601D,PHF601D-S8; male RA PT1/8 / female RB PT1/8: PHF801,PHF801-S,PHF801D,PHF801D-S8 × 5: UE95A080050100MBU,US98A080050100MBU10 × 6.5: UE95A100065100MBU,US98A100065100MBU I 4 × 2.5: BKC0425-M5,BKC0425-M5-S,GBKC0425-M54: BPC4M5,BPOC4M5,GBPC4M5,GPC4M5-M,GPC4M5D-M,GPEB4M5,GPEB4M5D,GPED4M5,GPED4M5D,GPH4M5,GPH4M5D,GPL4M5,GPL4M5-M,GPL4M5D,GPL4M5D-M,GPLL4M5,GPLL4M5D,GPYB4M5,GPYB4M5D,PC4M5,PC4M5-M,PC4M5-S,PC4M5D,PC4M5D-M,PC4M5D-S,PEB4M5,PEB4M5-S,PEB4M5D,PEB4M5D-S,PED4M5,PED4M5-S,PED4M5D,PED4M5D-S,PH4M5,PH4M5-S,PH4M5D,PH4M5D-S,PL4M5,PL4M5-M,PL4M5-S,PL4M5D,PL4M5D-M,PL4M5D-S,PLL4M5,PLL4M5-S,PLL4M5D,PLL4M5D-S,POC4M5,POC4M5-S,POC4M5D,POC4M5D-S,PYB4M5,PYB4M5-S,PYB4M5D,PYB4M5D-S6: BPC6M5,BPOC6M5,GBPC6M5,GPC6M5,GPC6M5-M,GPC6M5D,GPC6M5D-M,GPEB6M5,GPEB6M5D,GPED6M5,GPED6M5D,GPH6M5,GPH6M5D,GPL6M5,GPL6M5-M,GPL6M5D,GPL6M5D-M,GPLL6M5,GPLL6M5D,GPYB6M5,GPYB6M5D,PC6M5,PC6M5-M,PC6M5-S,PC6M5D,PC6M5D-M,PC6M5D-S,PEB6M5,PEB6M5-S,PEB6M5D,PEB6M5D-S,PED6M5,PED6M5-S,PED6M5D,PED6M5D-S,PH6M5,PH6M5-S,PH6M5D,PH6M5D-S,PL6M5,PL6M5-M,PL6M5-S,PL6M5D,PL6M5D-M,PL6M5D-S,PLL6M5,PLL6M5-S,PLL6M5D,PLL6M5D-S,POC6M5,POC6M5-S,POC6M5D,POC6M5D-S,PYB6M5,PYB6M5-S,PYB6M5D,PYB6M5D-S3.2: GPC3.2M5-M,GPC3.2M5D-M,GPL3.2M5-M,GPL3.2M5D-M,PC3.2M5-M,PC3.2M5D-M,PL3.2M5-M,PL3.2M5D-M4; male RA M5 × 0.8 / female RB M5 × 0.8: GPHF4M5,GPHF4M5D,PHF4M5,PHF4M5-S,PHF4M5D,PHF4M5D-S6; male RA M5 × 0.8 / female RB M5 × 0.8: GPHF6M5,GPHF6M5D,PHF6M5,PHF6M5-S,PHF6M5D,PHF6M5D-S3.2 × 2: UE95A032020100MBU,US98A032020100MBU I,O 4 × 2.5: UE95A040025100MBU,US98A040025100MBU6 × 4: UE95A060040100MBU,US98A060040100MBU These passive connections and tubes are optional and ordered separately for a clean compressed-air pressure-sensing line. Select either O or I at the single rear sensing boss. Do not connect separate pressure sources to O and I, use the sensor as a through-flow device, or assign either connection as a pilot or exhaust port. Keep every branch of a selected fitting on the same measured-pressure source. The positive-pressure limit for this DPS range is 0.1 MPa; operate the sensor and complete connection path within 0–50°C and every stricter fitting or tube limit. Its 0.2 MPa withstand pressure is not a working rating. These accessory selections cover positive-pressure air only. The sensor’s negative-pressure measurement range does not establish vacuum suitability of the assembled fittings, seals and tubing; verify the entire path before vacuum service. Do not use liquids or corrosive or flammable gases. Other non-corrosive gases require confirmed sensor and complete-path material and application compatibility and are outside these air selections. Match exact thread standard, size and opposite gender. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket and check engagement, sealing, clearance, tool access and support without obstructing the sensing passage. Follow the sensor’s original installation instructions, including the 7 N·m pressure-connection ceiling, and any lower fitting-specific torque; 7 N·m is not a tightening target for every fitting. Depressurize before disconnecting. Match tube OD and, for compression fittings, OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use the specified soft nylon/PU tube and check full insertion, seating and bends. Support tubing and fittings so their loads do not twist the sensor. Put the compression cap over the tube, seat the tube in the body and tighten the cap as specified; loosen it before removal and use a wrench on the body’s hex flats. For the listed metric male fittings, D identifies black catalog-specified plastic parts instead of the blank grey option. -M denotes the miniature version; -S identifies the specified stainless-steel 304 parts only. Use the exact complete code and its stated geometry; these suffixes do not apply to every family. PCF/PLF/PMF/BPCF/BPMF have female pneumatic threads for the external male O connection; their tube sockets are separate connections. On PMF/BPMF bulkhead fittings, panel-mounting threads and retaining nuts are not pneumatic ports. Check panel thickness, washer/nut seating and support. For PCF/PMF, D specifies a black release button (blank: grey). For PLF, D specifies a black release button and body (blank: grey). These D options do not apply to the listed metal or N-prefixed female fittings. PHF/GPHF fittings have male RA, female RB and a separate tube socket. For role I, the fitting’s male RA mates with the sensor’s internal female thread; for role O, the fitting’s female RB mates with the sensor’s external male thread. Use only the role and exact end size listed for that code. Connect the remaining threaded end to its own matching opposite-gender part and seal, keeping it on the same measured-pressure source. A fitting’s RB is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends independently by size, gender and thread standard. BD first size is female RB, which mates with O; the second is male RA, requiring a separate matching female part. BU are female-to-female couplings; after connecting one end to O, the other needs a separate matching male part. These parts do not convert PT to G, NPT or M5, and do not authorize plugging the active sensing connection. Standard plastic push-in fittings: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. Metal BPC/BPOC/BPCF/BPMF/GBPC: ≤0.9 MPa. BKC/GBKC/BD/BU: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and threaded-adapter groups have a 0–150°C component range. These are component limits, not an extension of the DPS range; use the lower pressure and narrower temperature range of the sensor, every fitting and tube. US98A/UE95A examples are separately ordered blue 100 m metric PU coils rated 1 MPa at 23°C. US98A: −20–70°C; UE95A: −40–70°C. Match OD/ID and derate with increasing temperature within all sensor/component limits; 1 MPa is not assured throughout. Use inch tube for an inch socket, never an approximately similar metric size. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery.

  • Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1B-01020G Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1B-01020G - 2

    Airtac DPS series: digital pressure switch - DPSN1B-01020G

    Specifications: DPSN1B-01020G is an AirTAC DPS digital pressure switch with two NPN outputs, a −100 to 100 kPa measuring range, prewired/grommet connection, 2 m, and a G 1/8 male pressure port with an internal M5 female thread. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download Legacy Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Technical specifications and drawings below follow the 2025 DPS catalog, printed pages 254–257. Use the 2025 download for the current drawing revision. The legacy download retains an earlier edition with superseded vibration and mounting data. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning for This Product DPS Digital pressure switch N1 Two NPN outputs B prewired/grommet connection 01 −100 to 100 kPa 020 2 m G Male G 1/8; female M5 Product Features Dual-row LCD displays measured pressure and the selected setting, with configurable red/green backlighting. Two switching outputs can each use easy, hysteresis or window-comparator operation, with normally open or normally closed selection. Selectable pressure units, display refresh time and output response delay support different machine-control requirements. The setting-lock and zero-adjustment functions are available from the front buttons. The NPN version supports the catalog’s master/slave parameter-copy function. Technical Specifications Parameter Details Working medium Non-corrosive gas Measurement range −100 to 100 kPa Withstand pressure 200 kPa Supply 12–24 VDC ±10%; supply ripple less than 10% peak-to-peak Output configuration Two NPN switching outputs Maximum applied output voltage 30 V Maximum output current 100 mA Residual output voltage Less than 1.5 V Measurement accuracy ±2% full scale ±1 digit at 25 ±3 °C Repeatability ±0.2% full scale Temperature characteristic ±3% full scale, referenced to 25 °C across 0–50 °C LCD display Dual row: 4 digits for measured pressure; 3.5 digits for the setting; red/green backlight Display update choices 100, 250, 500 or 1000 ms Response-delay choices 2, 20, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000, 2500 or 5000 ms Adjustable hysteresis 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7 or 0.8 kPa Pressure units kPa, kgf/cm², bar, psi, mmHg, inHg Operating temperature 0–50 °C Storage temperature −20 to 65 °C Relative humidity 35–80% RH, without condensation Vibration resistance — 2025 catalog 10–150 Hz; full amplitude 1.5 mm; X, Y and Z directions for 2 hours each, without power Impact resistance Maximum 100 m/s²; X, Y and Z directions, 3 times each Electrical entry prewired/grommet connection Cable option 2 m Pressure connection Male G 1/8; internal female M5 Protection rating IP63, specified for the prewired/grommet type Electrical Connections Parameter Details Brown wire / positive supply Connect to DC supply positive within the rated supply range. Blue wire / negative supply Connect to DC supply negative. Black wire Switching output 1. White wire Switching output 2. Load connection For NPN output, connect the load between positive supply and the output; the output sinks current. Protection and restart An output load above 100 mA activates short-circuit protection. Remove the fault and restart as directed in the catalog. Display, Buttons and Menus Parameter Details A / B / C Up button / SET button / down button D / E Measured-pressure display / setting display F / G Output 1 indication / output 2 indication H / J Power-and-signal connection / pressure inlet Basic menu Hold SET for 2 seconds from measurement mode. Set the output mode, NO/NC behavior, response delay and backlight behavior. Advanced menu Hold SET for 4 seconds from measurement mode. Hold SET for 2 seconds to return to measurement mode. Backlight selection Red with output and green without output; green with output and red without output; always red; or always green. Advanced display settings Choose the lower-row setting value, blank display or unit; select display update time and hysteresis. Advanced functions Power-saving/backlight setting, backlight trigger OUT1/OUT2/AND/OR, copy setting where supported, and factory reset. Zero adjustment Press the up and down buttons together. Setting lock Up + SET locks the settings; down + SET unlocks them. LCK is displayed when a button is pressed while locked. Switching Modes Parameter Details EASY mode A single setpoint is used with the selected hysteresis. In the normal output diagram the output switches on above the setpoint plus hysteresis and off below the setpoint. HYS mode Separate upper and lower thresholds set the switching band. In the normal output diagram the output turns on above the upper threshold and off below the lower threshold. WCMP window-comparator mode The normal output diagram is active within the selected lower/upper pressure window and inactive outside it, with hysteresis at the boundaries. NO / NC selection Each output can use normally open or normally closed behavior. The selected logic determines whether the indicated switching state is inverted. NPN Parameter Copy Only the NPN type supports the copy function. With power off, connect the master and slave as shown in the catalog’s dedicated copy diagram, including the master pin 2 to slave pin 3 connection. Select CP-M for the master and CP-S for the slave, then carry out the copy sequence. Check the completion display; if copying fails, repeat the sequence. Power off before disconnecting the copy wiring and restarting normal operation. Use the connection and pin labels in the diagrams; the ordinary operating circuit and temporary copy circuit serve different purposes. The published copy diagram and normal operating circuit use different negative-wire color labels. Confirm the temporary copy wiring for the supplied unit with AirTAC before making that connection; do not infer it from the wire color alone. Mounting Accessories — Ordered Separately Parameter Details F-DPSEB Panel-mount adapter and front protective cover for terminal and prewired/grommet versions; panel-frame dimension 31 mm, tolerance +0/−0.5 mm, in both directions. F-DPSLB Mounting bracket for the DPS sensor; the 2025 drawing shows 29.6 mm upright width, 24 mm upright height, two Ø3.2 mm mounting holes and 1.6 mm plate thickness. The bracket is an installation accessory and is not included merely by ordering the sensor. Assembly sequence Assemble the front cover first, then the rear cover, as shown in the panel adapter drawing. Installation and Operating Notes Do not drop the sensor or subject it to impact. Do not apply more than 60 N tension to the cable. Tightening torque at the pressure connection must not exceed 7 N·m. Do not use corrosive or flammable gases or liquids. Keep pressure within the specified range. Turn the power off before wiring. Avoid oil and solvent splashes. Separate signal wiring from high-voltage cables and conduits. After an output fault or overload, correct the cause before restarting. Where transient pressure produces an unwanted response, select an appropriate response delay. Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions are in millimeters. The D version’s bottom feature is its electrical connector; the pressure connection remains the threaded connection shown at the rear. Mounting accessories are ordered separately. Parameter Details Sensor face 30 × 30 mm Body depth 28.6 mm Overall depth including pressure connection 47.6 mm Pressure-connection local length 7 mm Mounting threads 2 × M3 Mounting-hole spacing callout 20 mm Rear-view local offset 12 mm Pressure thread Male G 1/8; female M5 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Estimated Weight Approximate engineering estimate: 85 g, excluding packaging. The calculation uses 43 g for the sensor body, an effective four-core lead allowance of 21 g/m for 2 m, and 0 g for an additional M8 connector, which is not part of this option. The lead allowance comes from a published 85 g versus 43 g comparison for a 2 m lead assembly on a similarly sized pressure switch; it is an allocated reference including that lead assembly’s connector, not a published AirTAC cable density. These are cross-model weight estimates, not AirTAC catalog or measured weights. Housing, connector, cable and thread differences are not individually weighed. No compatibility or technical equivalence is implied. Brackets, separately ordered extension cables and packaging are excluded. Optional Piping Accessories O = the rear sensing boss’s external male G1/8; use an exact matching female connection. I = the same boss’s internal female M5; use an exact matching male connection. O and I are alternative ways to connect one measured-pressure source: select one, not both. They are not flow-through inlet/outlet or pilot ports. The separate M3 mounting holes are not pneumatic connections. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): BKC/GBKC compression fitting; BPC/GBPC metal straight; BPOC metal straight; GBD male–female; GBPCF metal female straight connector; GBPMF metal female bulkhead connector; GBU double female straight coupling; GPC/PC straight; GPCF female straight connector; GPEB/PEB branch tee; GPED/PED run tee; GPH/PH banjo elbow; GPHF/PHF female branch banjo; GPL/PL elbow; GPLF female elbow; GPLL/PLL extended elbow; GPMF female bulkhead connector; GPYB/PYB Y; POC round straight; UE PU tube; US PU tube. Use Size / complete codes I 4 × 2.5: BKC0425-M5,BKC0425-M5-S,GBKC0425-M54: BPC4M5,BPOC4M5,GBPC4M5,GPC4M5-M,GPC4M5D-M,GPEB4M5,GPEB4M5D,GPED4M5,GPED4M5D,GPH4M5,GPH4M5D,GPL4M5,GPL4M5-M,GPL4M5D,GPL4M5D-M,GPLL4M5,GPLL4M5D,GPYB4M5,GPYB4M5D,PC4M5,PC4M5-M,PC4M5-S,PC4M5D,PC4M5D-M,PC4M5D-S,PEB4M5,PEB4M5-S,PEB4M5D,PEB4M5D-S,PED4M5,PED4M5-S,PED4M5D,PED4M5D-S,PH4M5,PH4M5-S,PH4M5D,PH4M5D-S,PL4M5,PL4M5-M,PL4M5-S,PL4M5D,PL4M5D-M,PL4M5D-S,PLL4M5,PLL4M5-S,PLL4M5D,PLL4M5D-S,POC4M5,POC4M5-S,POC4M5D,POC4M5D-S,PYB4M5,PYB4M5-S,PYB4M5D,PYB4M5D-S6: BPC6M5,BPOC6M5,GBPC6M5,GPC6M5,GPC6M5-M,GPC6M5D,GPC6M5D-M,GPEB6M5,GPEB6M5D,GPED6M5,GPED6M5D,GPH6M5,GPH6M5D,GPL6M5,GPL6M5-M,GPL6M5D,GPL6M5D-M,GPLL6M5,GPLL6M5D,GPYB6M5,GPYB6M5D,PC6M5,PC6M5-M,PC6M5-S,PC6M5D,PC6M5D-M,PC6M5D-S,PEB6M5,PEB6M5-S,PEB6M5D,PEB6M5D-S,PED6M5,PED6M5-S,PED6M5D,PED6M5D-S,PH6M5,PH6M5-S,PH6M5D,PH6M5D-S,PL6M5,PL6M5-M,PL6M5-S,PL6M5D,PL6M5D-M,PL6M5D-S,PLL6M5,PLL6M5-S,PLL6M5D,PLL6M5D-S,POC6M5,POC6M5-S,POC6M5D,POC6M5D-S,PYB6M5,PYB6M5-S,PYB6M5D,PYB6M5D-S3.2: GPC3.2M5-M,GPC3.2M5D-M,GPL3.2M5-M,GPL3.2M5D-M,PC3.2M5-M,PC3.2M5D-M,PL3.2M5-M,PL3.2M5D-M4; male RA M5 × 0.8 / female RB M5 × 0.8: GPHF4M5,GPHF4M5D,PHF4M5,PHF4M5-S,PHF4M5D,PHF4M5D-S6; male RA M5 × 0.8 / female RB M5 × 0.8: GPHF6M5,GPHF6M5D,PHF6M5,PHF6M5-S,PHF6M5D,PHF6M5D-S3.2 × 2: UE95A032020100MBU,US98A032020100MBU O male G1/4 ↔ female G1/8: GBD0102male G3/8 ↔ female G1/8: GBD0103male G1/2 ↔ female G1/8: GBD0104G1/8 female / 4 OD: GBPCF401,GBPMF401,GPCF401,GPCF401D,GPLF401,GPLF401D,GPMF401,GPMF401DG1/8 female / 6 OD: GBPCF601,GBPMF601,GPCF601,GPCF601D,GPLF601,GPLF601D,GPMF601,GPMF601DG1/8 female / 8 OD: GBPCF801,GBPMF801,GPCF801,GPCF801D,GPLF801,GPLF801D,GPMF801,GPMF801DG1/8 female / G1/8 female: GBU0101G1/8 female / 10 OD: GPCF1001,GPCF1001D,GPLF1001,GPLF1001D,GPMF1001,GPMF1001D4; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF401,GPHF401D6; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF601,GPHF601D8; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF801,GPHF801D8 × 5: UE95A080050100MBU,US98A080050100MBU10 × 6.5: UE95A100065100MBU,US98A100065100MBU I,O 4 × 2.5: UE95A040025100MBU,US98A040025100MBU6 × 4: UE95A060040100MBU,US98A060040100MBU These passive connections and tubes are optional and ordered separately for a clean compressed-air pressure-sensing line. Select either O or I at the single rear sensing boss. Do not connect separate pressure sources to O and I, use the sensor as a through-flow device, or assign either connection as a pilot or exhaust port. Keep every branch of a selected fitting on the same measured-pressure source. The positive-pressure limit for this DPS range is 0.1 MPa; operate the sensor and complete connection path within 0–50°C and every stricter fitting or tube limit. Its 0.2 MPa withstand pressure is not a working rating. These accessory selections cover positive-pressure air only. The sensor’s negative-pressure measurement range does not establish vacuum suitability of the assembled fittings, seals and tubing; verify the entire path before vacuum service. Do not use liquids or corrosive or flammable gases. Other non-corrosive gases require confirmed sensor and complete-path material and application compatibility and are outside these air selections. Match exact thread standard, size and opposite gender. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket and check engagement, sealing, clearance, tool access and support without obstructing the sensing passage. Follow the sensor’s original installation instructions, including the 7 N·m pressure-connection ceiling, and any lower fitting-specific torque; 7 N·m is not a tightening target for every fitting. Depressurize before disconnecting. Match tube OD and, for compression fittings, OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use the specified soft nylon/PU tube and check full insertion, seating and bends. Support tubing and fittings so their loads do not twist the sensor. Put the compression cap over the tube, seat the tube in the body and tighten the cap as specified; loosen it before removal and use a wrench on the body’s hex flats. For the listed metric male fittings, D identifies black catalog-specified plastic parts instead of the blank grey option. -M denotes the miniature version; -S identifies the specified stainless-steel 304 parts only. Use the exact complete code and its stated geometry; these suffixes do not apply to every family. GPCF/GPLF/GPMF/GBPCF/GBPMF have female pneumatic threads for the external male O connection; their tube sockets are separate connections. On GPMF/GBPMF bulkhead fittings, panel-mounting threads and retaining nuts are not pneumatic ports. Check panel thickness, washer/nut seating and support. For GPCF/GPMF, D specifies a black release button (blank: grey). For GPLF, D specifies a black release button and body (blank: grey). These D options do not apply to the listed metal or N-prefixed female fittings. PHF/GPHF fittings have male RA, female RB and a separate tube socket. For role I, the fitting’s male RA mates with the sensor’s internal female thread; for role O, the fitting’s female RB mates with the sensor’s external male thread. Use only the role and exact end size listed for that code. Connect the remaining threaded end to its own matching opposite-gender part and seal, keeping it on the same measured-pressure source. A fitting’s RB is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends independently by size, gender and thread standard. GBD first size is female RB, which mates with O; the second is male RA, requiring a separate matching female part. GBU are female-to-female couplings; after connecting one end to O, the other needs a separate matching male part. These parts do not convert PT to G, NPT or M5, and do not authorize plugging the active sensing connection. Standard plastic push-in fittings: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. Metal BPC/BPOC/GBPC/GBPCF/GBPMF: ≤0.9 MPa. BKC/GBKC/GBD/GBU: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and threaded-adapter groups have a 0–150°C component range. These are component limits, not an extension of the DPS range; use the lower pressure and narrower temperature range of the sensor, every fitting and tube. US98A/UE95A examples are separately ordered blue 100 m metric PU coils rated 1 MPa at 23°C. US98A: −20–70°C; UE95A: −40–70°C. Match OD/ID and derate with increasing temperature within all sensor/component limits; 1 MPa is not assured throughout. Use inch tube for an inch socket, never an approximately similar metric size. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery.

  • Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1-10050G Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1-10050G - 2

    Airtac DPS series: digital pressure switch - DPSN1-10050G

    Specifications: DPSN1-10050G is an AirTAC DPS digital pressure switch with two NPN outputs, a −100 to 1000 kPa measuring range, terminal plug-in connection, 5 m, and a G 1/8 male pressure port with an internal M5 female thread. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download Legacy Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Technical specifications and drawings below follow the 2025 DPS catalog, printed pages 254–257. Use the 2025 download for the current drawing revision. The legacy download retains an earlier edition with superseded vibration and mounting data. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning for This Product DPS Digital pressure switch N1 Two NPN outputs Blank electrical-entry code terminal plug-in connection 10 −100 to 1000 kPa 050 5 m G Male G 1/8; female M5 Product Features Dual-row LCD displays measured pressure and the selected setting, with configurable red/green backlighting. Two switching outputs can each use easy, hysteresis or window-comparator operation, with normally open or normally closed selection. Selectable pressure units, display refresh time and output response delay support different machine-control requirements. The setting-lock and zero-adjustment functions are available from the front buttons. The NPN version supports the catalog’s master/slave parameter-copy function. Technical Specifications Parameter Details Working medium Non-corrosive gas Measurement range −100 to 1000 kPa Withstand pressure 1500 kPa Supply 12–24 VDC ±10%; supply ripple less than 10% peak-to-peak Output configuration Two NPN switching outputs Maximum applied output voltage 30 V Maximum output current 100 mA Residual output voltage Less than 1.5 V Measurement accuracy ±2% full scale ±1 digit at 25 ±3 °C Repeatability ±0.2% full scale Temperature characteristic ±3% full scale, referenced to 25 °C across 0–50 °C LCD display Dual row: 4 digits for measured pressure; 3.5 digits for the setting; red/green backlight Display update choices 100, 250, 500 or 1000 ms Response-delay choices 2, 20, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000, 2500 or 5000 ms Adjustable hysteresis 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 kPa Pressure units MPa, kPa, kgf/cm², bar, psi, cmHg, inHg Operating temperature 0–50 °C Storage temperature −20 to 65 °C Relative humidity 35–80% RH, without condensation Vibration resistance — 2025 catalog 10–150 Hz; full amplitude 1.5 mm; X, Y and Z directions for 2 hours each, without power Impact resistance Maximum 100 m/s²; X, Y and Z directions, 3 times each Electrical entry terminal plug-in connection Cable option 5 m Pressure connection Male G 1/8; internal female M5 Protection rating The catalog assigns IP63 only to the prewired/grommet type; no IP rating is specified here for this connector version. Electrical Connections Parameter Details Brown wire / positive supply Connect to DC supply positive within the rated supply range. Blue wire / negative supply Connect to DC supply negative. Black wire Switching output 1. White wire Switching output 2. Load connection For NPN output, connect the load between positive supply and the output; the output sinks current. Protection and restart An output load above 100 mA activates short-circuit protection. Remove the fault and restart as directed in the catalog. Display, Buttons and Menus Parameter Details A / B / C Up button / SET button / down button D / E Measured-pressure display / setting display F / G Output 1 indication / output 2 indication H / J Power-and-signal connection / pressure inlet Basic menu Hold SET for 2 seconds from measurement mode. Set the output mode, NO/NC behavior, response delay and backlight behavior. Advanced menu Hold SET for 4 seconds from measurement mode. Hold SET for 2 seconds to return to measurement mode. Backlight selection Red with output and green without output; green with output and red without output; always red; or always green. Advanced display settings Choose the lower-row setting value, blank display or unit; select display update time and hysteresis. Advanced functions Power-saving/backlight setting, backlight trigger OUT1/OUT2/AND/OR, copy setting where supported, and factory reset. Zero adjustment Press the up and down buttons together. Setting lock Up + SET locks the settings; down + SET unlocks them. LCK is displayed when a button is pressed while locked. Switching Modes Parameter Details EASY mode A single setpoint is used with the selected hysteresis. In the normal output diagram the output switches on above the setpoint plus hysteresis and off below the setpoint. HYS mode Separate upper and lower thresholds set the switching band. In the normal output diagram the output turns on above the upper threshold and off below the lower threshold. WCMP window-comparator mode The normal output diagram is active within the selected lower/upper pressure window and inactive outside it, with hysteresis at the boundaries. NO / NC selection Each output can use normally open or normally closed behavior. The selected logic determines whether the indicated switching state is inverted. NPN Parameter Copy Only the NPN type supports the copy function. With power off, connect the master and slave as shown in the catalog’s dedicated copy diagram, including the master pin 2 to slave pin 3 connection. Select CP-M for the master and CP-S for the slave, then carry out the copy sequence. Check the completion display; if copying fails, repeat the sequence. Power off before disconnecting the copy wiring and restarting normal operation. Use the connection and pin labels in the diagrams; the ordinary operating circuit and temporary copy circuit serve different purposes. The published copy diagram and normal operating circuit use different negative-wire color labels. Confirm the temporary copy wiring for the supplied unit with AirTAC before making that connection; do not infer it from the wire color alone. Mounting Accessories — Ordered Separately Parameter Details F-DPSEB Panel-mount adapter and front protective cover for terminal and prewired/grommet versions; panel-frame dimension 31 mm, tolerance +0/−0.5 mm, in both directions. F-DPSLB Mounting bracket for the DPS sensor; the 2025 drawing shows 29.6 mm upright width, 24 mm upright height, two Ø3.2 mm mounting holes and 1.6 mm plate thickness. The bracket is an installation accessory and is not included merely by ordering the sensor. Assembly sequence Assemble the front cover first, then the rear cover, as shown in the panel adapter drawing. Installation and Operating Notes Do not drop the sensor or subject it to impact. Do not apply more than 60 N tension to the cable. Tightening torque at the pressure connection must not exceed 7 N·m. Do not use corrosive or flammable gases or liquids. Keep pressure within the specified range. Turn the power off before wiring. Avoid oil and solvent splashes. Separate signal wiring from high-voltage cables and conduits. After an output fault or overload, correct the cause before restarting. Where transient pressure produces an unwanted response, select an appropriate response delay. Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions are in millimeters. The D version’s bottom feature is its electrical connector; the pressure connection remains the threaded connection shown at the rear. Mounting accessories are ordered separately. Parameter Details Sensor face 30 × 30 mm Body depth 28.6 mm Overall depth including pressure connection 47.6 mm Pressure-connection local length 7 mm Mounting threads 2 × M3 Mounting-hole spacing callout 20 mm Rear-view local offset 12 mm Pressure thread Male G 1/8; female M5 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Estimated Weight Approximate engineering estimate: 148 g, excluding packaging. The calculation uses 43 g for the sensor body, an effective four-core lead allowance of 21 g/m for 5 m, and 0 g for an additional M8 connector, which is not part of this option. The lead allowance comes from a published 85 g versus 43 g comparison for a 2 m lead assembly on a similarly sized pressure switch; it is an allocated reference including that lead assembly’s connector, not a published AirTAC cable density. These are cross-model weight estimates, not AirTAC catalog or measured weights. Housing, connector, cable and thread differences are not individually weighed. No compatibility or technical equivalence is implied. Brackets, separately ordered extension cables and packaging are excluded. Optional Piping Accessories O = the rear sensing boss’s external male G1/8; use an exact matching female connection. I = the same boss’s internal female M5; use an exact matching male connection. O and I are alternative ways to connect one measured-pressure source: select one, not both. They are not flow-through inlet/outlet or pilot ports. The separate M3 mounting holes are not pneumatic connections. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): BKC/GBKC compression fitting; BPC/GBPC metal straight; BPOC metal straight; GBD male–female; GBPCF metal female straight connector; GBPMF metal female bulkhead connector; GBU double female straight coupling; GPC/PC straight; GPCF female straight connector; GPEB/PEB branch tee; GPED/PED run tee; GPH/PH banjo elbow; GPHF/PHF female branch banjo; GPL/PL elbow; GPLF female elbow; GPLL/PLL extended elbow; GPMF female bulkhead connector; GPYB/PYB Y; POC round straight; UE PU tube; US PU tube. Use Size / complete codes I 4 × 2.5: BKC0425-M5,BKC0425-M5-S,GBKC0425-M54: BPC4M5,BPOC4M5,GBPC4M5,GPC4M5-M,GPC4M5D-M,GPEB4M5,GPEB4M5D,GPED4M5,GPED4M5D,GPH4M5,GPH4M5D,GPL4M5,GPL4M5-M,GPL4M5D,GPL4M5D-M,GPLL4M5,GPLL4M5D,GPYB4M5,GPYB4M5D,PC4M5,PC4M5-M,PC4M5-S,PC4M5D,PC4M5D-M,PC4M5D-S,PEB4M5,PEB4M5-S,PEB4M5D,PEB4M5D-S,PED4M5,PED4M5-S,PED4M5D,PED4M5D-S,PH4M5,PH4M5-S,PH4M5D,PH4M5D-S,PL4M5,PL4M5-M,PL4M5-S,PL4M5D,PL4M5D-M,PL4M5D-S,PLL4M5,PLL4M5-S,PLL4M5D,PLL4M5D-S,POC4M5,POC4M5-S,POC4M5D,POC4M5D-S,PYB4M5,PYB4M5-S,PYB4M5D,PYB4M5D-S6: BPC6M5,BPOC6M5,GBPC6M5,GPC6M5,GPC6M5-M,GPC6M5D,GPC6M5D-M,GPEB6M5,GPEB6M5D,GPED6M5,GPED6M5D,GPH6M5,GPH6M5D,GPL6M5,GPL6M5-M,GPL6M5D,GPL6M5D-M,GPLL6M5,GPLL6M5D,GPYB6M5,GPYB6M5D,PC6M5,PC6M5-M,PC6M5-S,PC6M5D,PC6M5D-M,PC6M5D-S,PEB6M5,PEB6M5-S,PEB6M5D,PEB6M5D-S,PED6M5,PED6M5-S,PED6M5D,PED6M5D-S,PH6M5,PH6M5-S,PH6M5D,PH6M5D-S,PL6M5,PL6M5-M,PL6M5-S,PL6M5D,PL6M5D-M,PL6M5D-S,PLL6M5,PLL6M5-S,PLL6M5D,PLL6M5D-S,POC6M5,POC6M5-S,POC6M5D,POC6M5D-S,PYB6M5,PYB6M5-S,PYB6M5D,PYB6M5D-S3.2: GPC3.2M5-M,GPC3.2M5D-M,GPL3.2M5-M,GPL3.2M5D-M,PC3.2M5-M,PC3.2M5D-M,PL3.2M5-M,PL3.2M5D-M4; male RA M5 × 0.8 / female RB M5 × 0.8: GPHF4M5,GPHF4M5D,PHF4M5,PHF4M5-S,PHF4M5D,PHF4M5D-S6; male RA M5 × 0.8 / female RB M5 × 0.8: GPHF6M5,GPHF6M5D,PHF6M5,PHF6M5-S,PHF6M5D,PHF6M5D-S3.2 × 2: UE95A032020100MBU,US98A032020100MBU O male G1/4 ↔ female G1/8: GBD0102male G3/8 ↔ female G1/8: GBD0103male G1/2 ↔ female G1/8: GBD0104G1/8 female / 4 OD: GBPCF401,GBPMF401,GPCF401,GPCF401D,GPLF401,GPLF401D,GPMF401,GPMF401DG1/8 female / 6 OD: GBPCF601,GBPMF601,GPCF601,GPCF601D,GPLF601,GPLF601D,GPMF601,GPMF601DG1/8 female / 8 OD: GBPCF801,GBPMF801,GPCF801,GPCF801D,GPLF801,GPLF801D,GPMF801,GPMF801DG1/8 female / G1/8 female: GBU0101G1/8 female / 10 OD: GPCF1001,GPCF1001D,GPLF1001,GPLF1001D,GPMF1001,GPMF1001D4; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF401,GPHF401D6; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF601,GPHF601D8; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF801,GPHF801D8 × 5: UE95A080050100MBU,US98A080050100MBU10 × 6.5: UE95A100065100MBU,US98A100065100MBU I,O 4 × 2.5: UE95A040025100MBU,US98A040025100MBU6 × 4: UE95A060040100MBU,US98A060040100MBU These passive connections and tubes are optional and ordered separately for a clean compressed-air pressure-sensing line. Select either O or I at the single rear sensing boss. Do not connect separate pressure sources to O and I, use the sensor as a through-flow device, or assign either connection as a pilot or exhaust port. Keep every branch of a selected fitting on the same measured-pressure source. The positive-pressure limit for this DPS range is 1 MPa; operate the sensor and complete connection path within 0–50°C and every stricter fitting or tube limit. Its 1.5 MPa withstand pressure is not a working rating. These accessory selections cover positive-pressure air only. The sensor’s negative-pressure measurement range does not establish vacuum suitability of the assembled fittings, seals and tubing; verify the entire path before vacuum service. Do not use liquids or corrosive or flammable gases. Other non-corrosive gases require confirmed sensor and complete-path material and application compatibility and are outside these air selections. Match exact thread standard, size and opposite gender. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket and check engagement, sealing, clearance, tool access and support without obstructing the sensing passage. Follow the sensor’s original installation instructions, including the 7 N·m pressure-connection ceiling, and any lower fitting-specific torque; 7 N·m is not a tightening target for every fitting. Depressurize before disconnecting. Match tube OD and, for compression fittings, OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use the specified soft nylon/PU tube and check full insertion, seating and bends. Support tubing and fittings so their loads do not twist the sensor. Put the compression cap over the tube, seat the tube in the body and tighten the cap as specified; loosen it before removal and use a wrench on the body’s hex flats. For the listed metric male fittings, D identifies black catalog-specified plastic parts instead of the blank grey option. -M denotes the miniature version; -S identifies the specified stainless-steel 304 parts only. Use the exact complete code and its stated geometry; these suffixes do not apply to every family. GPCF/GPLF/GPMF/GBPCF/GBPMF have female pneumatic threads for the external male O connection; their tube sockets are separate connections. On GPMF/GBPMF bulkhead fittings, panel-mounting threads and retaining nuts are not pneumatic ports. Check panel thickness, washer/nut seating and support. For GPCF/GPMF, D specifies a black release button (blank: grey). For GPLF, D specifies a black release button and body (blank: grey). These D options do not apply to the listed metal or N-prefixed female fittings. PHF/GPHF fittings have male RA, female RB and a separate tube socket. For role I, the fitting’s male RA mates with the sensor’s internal female thread; for role O, the fitting’s female RB mates with the sensor’s external male thread. Use only the role and exact end size listed for that code. Connect the remaining threaded end to its own matching opposite-gender part and seal, keeping it on the same measured-pressure source. A fitting’s RB is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends independently by size, gender and thread standard. GBD first size is female RB, which mates with O; the second is male RA, requiring a separate matching female part. GBU are female-to-female couplings; after connecting one end to O, the other needs a separate matching male part. These parts do not convert PT to G, NPT or M5, and do not authorize plugging the active sensing connection. Standard plastic push-in fittings: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. Metal BPC/BPOC/GBPC/GBPCF/GBPMF: ≤0.9 MPa. BKC/GBKC/GBD/GBU: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and threaded-adapter groups have a 0–150°C component range. These are component limits, not an extension of the DPS range; use the lower pressure and narrower temperature range of the sensor, every fitting and tube. US98A/UE95A examples are separately ordered blue 100 m metric PU coils rated 1 MPa at 23°C. US98A: −20–70°C; UE95A: −40–70°C. Match OD/ID and derate with increasing temperature within all sensor/component limits; 1 MPa is not assured throughout. Use inch tube for an inch socket, never an approximately similar metric size. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery.

  • Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1-10050G Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1-10050T - 2

    Airtac DPS series: digital pressure switch - DPSN1-10050T

    Specifications: DPSN1-10050T is an AirTAC DPS digital pressure switch with two NPN outputs, a −100 to 1000 kPa measuring range, terminal plug-in connection, 5 m, and a NPT 1/8 male pressure port with an internal 10-32 UNF female thread. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download Legacy Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Technical specifications and drawings below follow the 2025 DPS catalog, printed pages 254–257. Use the 2025 download for the current drawing revision. The legacy download retains an earlier edition with superseded vibration and mounting data. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning for This Product DPS Digital pressure switch N1 Two NPN outputs Blank electrical-entry code terminal plug-in connection 10 −100 to 1000 kPa 050 5 m T Male NPT 1/8; female 10-32 UNF Product Features Dual-row LCD displays measured pressure and the selected setting, with configurable red/green backlighting. Two switching outputs can each use easy, hysteresis or window-comparator operation, with normally open or normally closed selection. Selectable pressure units, display refresh time and output response delay support different machine-control requirements. The setting-lock and zero-adjustment functions are available from the front buttons. The NPN version supports the catalog’s master/slave parameter-copy function. Technical Specifications Parameter Details Working medium Non-corrosive gas Measurement range −100 to 1000 kPa Withstand pressure 1500 kPa Supply 12–24 VDC ±10%; supply ripple less than 10% peak-to-peak Output configuration Two NPN switching outputs Maximum applied output voltage 30 V Maximum output current 100 mA Residual output voltage Less than 1.5 V Measurement accuracy ±2% full scale ±1 digit at 25 ±3 °C Repeatability ±0.2% full scale Temperature characteristic ±3% full scale, referenced to 25 °C across 0–50 °C LCD display Dual row: 4 digits for measured pressure; 3.5 digits for the setting; red/green backlight Display update choices 100, 250, 500 or 1000 ms Response-delay choices 2, 20, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000, 2500 or 5000 ms Adjustable hysteresis 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 kPa Pressure units MPa, kPa, kgf/cm², bar, psi, cmHg, inHg Operating temperature 0–50 °C Storage temperature −20 to 65 °C Relative humidity 35–80% RH, without condensation Vibration resistance — 2025 catalog 10–150 Hz; full amplitude 1.5 mm; X, Y and Z directions for 2 hours each, without power Impact resistance Maximum 100 m/s²; X, Y and Z directions, 3 times each Electrical entry terminal plug-in connection Cable option 5 m Pressure connection Male NPT 1/8; internal female 10-32 UNF Protection rating The catalog assigns IP63 only to the prewired/grommet type; no IP rating is specified here for this connector version. Electrical Connections Parameter Details Brown wire / positive supply Connect to DC supply positive within the rated supply range. Blue wire / negative supply Connect to DC supply negative. Black wire Switching output 1. White wire Switching output 2. Load connection For NPN output, connect the load between positive supply and the output; the output sinks current. Protection and restart An output load above 100 mA activates short-circuit protection. Remove the fault and restart as directed in the catalog. Display, Buttons and Menus Parameter Details A / B / C Up button / SET button / down button D / E Measured-pressure display / setting display F / G Output 1 indication / output 2 indication H / J Power-and-signal connection / pressure inlet Basic menu Hold SET for 2 seconds from measurement mode. Set the output mode, NO/NC behavior, response delay and backlight behavior. Advanced menu Hold SET for 4 seconds from measurement mode. Hold SET for 2 seconds to return to measurement mode. Backlight selection Red with output and green without output; green with output and red without output; always red; or always green. Advanced display settings Choose the lower-row setting value, blank display or unit; select display update time and hysteresis. Advanced functions Power-saving/backlight setting, backlight trigger OUT1/OUT2/AND/OR, copy setting where supported, and factory reset. Zero adjustment Press the up and down buttons together. Setting lock Up + SET locks the settings; down + SET unlocks them. LCK is displayed when a button is pressed while locked. Switching Modes Parameter Details EASY mode A single setpoint is used with the selected hysteresis. In the normal output diagram the output switches on above the setpoint plus hysteresis and off below the setpoint. HYS mode Separate upper and lower thresholds set the switching band. In the normal output diagram the output turns on above the upper threshold and off below the lower threshold. WCMP window-comparator mode The normal output diagram is active within the selected lower/upper pressure window and inactive outside it, with hysteresis at the boundaries. NO / NC selection Each output can use normally open or normally closed behavior. The selected logic determines whether the indicated switching state is inverted. NPN Parameter Copy Only the NPN type supports the copy function. With power off, connect the master and slave as shown in the catalog’s dedicated copy diagram, including the master pin 2 to slave pin 3 connection. Select CP-M for the master and CP-S for the slave, then carry out the copy sequence. Check the completion display; if copying fails, repeat the sequence. Power off before disconnecting the copy wiring and restarting normal operation. Use the connection and pin labels in the diagrams; the ordinary operating circuit and temporary copy circuit serve different purposes. The published copy diagram and normal operating circuit use different negative-wire color labels. Confirm the temporary copy wiring for the supplied unit with AirTAC before making that connection; do not infer it from the wire color alone. Mounting Accessories — Ordered Separately Parameter Details F-DPSEB Panel-mount adapter and front protective cover for terminal and prewired/grommet versions; panel-frame dimension 31 mm, tolerance +0/−0.5 mm, in both directions. F-DPSLB Mounting bracket for the DPS sensor; the 2025 drawing shows 29.6 mm upright width, 24 mm upright height, two Ø3.2 mm mounting holes and 1.6 mm plate thickness. The bracket is an installation accessory and is not included merely by ordering the sensor. Assembly sequence Assemble the front cover first, then the rear cover, as shown in the panel adapter drawing. Installation and Operating Notes Do not drop the sensor or subject it to impact. Do not apply more than 60 N tension to the cable. Tightening torque at the pressure connection must not exceed 7 N·m. Do not use corrosive or flammable gases or liquids. Keep pressure within the specified range. Turn the power off before wiring. Avoid oil and solvent splashes. Separate signal wiring from high-voltage cables and conduits. After an output fault or overload, correct the cause before restarting. Where transient pressure produces an unwanted response, select an appropriate response delay. Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions are in millimeters. The D version’s bottom feature is its electrical connector; the pressure connection remains the threaded connection shown at the rear. Mounting accessories are ordered separately. Parameter Details Sensor face 30 × 30 mm Body depth 28.6 mm Overall depth including pressure connection 47.6 mm Pressure-connection local length 7 mm Mounting threads 2 × M3 Mounting-hole spacing callout 20 mm Rear-view local offset 12 mm Pressure thread Male NPT 1/8; female 10-32 UNF For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Estimated Weight Approximate engineering estimate: 148 g, excluding packaging. The calculation uses 43 g for the sensor body, an effective four-core lead allowance of 21 g/m for 5 m, and 0 g for an additional M8 connector, which is not part of this option. The lead allowance comes from a published 85 g versus 43 g comparison for a 2 m lead assembly on a similarly sized pressure switch; it is an allocated reference including that lead assembly’s connector, not a published AirTAC cable density. These are cross-model weight estimates, not AirTAC catalog or measured weights. Housing, connector, cable and thread differences are not individually weighed. No compatibility or technical equivalence is implied. Brackets, separately ordered extension cables and packaging are excluded. Optional Piping Accessories O = the rear sensing boss’s external male NPT1/8; use an exact matching female connection. I = the same boss’s internal female 10-32UNF; use an exact matching male connection. O and I are alternative ways to connect one measured-pressure source: select one, not both. They are not flow-through inlet/outlet or pilot ports. The separate M3 mounting holes are not pneumatic connections. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): NBD male–female; NBKC straight locknut connector; NBPC metal male straight connector; NBPCF metal female straight connector; NBPMF metal female bulkhead connector; NBU double female straight coupling; NPC male straight connector; NPCF female straight connector; NPEB male branch tee; NPED male run tee; NPH male banjo elbow; NPHF male/female branch banjo fitting; NPL male elbow; NPLF female elbow; NPLL extended male elbow; NPMF female bulkhead connector; NPYB male branch Y; NUE polyurethane tube. Use Size / complete codes O (discontinued) male NPT1/2 ↔ female NPT1/8: NBD1/8-1/2male NPT1/4 ↔ female NPT1/8: NBD1/8-1/4male NPT3/8 ↔ female NPT1/8: NBD1/8-3/8NPT1/8 female / 1/4 inch OD: NBPCF1/4-1/8,NBPMF1/4-1/8NPT1/8 female / 5/16 inch OD: NBPCF5/16-1/8,NBPMF5/16-1/8NPT1/8 female / 5/32 inch OD: NBPCF5/32-1/8,NBPMF5/32-1/8NPT1/8 female / NPT1/8 female: NBU1/8-1/81/4 in; male RA NPT1/8 / female RB NPT1/8: NPHF1/4-1/85/16 in; male RA NPT1/8 / female RB NPT1/8: NPHF5/16-1/85/32 in; male RA NPT1/8 / female RB NPT1/8: NPHF5/32-1/8 I (discontinued) 5/32 × 3/32 in; male #10-32UNF: NBKC5/32-3/32-U101/4 in; male #10-32UNF: NBPC1/4-U10,NPH1/4-U10,NPLL1/4-U105/32 in; male #10-32UNF: NBPC5/32-U10,NPH5/32-U10,NPLL5/32-U101/4 in tube socket; male RA #10-32UNF / female RB #10-32UNF: NPHF1/4-U105/32 in tube socket; male RA #10-32UNF / female RB #10-32UNF: NPHF5/32-U10 I 1/4 in; male #10-32UNF: NPC1/4-U10,NPL1/4-U101/8 in; male #10-32UNF: NPC1/8-U10,NPL1/8-U105/32 in; male #10-32UNF: NPC5/32-U10,NPL5/32-U102 × 1/4 in tube sockets; male #10-32UNF: NPEB1/4-U10,NPED1/4-U10,NPYB1/4-U102 × 5/32 in tube sockets; male #10-32UNF: NPEB5/32-U10,NPED5/32-U10,NPYB5/32-U10 O NPT1/8 female / 1/4 inch OD: NPCF1/4-1/8,NPLF1/4-1/8,NPMF1/4-1/8NPT1/8 female / 3/8 inch OD: NPCF3/8-1/8,NPLF3/8-1/8,NPMF3/8-1/8NPT1/8 female / 5/16 inch OD: NPCF5/16-1/8,NPLF5/16-1/8,NPMF5/16-1/8NPT1/8 female / 5/32 inch OD: NPCF5/32-1/8,NPLF5/32-1/8,NPMF5/32-1/8 I,O 5/32 × 3/32 in: NUE95A5/32X3/32-100BK,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100BR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100BU,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100C,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CB,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CG,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CY,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100GA,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100GE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100GN,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100R,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100WH,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100Y,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250BK,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250BR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250BU,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250C,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CB,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CG,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CY,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250GA,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250GE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250GN,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250R,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250WH,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250Y,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500BK,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500BR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500BU,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500C,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CB,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CG,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CY,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500GA,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500GE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500GN,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500R,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500WH,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500Y These passive connections and tubes are optional and ordered separately for a clean compressed-air pressure-sensing line. Select either O or I at the single rear sensing boss. Do not connect separate pressure sources to O and I, use the sensor as a through-flow device, or assign either connection as a pilot or exhaust port. Keep every branch of a selected fitting on the same measured-pressure source. The positive-pressure limit for this DPS range is 1 MPa; operate the sensor and complete connection path within 0–50°C and every stricter fitting or tube limit. Its 1.5 MPa withstand pressure is not a working rating. These accessory selections cover positive-pressure air only. The sensor’s negative-pressure measurement range does not establish vacuum suitability of the assembled fittings, seals and tubing; verify the entire path before vacuum service. Do not use liquids or corrosive or flammable gases. Other non-corrosive gases require confirmed sensor and complete-path material and application compatibility and are outside these air selections. Match exact thread standard, size and opposite gender. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket and check engagement, sealing, clearance, tool access and support without obstructing the sensing passage. Follow the sensor’s original installation instructions, including the 7 N·m pressure-connection ceiling, and any lower fitting-specific torque; 7 N·m is not a tightening target for every fitting. Depressurize before disconnecting. Match tube OD and, for compression fittings, OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use the specified soft nylon/PU tube and check full insertion, seating and bends. Support tubing and fittings so their loads do not twist the sensor. Put the compression cap over the tube, seat the tube in the body and tighten the cap as specified; loosen it before removal and use a wrench on the body’s hex flats. NPCF/NPLF/NPMF/NBPCF/NBPMF have female pneumatic threads for the external male O connection; their tube sockets are separate connections. On NPMF/NBPMF bulkhead fittings, panel-mounting threads and retaining nuts are not pneumatic ports. Check panel thickness, washer/nut seating and support. NPHF fittings have male RA, female RB and a separate tube socket. For role I, the fitting’s male RA mates with the sensor’s internal female thread; for role O, the fitting’s female RB mates with the sensor’s external male thread. Use only the role and exact end size listed for that code. Connect the remaining threaded end to its own matching opposite-gender part and seal, keeping it on the same measured-pressure source. A fitting’s RB is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends independently by size, gender and thread standard. NBD first size is female RB, which mates with O; the second is male RA, requiring a separate matching female part. NBU are female-to-female couplings; after connecting one end to O, the other needs a separate matching male part. These parts do not convert PT to G, NPT or M5, and do not authorize plugging the active sensing connection. Standard plastic push-in fittings: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. NBPC/NBPCF/NBPMF/NBKC/NBD/NBU: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and threaded-adapter groups have a 0–150°C component range. These are component limits, not an extension of the DPS range; use the lower pressure and narrower temperature range of the sensor, every fitting and tube. U10 means male #10-32UNF for the internal I connection; it is neither M5 nor tapered NPT. Use the fitting’s specified gasket or confirmed sealing arrangement. The listed U10 plastic fittings and NBPC are rated 0–1 MPa with 1.5 MPa proof pressure; NBKC is rated 0–1 MPa with 3 MPa proof pressure. Their published 10 Torr (−750 mmHg) negative-pressure value is a component rating, not validation of the complete sensing assembly or its tubing under vacuum. Proof pressure is not working pressure. NBKC5/32-3/32-U10 specifies 5/32 in OD × 3/32 in ID in its complete model and dimension row. An ordering-matrix ID entry differs; confirm the 3/32 in ID and sealing arrangement with the supplier before selecting the tube. Do not substitute an inferred 5/32 in ID model. Each NPEB, NPYB or NPED U10 fitting has two sockets of the stated equal OD; both remain on the selected pressure-sensing line. The listed NUE95A tubes serve either O or I only through a listed exact 5/32 in OD connection, according to that code’s assigned role. They do not connect directly to a sensor thread. Match a compression connection’s ID as well. Do not substitute 4 mm, 3.2 mm, 3 mm or 1/8 in OD tube. NUE95A5/32X3/32 is ether-based PU, Shore A95±2, with 5/32 in OD × 3/32 in ID and 1/32 in wall. Working pressure is 145 psi at 73°F; 363 psi is burst pressure, not a working rating. Temperature range: −40–158°F; minimum bend radius: 8 mm. Derate with increasing temperature and obey every stricter sensor, fitting and tube limit. In NUE codes, 100/250/500 after the hyphen are coil lengths in feet, not metres. Colours: BU blue, BK black, GE orange, C clear, WH white, CB clear blue, R red, Y yellow, GA gray, GN green, BR brown, CR clear red, CG clear green, CY clear yellow, CE clear orange. Match the complete length-and-colour code. Current lifecycle and supply of these catalog-listed tubes are unverified; confirm the exact item or an approved replacement before ordering. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery.

  • Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1-10030G Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1-10030G - 2

    Airtac DPS series: digital pressure switch - DPSN1-10030G

    Specifications: DPSN1-10030G is an AirTAC DPS digital pressure switch with two NPN outputs, a −100 to 1000 kPa measuring range, terminal plug-in connection, 3 m, and a G 1/8 male pressure port with an internal M5 female thread. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download Legacy Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Technical specifications and drawings below follow the 2025 DPS catalog, printed pages 254–257. Use the 2025 download for the current drawing revision. The legacy download retains an earlier edition with superseded vibration and mounting data. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning for This Product DPS Digital pressure switch N1 Two NPN outputs Blank electrical-entry code terminal plug-in connection 10 −100 to 1000 kPa 030 3 m G Male G 1/8; female M5 Product Features Dual-row LCD displays measured pressure and the selected setting, with configurable red/green backlighting. Two switching outputs can each use easy, hysteresis or window-comparator operation, with normally open or normally closed selection. Selectable pressure units, display refresh time and output response delay support different machine-control requirements. The setting-lock and zero-adjustment functions are available from the front buttons. The NPN version supports the catalog’s master/slave parameter-copy function. Technical Specifications Parameter Details Working medium Non-corrosive gas Measurement range −100 to 1000 kPa Withstand pressure 1500 kPa Supply 12–24 VDC ±10%; supply ripple less than 10% peak-to-peak Output configuration Two NPN switching outputs Maximum applied output voltage 30 V Maximum output current 100 mA Residual output voltage Less than 1.5 V Measurement accuracy ±2% full scale ±1 digit at 25 ±3 °C Repeatability ±0.2% full scale Temperature characteristic ±3% full scale, referenced to 25 °C across 0–50 °C LCD display Dual row: 4 digits for measured pressure; 3.5 digits for the setting; red/green backlight Display update choices 100, 250, 500 or 1000 ms Response-delay choices 2, 20, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000, 2500 or 5000 ms Adjustable hysteresis 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 kPa Pressure units MPa, kPa, kgf/cm², bar, psi, cmHg, inHg Operating temperature 0–50 °C Storage temperature −20 to 65 °C Relative humidity 35–80% RH, without condensation Vibration resistance — 2025 catalog 10–150 Hz; full amplitude 1.5 mm; X, Y and Z directions for 2 hours each, without power Impact resistance Maximum 100 m/s²; X, Y and Z directions, 3 times each Electrical entry terminal plug-in connection Cable option 3 m Pressure connection Male G 1/8; internal female M5 Protection rating The catalog assigns IP63 only to the prewired/grommet type; no IP rating is specified here for this connector version. Electrical Connections Parameter Details Brown wire / positive supply Connect to DC supply positive within the rated supply range. Blue wire / negative supply Connect to DC supply negative. Black wire Switching output 1. White wire Switching output 2. Load connection For NPN output, connect the load between positive supply and the output; the output sinks current. Protection and restart An output load above 100 mA activates short-circuit protection. Remove the fault and restart as directed in the catalog. Display, Buttons and Menus Parameter Details A / B / C Up button / SET button / down button D / E Measured-pressure display / setting display F / G Output 1 indication / output 2 indication H / J Power-and-signal connection / pressure inlet Basic menu Hold SET for 2 seconds from measurement mode. Set the output mode, NO/NC behavior, response delay and backlight behavior. Advanced menu Hold SET for 4 seconds from measurement mode. Hold SET for 2 seconds to return to measurement mode. Backlight selection Red with output and green without output; green with output and red without output; always red; or always green. Advanced display settings Choose the lower-row setting value, blank display or unit; select display update time and hysteresis. Advanced functions Power-saving/backlight setting, backlight trigger OUT1/OUT2/AND/OR, copy setting where supported, and factory reset. Zero adjustment Press the up and down buttons together. Setting lock Up + SET locks the settings; down + SET unlocks them. LCK is displayed when a button is pressed while locked. Switching Modes Parameter Details EASY mode A single setpoint is used with the selected hysteresis. In the normal output diagram the output switches on above the setpoint plus hysteresis and off below the setpoint. HYS mode Separate upper and lower thresholds set the switching band. In the normal output diagram the output turns on above the upper threshold and off below the lower threshold. WCMP window-comparator mode The normal output diagram is active within the selected lower/upper pressure window and inactive outside it, with hysteresis at the boundaries. NO / NC selection Each output can use normally open or normally closed behavior. The selected logic determines whether the indicated switching state is inverted. NPN Parameter Copy Only the NPN type supports the copy function. With power off, connect the master and slave as shown in the catalog’s dedicated copy diagram, including the master pin 2 to slave pin 3 connection. Select CP-M for the master and CP-S for the slave, then carry out the copy sequence. Check the completion display; if copying fails, repeat the sequence. Power off before disconnecting the copy wiring and restarting normal operation. Use the connection and pin labels in the diagrams; the ordinary operating circuit and temporary copy circuit serve different purposes. The published copy diagram and normal operating circuit use different negative-wire color labels. Confirm the temporary copy wiring for the supplied unit with AirTAC before making that connection; do not infer it from the wire color alone. Mounting Accessories — Ordered Separately Parameter Details F-DPSEB Panel-mount adapter and front protective cover for terminal and prewired/grommet versions; panel-frame dimension 31 mm, tolerance +0/−0.5 mm, in both directions. F-DPSLB Mounting bracket for the DPS sensor; the 2025 drawing shows 29.6 mm upright width, 24 mm upright height, two Ø3.2 mm mounting holes and 1.6 mm plate thickness. The bracket is an installation accessory and is not included merely by ordering the sensor. Assembly sequence Assemble the front cover first, then the rear cover, as shown in the panel adapter drawing. Installation and Operating Notes Do not drop the sensor or subject it to impact. Do not apply more than 60 N tension to the cable. Tightening torque at the pressure connection must not exceed 7 N·m. Do not use corrosive or flammable gases or liquids. Keep pressure within the specified range. Turn the power off before wiring. Avoid oil and solvent splashes. Separate signal wiring from high-voltage cables and conduits. After an output fault or overload, correct the cause before restarting. Where transient pressure produces an unwanted response, select an appropriate response delay. Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions are in millimeters. The D version’s bottom feature is its electrical connector; the pressure connection remains the threaded connection shown at the rear. Mounting accessories are ordered separately. Parameter Details Sensor face 30 × 30 mm Body depth 28.6 mm Overall depth including pressure connection 47.6 mm Pressure-connection local length 7 mm Mounting threads 2 × M3 Mounting-hole spacing callout 20 mm Rear-view local offset 12 mm Pressure thread Male G 1/8; female M5 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Estimated Weight Approximate engineering estimate: 106 g, excluding packaging. The calculation uses 43 g for the sensor body, an effective four-core lead allowance of 21 g/m for 3 m, and 0 g for an additional M8 connector, which is not part of this option. The lead allowance comes from a published 85 g versus 43 g comparison for a 2 m lead assembly on a similarly sized pressure switch; it is an allocated reference including that lead assembly’s connector, not a published AirTAC cable density. These are cross-model weight estimates, not AirTAC catalog or measured weights. Housing, connector, cable and thread differences are not individually weighed. No compatibility or technical equivalence is implied. Brackets, separately ordered extension cables and packaging are excluded. Optional Piping Accessories O = the rear sensing boss’s external male G1/8; use an exact matching female connection. I = the same boss’s internal female M5; use an exact matching male connection. O and I are alternative ways to connect one measured-pressure source: select one, not both. They are not flow-through inlet/outlet or pilot ports. The separate M3 mounting holes are not pneumatic connections. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): BKC/GBKC compression fitting; BPC/GBPC metal straight; BPOC metal straight; GBD male–female; GBPCF metal female straight connector; GBPMF metal female bulkhead connector; GBU double female straight coupling; GPC/PC straight; GPCF female straight connector; GPEB/PEB branch tee; GPED/PED run tee; GPH/PH banjo elbow; GPHF/PHF female branch banjo; GPL/PL elbow; GPLF female elbow; GPLL/PLL extended elbow; GPMF female bulkhead connector; GPYB/PYB Y; POC round straight; UE PU tube; US PU tube. Use Size / complete codes I 4 × 2.5: BKC0425-M5,BKC0425-M5-S,GBKC0425-M54: BPC4M5,BPOC4M5,GBPC4M5,GPC4M5-M,GPC4M5D-M,GPEB4M5,GPEB4M5D,GPED4M5,GPED4M5D,GPH4M5,GPH4M5D,GPL4M5,GPL4M5-M,GPL4M5D,GPL4M5D-M,GPLL4M5,GPLL4M5D,GPYB4M5,GPYB4M5D,PC4M5,PC4M5-M,PC4M5-S,PC4M5D,PC4M5D-M,PC4M5D-S,PEB4M5,PEB4M5-S,PEB4M5D,PEB4M5D-S,PED4M5,PED4M5-S,PED4M5D,PED4M5D-S,PH4M5,PH4M5-S,PH4M5D,PH4M5D-S,PL4M5,PL4M5-M,PL4M5-S,PL4M5D,PL4M5D-M,PL4M5D-S,PLL4M5,PLL4M5-S,PLL4M5D,PLL4M5D-S,POC4M5,POC4M5-S,POC4M5D,POC4M5D-S,PYB4M5,PYB4M5-S,PYB4M5D,PYB4M5D-S6: BPC6M5,BPOC6M5,GBPC6M5,GPC6M5,GPC6M5-M,GPC6M5D,GPC6M5D-M,GPEB6M5,GPEB6M5D,GPED6M5,GPED6M5D,GPH6M5,GPH6M5D,GPL6M5,GPL6M5-M,GPL6M5D,GPL6M5D-M,GPLL6M5,GPLL6M5D,GPYB6M5,GPYB6M5D,PC6M5,PC6M5-M,PC6M5-S,PC6M5D,PC6M5D-M,PC6M5D-S,PEB6M5,PEB6M5-S,PEB6M5D,PEB6M5D-S,PED6M5,PED6M5-S,PED6M5D,PED6M5D-S,PH6M5,PH6M5-S,PH6M5D,PH6M5D-S,PL6M5,PL6M5-M,PL6M5-S,PL6M5D,PL6M5D-M,PL6M5D-S,PLL6M5,PLL6M5-S,PLL6M5D,PLL6M5D-S,POC6M5,POC6M5-S,POC6M5D,POC6M5D-S,PYB6M5,PYB6M5-S,PYB6M5D,PYB6M5D-S3.2: GPC3.2M5-M,GPC3.2M5D-M,GPL3.2M5-M,GPL3.2M5D-M,PC3.2M5-M,PC3.2M5D-M,PL3.2M5-M,PL3.2M5D-M4; male RA M5 × 0.8 / female RB M5 × 0.8: GPHF4M5,GPHF4M5D,PHF4M5,PHF4M5-S,PHF4M5D,PHF4M5D-S6; male RA M5 × 0.8 / female RB M5 × 0.8: GPHF6M5,GPHF6M5D,PHF6M5,PHF6M5-S,PHF6M5D,PHF6M5D-S3.2 × 2: UE95A032020100MBU,US98A032020100MBU O male G1/4 ↔ female G1/8: GBD0102male G3/8 ↔ female G1/8: GBD0103male G1/2 ↔ female G1/8: GBD0104G1/8 female / 4 OD: GBPCF401,GBPMF401,GPCF401,GPCF401D,GPLF401,GPLF401D,GPMF401,GPMF401DG1/8 female / 6 OD: GBPCF601,GBPMF601,GPCF601,GPCF601D,GPLF601,GPLF601D,GPMF601,GPMF601DG1/8 female / 8 OD: GBPCF801,GBPMF801,GPCF801,GPCF801D,GPLF801,GPLF801D,GPMF801,GPMF801DG1/8 female / G1/8 female: GBU0101G1/8 female / 10 OD: GPCF1001,GPCF1001D,GPLF1001,GPLF1001D,GPMF1001,GPMF1001D4; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF401,GPHF401D6; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF601,GPHF601D8; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF801,GPHF801D8 × 5: UE95A080050100MBU,US98A080050100MBU10 × 6.5: UE95A100065100MBU,US98A100065100MBU I,O 4 × 2.5: UE95A040025100MBU,US98A040025100MBU6 × 4: UE95A060040100MBU,US98A060040100MBU These passive connections and tubes are optional and ordered separately for a clean compressed-air pressure-sensing line. Select either O or I at the single rear sensing boss. Do not connect separate pressure sources to O and I, use the sensor as a through-flow device, or assign either connection as a pilot or exhaust port. Keep every branch of a selected fitting on the same measured-pressure source. The positive-pressure limit for this DPS range is 1 MPa; operate the sensor and complete connection path within 0–50°C and every stricter fitting or tube limit. Its 1.5 MPa withstand pressure is not a working rating. These accessory selections cover positive-pressure air only. The sensor’s negative-pressure measurement range does not establish vacuum suitability of the assembled fittings, seals and tubing; verify the entire path before vacuum service. Do not use liquids or corrosive or flammable gases. Other non-corrosive gases require confirmed sensor and complete-path material and application compatibility and are outside these air selections. Match exact thread standard, size and opposite gender. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket and check engagement, sealing, clearance, tool access and support without obstructing the sensing passage. Follow the sensor’s original installation instructions, including the 7 N·m pressure-connection ceiling, and any lower fitting-specific torque; 7 N·m is not a tightening target for every fitting. Depressurize before disconnecting. Match tube OD and, for compression fittings, OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use the specified soft nylon/PU tube and check full insertion, seating and bends. Support tubing and fittings so their loads do not twist the sensor. Put the compression cap over the tube, seat the tube in the body and tighten the cap as specified; loosen it before removal and use a wrench on the body’s hex flats. For the listed metric male fittings, D identifies black catalog-specified plastic parts instead of the blank grey option. -M denotes the miniature version; -S identifies the specified stainless-steel 304 parts only. Use the exact complete code and its stated geometry; these suffixes do not apply to every family. GPCF/GPLF/GPMF/GBPCF/GBPMF have female pneumatic threads for the external male O connection; their tube sockets are separate connections. On GPMF/GBPMF bulkhead fittings, panel-mounting threads and retaining nuts are not pneumatic ports. Check panel thickness, washer/nut seating and support. For GPCF/GPMF, D specifies a black release button (blank: grey). For GPLF, D specifies a black release button and body (blank: grey). These D options do not apply to the listed metal or N-prefixed female fittings. PHF/GPHF fittings have male RA, female RB and a separate tube socket. For role I, the fitting’s male RA mates with the sensor’s internal female thread; for role O, the fitting’s female RB mates with the sensor’s external male thread. Use only the role and exact end size listed for that code. Connect the remaining threaded end to its own matching opposite-gender part and seal, keeping it on the same measured-pressure source. A fitting’s RB is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends independently by size, gender and thread standard. GBD first size is female RB, which mates with O; the second is male RA, requiring a separate matching female part. GBU are female-to-female couplings; after connecting one end to O, the other needs a separate matching male part. These parts do not convert PT to G, NPT or M5, and do not authorize plugging the active sensing connection. Standard plastic push-in fittings: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. Metal BPC/BPOC/GBPC/GBPCF/GBPMF: ≤0.9 MPa. BKC/GBKC/GBD/GBU: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and threaded-adapter groups have a 0–150°C component range. These are component limits, not an extension of the DPS range; use the lower pressure and narrower temperature range of the sensor, every fitting and tube. US98A/UE95A examples are separately ordered blue 100 m metric PU coils rated 1 MPa at 23°C. US98A: −20–70°C; UE95A: −40–70°C. Match OD/ID and derate with increasing temperature within all sensor/component limits; 1 MPa is not assured throughout. Use inch tube for an inch socket, never an approximately similar metric size. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery.

  • Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1-10030G Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1-10030 - 2

    Airtac DPS series: digital pressure switch - DPSN1-10030

    Specifications: DPSN1-10030 is an AirTAC DPS digital pressure switch with two NPN outputs, a −100 to 1000 kPa measuring range, terminal plug-in connection, 3 m, and a PT 1/8 male pressure port with an internal M5 female thread. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download Legacy Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Technical specifications and drawings below follow the 2025 DPS catalog, printed pages 254–257. Use the 2025 download for the current drawing revision. The legacy download retains an earlier edition with superseded vibration and mounting data. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning for This Product DPS Digital pressure switch N1 Two NPN outputs Blank electrical-entry code terminal plug-in connection 10 −100 to 1000 kPa 030 3 m Blank thread code Male PT 1/8; female M5 Product Features Dual-row LCD displays measured pressure and the selected setting, with configurable red/green backlighting. Two switching outputs can each use easy, hysteresis or window-comparator operation, with normally open or normally closed selection. Selectable pressure units, display refresh time and output response delay support different machine-control requirements. The setting-lock and zero-adjustment functions are available from the front buttons. The NPN version supports the catalog’s master/slave parameter-copy function. Technical Specifications Parameter Details Working medium Non-corrosive gas Measurement range −100 to 1000 kPa Withstand pressure 1500 kPa Supply 12–24 VDC ±10%; supply ripple less than 10% peak-to-peak Output configuration Two NPN switching outputs Maximum applied output voltage 30 V Maximum output current 100 mA Residual output voltage Less than 1.5 V Measurement accuracy ±2% full scale ±1 digit at 25 ±3 °C Repeatability ±0.2% full scale Temperature characteristic ±3% full scale, referenced to 25 °C across 0–50 °C LCD display Dual row: 4 digits for measured pressure; 3.5 digits for the setting; red/green backlight Display update choices 100, 250, 500 or 1000 ms Response-delay choices 2, 20, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000, 2500 or 5000 ms Adjustable hysteresis 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 kPa Pressure units MPa, kPa, kgf/cm², bar, psi, cmHg, inHg Operating temperature 0–50 °C Storage temperature −20 to 65 °C Relative humidity 35–80% RH, without condensation Vibration resistance — 2025 catalog 10–150 Hz; full amplitude 1.5 mm; X, Y and Z directions for 2 hours each, without power Impact resistance Maximum 100 m/s²; X, Y and Z directions, 3 times each Electrical entry terminal plug-in connection Cable option 3 m Pressure connection Male PT 1/8; internal female M5 Protection rating The catalog assigns IP63 only to the prewired/grommet type; no IP rating is specified here for this connector version. Electrical Connections Parameter Details Brown wire / positive supply Connect to DC supply positive within the rated supply range. Blue wire / negative supply Connect to DC supply negative. Black wire Switching output 1. White wire Switching output 2. Load connection For NPN output, connect the load between positive supply and the output; the output sinks current. Protection and restart An output load above 100 mA activates short-circuit protection. Remove the fault and restart as directed in the catalog. Display, Buttons and Menus Parameter Details A / B / C Up button / SET button / down button D / E Measured-pressure display / setting display F / G Output 1 indication / output 2 indication H / J Power-and-signal connection / pressure inlet Basic menu Hold SET for 2 seconds from measurement mode. Set the output mode, NO/NC behavior, response delay and backlight behavior. Advanced menu Hold SET for 4 seconds from measurement mode. Hold SET for 2 seconds to return to measurement mode. Backlight selection Red with output and green without output; green with output and red without output; always red; or always green. Advanced display settings Choose the lower-row setting value, blank display or unit; select display update time and hysteresis. Advanced functions Power-saving/backlight setting, backlight trigger OUT1/OUT2/AND/OR, copy setting where supported, and factory reset. Zero adjustment Press the up and down buttons together. Setting lock Up + SET locks the settings; down + SET unlocks them. LCK is displayed when a button is pressed while locked. Switching Modes Parameter Details EASY mode A single setpoint is used with the selected hysteresis. In the normal output diagram the output switches on above the setpoint plus hysteresis and off below the setpoint. HYS mode Separate upper and lower thresholds set the switching band. In the normal output diagram the output turns on above the upper threshold and off below the lower threshold. WCMP window-comparator mode The normal output diagram is active within the selected lower/upper pressure window and inactive outside it, with hysteresis at the boundaries. NO / NC selection Each output can use normally open or normally closed behavior. The selected logic determines whether the indicated switching state is inverted. NPN Parameter Copy Only the NPN type supports the copy function. With power off, connect the master and slave as shown in the catalog’s dedicated copy diagram, including the master pin 2 to slave pin 3 connection. Select CP-M for the master and CP-S for the slave, then carry out the copy sequence. Check the completion display; if copying fails, repeat the sequence. Power off before disconnecting the copy wiring and restarting normal operation. Use the connection and pin labels in the diagrams; the ordinary operating circuit and temporary copy circuit serve different purposes. The published copy diagram and normal operating circuit use different negative-wire color labels. Confirm the temporary copy wiring for the supplied unit with AirTAC before making that connection; do not infer it from the wire color alone. Mounting Accessories — Ordered Separately Parameter Details F-DPSEB Panel-mount adapter and front protective cover for terminal and prewired/grommet versions; panel-frame dimension 31 mm, tolerance +0/−0.5 mm, in both directions. F-DPSLB Mounting bracket for the DPS sensor; the 2025 drawing shows 29.6 mm upright width, 24 mm upright height, two Ø3.2 mm mounting holes and 1.6 mm plate thickness. The bracket is an installation accessory and is not included merely by ordering the sensor. Assembly sequence Assemble the front cover first, then the rear cover, as shown in the panel adapter drawing. Installation and Operating Notes Do not drop the sensor or subject it to impact. Do not apply more than 60 N tension to the cable. Tightening torque at the pressure connection must not exceed 7 N·m. Do not use corrosive or flammable gases or liquids. Keep pressure within the specified range. Turn the power off before wiring. Avoid oil and solvent splashes. Separate signal wiring from high-voltage cables and conduits. After an output fault or overload, correct the cause before restarting. Where transient pressure produces an unwanted response, select an appropriate response delay. Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions are in millimeters. The D version’s bottom feature is its electrical connector; the pressure connection remains the threaded connection shown at the rear. Mounting accessories are ordered separately. Parameter Details Sensor face 30 × 30 mm Body depth 28.6 mm Overall depth including pressure connection 47.6 mm Pressure-connection local length 7 mm Mounting threads 2 × M3 Mounting-hole spacing callout 20 mm Rear-view local offset 12 mm Pressure thread Male PT 1/8; female M5 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Estimated Weight Approximate engineering estimate: 106 g, excluding packaging. The calculation uses 43 g for the sensor body, an effective four-core lead allowance of 21 g/m for 3 m, and 0 g for an additional M8 connector, which is not part of this option. The lead allowance comes from a published 85 g versus 43 g comparison for a 2 m lead assembly on a similarly sized pressure switch; it is an allocated reference including that lead assembly’s connector, not a published AirTAC cable density. These are cross-model weight estimates, not AirTAC catalog or measured weights. Housing, connector, cable and thread differences are not individually weighed. No compatibility or technical equivalence is implied. Brackets, separately ordered extension cables and packaging are excluded. Optional Piping Accessories O = the rear sensing boss’s external male PT1/8; use an exact matching female connection. I = the same boss’s internal female M5; use an exact matching male connection. O and I are alternative ways to connect one measured-pressure source: select one, not both. They are not flow-through inlet/outlet or pilot ports. The separate M3 mounting holes are not pneumatic connections. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): BD male–female; BKC/GBKC compression fitting; BPC/GBPC metal straight; BPCF metal female straight connector; BPMF metal female bulkhead connector; BPOC metal straight; BU double female straight coupling; GPC/PC straight; GPEB/PEB branch tee; GPED/PED run tee; GPH/PH banjo elbow; GPHF/PHF female branch banjo; GPL/PL elbow; GPLL/PLL extended elbow; GPYB/PYB Y; PCF female straight connector; PLF female elbow; PMF female bulkhead connector; POC round straight; UE PU tube; US PU tube. Use Size / complete codes O male PT1/4 ↔ female PT1/8: BD0102,BD0102-Smale PT3/8 ↔ female PT1/8: BD0103,BD0103-Smale PT1/2 ↔ female PT1/8: BD0104,BD0104-SPT1/8 female / 4 OD: BPCF401,BPMF401,PCF401,PCF401D,PLF401,PLF401D,PMF401,PMF401DPT1/8 female / 6 OD: BPCF601,BPMF601,PCF601,PCF601D,PLF601,PLF601D,PMF601,PMF601DPT1/8 female / 8 OD: BPCF801,BPMF801,PCF801,PCF801D,PLF801,PLF801D,PMF801,PMF801DPT1/8 female / PT1/8 female: BU0101,BU0101-SPT1/8 female / 10 OD: PCF1001,PCF1001D,PLF1001,PLF1001D,PMF1001,PMF1001D4; male RA PT1/8 / female RB PT1/8: PHF401,PHF401-S,PHF401D,PHF401D-S6; male RA PT1/8 / female RB PT1/8: PHF601,PHF601-S,PHF601D,PHF601D-S8; male RA PT1/8 / female RB PT1/8: PHF801,PHF801-S,PHF801D,PHF801D-S8 × 5: UE95A080050100MBU,US98A080050100MBU10 × 6.5: UE95A100065100MBU,US98A100065100MBU I 4 × 2.5: BKC0425-M5,BKC0425-M5-S,GBKC0425-M54: BPC4M5,BPOC4M5,GBPC4M5,GPC4M5-M,GPC4M5D-M,GPEB4M5,GPEB4M5D,GPED4M5,GPED4M5D,GPH4M5,GPH4M5D,GPL4M5,GPL4M5-M,GPL4M5D,GPL4M5D-M,GPLL4M5,GPLL4M5D,GPYB4M5,GPYB4M5D,PC4M5,PC4M5-M,PC4M5-S,PC4M5D,PC4M5D-M,PC4M5D-S,PEB4M5,PEB4M5-S,PEB4M5D,PEB4M5D-S,PED4M5,PED4M5-S,PED4M5D,PED4M5D-S,PH4M5,PH4M5-S,PH4M5D,PH4M5D-S,PL4M5,PL4M5-M,PL4M5-S,PL4M5D,PL4M5D-M,PL4M5D-S,PLL4M5,PLL4M5-S,PLL4M5D,PLL4M5D-S,POC4M5,POC4M5-S,POC4M5D,POC4M5D-S,PYB4M5,PYB4M5-S,PYB4M5D,PYB4M5D-S6: BPC6M5,BPOC6M5,GBPC6M5,GPC6M5,GPC6M5-M,GPC6M5D,GPC6M5D-M,GPEB6M5,GPEB6M5D,GPED6M5,GPED6M5D,GPH6M5,GPH6M5D,GPL6M5,GPL6M5-M,GPL6M5D,GPL6M5D-M,GPLL6M5,GPLL6M5D,GPYB6M5,GPYB6M5D,PC6M5,PC6M5-M,PC6M5-S,PC6M5D,PC6M5D-M,PC6M5D-S,PEB6M5,PEB6M5-S,PEB6M5D,PEB6M5D-S,PED6M5,PED6M5-S,PED6M5D,PED6M5D-S,PH6M5,PH6M5-S,PH6M5D,PH6M5D-S,PL6M5,PL6M5-M,PL6M5-S,PL6M5D,PL6M5D-M,PL6M5D-S,PLL6M5,PLL6M5-S,PLL6M5D,PLL6M5D-S,POC6M5,POC6M5-S,POC6M5D,POC6M5D-S,PYB6M5,PYB6M5-S,PYB6M5D,PYB6M5D-S3.2: GPC3.2M5-M,GPC3.2M5D-M,GPL3.2M5-M,GPL3.2M5D-M,PC3.2M5-M,PC3.2M5D-M,PL3.2M5-M,PL3.2M5D-M4; male RA M5 × 0.8 / female RB M5 × 0.8: GPHF4M5,GPHF4M5D,PHF4M5,PHF4M5-S,PHF4M5D,PHF4M5D-S6; male RA M5 × 0.8 / female RB M5 × 0.8: GPHF6M5,GPHF6M5D,PHF6M5,PHF6M5-S,PHF6M5D,PHF6M5D-S3.2 × 2: UE95A032020100MBU,US98A032020100MBU I,O 4 × 2.5: UE95A040025100MBU,US98A040025100MBU6 × 4: UE95A060040100MBU,US98A060040100MBU These passive connections and tubes are optional and ordered separately for a clean compressed-air pressure-sensing line. Select either O or I at the single rear sensing boss. Do not connect separate pressure sources to O and I, use the sensor as a through-flow device, or assign either connection as a pilot or exhaust port. Keep every branch of a selected fitting on the same measured-pressure source. The positive-pressure limit for this DPS range is 1 MPa; operate the sensor and complete connection path within 0–50°C and every stricter fitting or tube limit. Its 1.5 MPa withstand pressure is not a working rating. These accessory selections cover positive-pressure air only. The sensor’s negative-pressure measurement range does not establish vacuum suitability of the assembled fittings, seals and tubing; verify the entire path before vacuum service. Do not use liquids or corrosive or flammable gases. Other non-corrosive gases require confirmed sensor and complete-path material and application compatibility and are outside these air selections. Match exact thread standard, size and opposite gender. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket and check engagement, sealing, clearance, tool access and support without obstructing the sensing passage. Follow the sensor’s original installation instructions, including the 7 N·m pressure-connection ceiling, and any lower fitting-specific torque; 7 N·m is not a tightening target for every fitting. Depressurize before disconnecting. Match tube OD and, for compression fittings, OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use the specified soft nylon/PU tube and check full insertion, seating and bends. Support tubing and fittings so their loads do not twist the sensor. Put the compression cap over the tube, seat the tube in the body and tighten the cap as specified; loosen it before removal and use a wrench on the body’s hex flats. For the listed metric male fittings, D identifies black catalog-specified plastic parts instead of the blank grey option. -M denotes the miniature version; -S identifies the specified stainless-steel 304 parts only. Use the exact complete code and its stated geometry; these suffixes do not apply to every family. PCF/PLF/PMF/BPCF/BPMF have female pneumatic threads for the external male O connection; their tube sockets are separate connections. On PMF/BPMF bulkhead fittings, panel-mounting threads and retaining nuts are not pneumatic ports. Check panel thickness, washer/nut seating and support. For PCF/PMF, D specifies a black release button (blank: grey). For PLF, D specifies a black release button and body (blank: grey). These D options do not apply to the listed metal or N-prefixed female fittings. PHF/GPHF fittings have male RA, female RB and a separate tube socket. For role I, the fitting’s male RA mates with the sensor’s internal female thread; for role O, the fitting’s female RB mates with the sensor’s external male thread. Use only the role and exact end size listed for that code. Connect the remaining threaded end to its own matching opposite-gender part and seal, keeping it on the same measured-pressure source. A fitting’s RB is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends independently by size, gender and thread standard. BD first size is female RB, which mates with O; the second is male RA, requiring a separate matching female part. BU are female-to-female couplings; after connecting one end to O, the other needs a separate matching male part. These parts do not convert PT to G, NPT or M5, and do not authorize plugging the active sensing connection. Standard plastic push-in fittings: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. Metal BPC/BPOC/BPCF/BPMF/GBPC: ≤0.9 MPa. BKC/GBKC/BD/BU: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and threaded-adapter groups have a 0–150°C component range. These are component limits, not an extension of the DPS range; use the lower pressure and narrower temperature range of the sensor, every fitting and tube. US98A/UE95A examples are separately ordered blue 100 m metric PU coils rated 1 MPa at 23°C. US98A: −20–70°C; UE95A: −40–70°C. Match OD/ID and derate with increasing temperature within all sensor/component limits; 1 MPa is not assured throughout. Use inch tube for an inch socket, never an approximately similar metric size. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery.

  • Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1-10020G

    Airtac DPS series: digital pressure switch - DPSN1-10020G

    Specifications: DPSN1-10020G is an AirTAC DPS digital pressure switch with two NPN outputs, a −100 to 1000 kPa measuring range, terminal plug-in connection, 2 m, and a G 1/8 male pressure port with an internal M5 female thread. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download Legacy Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Technical specifications and drawings below follow the 2025 DPS catalog, printed pages 254–257. Use the 2025 download for the current drawing revision. The legacy download retains an earlier edition with superseded vibration and mounting data. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning for This Product DPS Digital pressure switch N1 Two NPN outputs Blank electrical-entry code terminal plug-in connection 10 −100 to 1000 kPa 020 2 m G Male G 1/8; female M5 Product Features Dual-row LCD displays measured pressure and the selected setting, with configurable red/green backlighting. Two switching outputs can each use easy, hysteresis or window-comparator operation, with normally open or normally closed selection. Selectable pressure units, display refresh time and output response delay support different machine-control requirements. The setting-lock and zero-adjustment functions are available from the front buttons. The NPN version supports the catalog’s master/slave parameter-copy function. Technical Specifications Parameter Details Working medium Non-corrosive gas Measurement range −100 to 1000 kPa Withstand pressure 1500 kPa Supply 12–24 VDC ±10%; supply ripple less than 10% peak-to-peak Output configuration Two NPN switching outputs Maximum applied output voltage 30 V Maximum output current 100 mA Residual output voltage Less than 1.5 V Measurement accuracy ±2% full scale ±1 digit at 25 ±3 °C Repeatability ±0.2% full scale Temperature characteristic ±3% full scale, referenced to 25 °C across 0–50 °C LCD display Dual row: 4 digits for measured pressure; 3.5 digits for the setting; red/green backlight Display update choices 100, 250, 500 or 1000 ms Response-delay choices 2, 20, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000, 2500 or 5000 ms Adjustable hysteresis 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 kPa Pressure units MPa, kPa, kgf/cm², bar, psi, cmHg, inHg Operating temperature 0–50 °C Storage temperature −20 to 65 °C Relative humidity 35–80% RH, without condensation Vibration resistance — 2025 catalog 10–150 Hz; full amplitude 1.5 mm; X, Y and Z directions for 2 hours each, without power Impact resistance Maximum 100 m/s²; X, Y and Z directions, 3 times each Electrical entry terminal plug-in connection Cable option 2 m Pressure connection Male G 1/8; internal female M5 Protection rating The catalog assigns IP63 only to the prewired/grommet type; no IP rating is specified here for this connector version. Electrical Connections Parameter Details Brown wire / positive supply Connect to DC supply positive within the rated supply range. Blue wire / negative supply Connect to DC supply negative. Black wire Switching output 1. White wire Switching output 2. Load connection For NPN output, connect the load between positive supply and the output; the output sinks current. Protection and restart An output load above 100 mA activates short-circuit protection. Remove the fault and restart as directed in the catalog. Display, Buttons and Menus Parameter Details A / B / C Up button / SET button / down button D / E Measured-pressure display / setting display F / G Output 1 indication / output 2 indication H / J Power-and-signal connection / pressure inlet Basic menu Hold SET for 2 seconds from measurement mode. Set the output mode, NO/NC behavior, response delay and backlight behavior. Advanced menu Hold SET for 4 seconds from measurement mode. Hold SET for 2 seconds to return to measurement mode. Backlight selection Red with output and green without output; green with output and red without output; always red; or always green. Advanced display settings Choose the lower-row setting value, blank display or unit; select display update time and hysteresis. Advanced functions Power-saving/backlight setting, backlight trigger OUT1/OUT2/AND/OR, copy setting where supported, and factory reset. Zero adjustment Press the up and down buttons together. Setting lock Up + SET locks the settings; down + SET unlocks them. LCK is displayed when a button is pressed while locked. Switching Modes Parameter Details EASY mode A single setpoint is used with the selected hysteresis. In the normal output diagram the output switches on above the setpoint plus hysteresis and off below the setpoint. HYS mode Separate upper and lower thresholds set the switching band. In the normal output diagram the output turns on above the upper threshold and off below the lower threshold. WCMP window-comparator mode The normal output diagram is active within the selected lower/upper pressure window and inactive outside it, with hysteresis at the boundaries. NO / NC selection Each output can use normally open or normally closed behavior. The selected logic determines whether the indicated switching state is inverted. NPN Parameter Copy Only the NPN type supports the copy function. With power off, connect the master and slave as shown in the catalog’s dedicated copy diagram, including the master pin 2 to slave pin 3 connection. Select CP-M for the master and CP-S for the slave, then carry out the copy sequence. Check the completion display; if copying fails, repeat the sequence. Power off before disconnecting the copy wiring and restarting normal operation. Use the connection and pin labels in the diagrams; the ordinary operating circuit and temporary copy circuit serve different purposes. The published copy diagram and normal operating circuit use different negative-wire color labels. Confirm the temporary copy wiring for the supplied unit with AirTAC before making that connection; do not infer it from the wire color alone. Mounting Accessories — Ordered Separately Parameter Details F-DPSEB Panel-mount adapter and front protective cover for terminal and prewired/grommet versions; panel-frame dimension 31 mm, tolerance +0/−0.5 mm, in both directions. F-DPSLB Mounting bracket for the DPS sensor; the 2025 drawing shows 29.6 mm upright width, 24 mm upright height, two Ø3.2 mm mounting holes and 1.6 mm plate thickness. The bracket is an installation accessory and is not included merely by ordering the sensor. Assembly sequence Assemble the front cover first, then the rear cover, as shown in the panel adapter drawing. Installation and Operating Notes Do not drop the sensor or subject it to impact. Do not apply more than 60 N tension to the cable. Tightening torque at the pressure connection must not exceed 7 N·m. Do not use corrosive or flammable gases or liquids. Keep pressure within the specified range. Turn the power off before wiring. Avoid oil and solvent splashes. Separate signal wiring from high-voltage cables and conduits. After an output fault or overload, correct the cause before restarting. Where transient pressure produces an unwanted response, select an appropriate response delay. Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions are in millimeters. The D version’s bottom feature is its electrical connector; the pressure connection remains the threaded connection shown at the rear. Mounting accessories are ordered separately. Parameter Details Sensor face 30 × 30 mm Body depth 28.6 mm Overall depth including pressure connection 47.6 mm Pressure-connection local length 7 mm Mounting threads 2 × M3 Mounting-hole spacing callout 20 mm Rear-view local offset 12 mm Pressure thread Male G 1/8; female M5 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Estimated Weight Approximate engineering estimate: 85 g, excluding packaging. The calculation uses 43 g for the sensor body, an effective four-core lead allowance of 21 g/m for 2 m, and 0 g for an additional M8 connector, which is not part of this option. The lead allowance comes from a published 85 g versus 43 g comparison for a 2 m lead assembly on a similarly sized pressure switch; it is an allocated reference including that lead assembly’s connector, not a published AirTAC cable density. These are cross-model weight estimates, not AirTAC catalog or measured weights. Housing, connector, cable and thread differences are not individually weighed. No compatibility or technical equivalence is implied. Brackets, separately ordered extension cables and packaging are excluded. Optional Piping Accessories O = the rear sensing boss’s external male G1/8; use an exact matching female connection. I = the same boss’s internal female M5; use an exact matching male connection. O and I are alternative ways to connect one measured-pressure source: select one, not both. They are not flow-through inlet/outlet or pilot ports. The separate M3 mounting holes are not pneumatic connections. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): BKC/GBKC compression fitting; BPC/GBPC metal straight; BPOC metal straight; GBD male–female; GBPCF metal female straight connector; GBPMF metal female bulkhead connector; GBU double female straight coupling; GPC/PC straight; GPCF female straight connector; GPEB/PEB branch tee; GPED/PED run tee; GPH/PH banjo elbow; GPHF/PHF female branch banjo; GPL/PL elbow; GPLF female elbow; GPLL/PLL extended elbow; GPMF female bulkhead connector; GPYB/PYB Y; POC round straight; UE PU tube; US PU tube. Use Size / complete codes I 4 × 2.5: BKC0425-M5,BKC0425-M5-S,GBKC0425-M54: BPC4M5,BPOC4M5,GBPC4M5,GPC4M5-M,GPC4M5D-M,GPEB4M5,GPEB4M5D,GPED4M5,GPED4M5D,GPH4M5,GPH4M5D,GPL4M5,GPL4M5-M,GPL4M5D,GPL4M5D-M,GPLL4M5,GPLL4M5D,GPYB4M5,GPYB4M5D,PC4M5,PC4M5-M,PC4M5-S,PC4M5D,PC4M5D-M,PC4M5D-S,PEB4M5,PEB4M5-S,PEB4M5D,PEB4M5D-S,PED4M5,PED4M5-S,PED4M5D,PED4M5D-S,PH4M5,PH4M5-S,PH4M5D,PH4M5D-S,PL4M5,PL4M5-M,PL4M5-S,PL4M5D,PL4M5D-M,PL4M5D-S,PLL4M5,PLL4M5-S,PLL4M5D,PLL4M5D-S,POC4M5,POC4M5-S,POC4M5D,POC4M5D-S,PYB4M5,PYB4M5-S,PYB4M5D,PYB4M5D-S6: BPC6M5,BPOC6M5,GBPC6M5,GPC6M5,GPC6M5-M,GPC6M5D,GPC6M5D-M,GPEB6M5,GPEB6M5D,GPED6M5,GPED6M5D,GPH6M5,GPH6M5D,GPL6M5,GPL6M5-M,GPL6M5D,GPL6M5D-M,GPLL6M5,GPLL6M5D,GPYB6M5,GPYB6M5D,PC6M5,PC6M5-M,PC6M5-S,PC6M5D,PC6M5D-M,PC6M5D-S,PEB6M5,PEB6M5-S,PEB6M5D,PEB6M5D-S,PED6M5,PED6M5-S,PED6M5D,PED6M5D-S,PH6M5,PH6M5-S,PH6M5D,PH6M5D-S,PL6M5,PL6M5-M,PL6M5-S,PL6M5D,PL6M5D-M,PL6M5D-S,PLL6M5,PLL6M5-S,PLL6M5D,PLL6M5D-S,POC6M5,POC6M5-S,POC6M5D,POC6M5D-S,PYB6M5,PYB6M5-S,PYB6M5D,PYB6M5D-S3.2: GPC3.2M5-M,GPC3.2M5D-M,GPL3.2M5-M,GPL3.2M5D-M,PC3.2M5-M,PC3.2M5D-M,PL3.2M5-M,PL3.2M5D-M4; male RA M5 × 0.8 / female RB M5 × 0.8: GPHF4M5,GPHF4M5D,PHF4M5,PHF4M5-S,PHF4M5D,PHF4M5D-S6; male RA M5 × 0.8 / female RB M5 × 0.8: GPHF6M5,GPHF6M5D,PHF6M5,PHF6M5-S,PHF6M5D,PHF6M5D-S3.2 × 2: UE95A032020100MBU,US98A032020100MBU O male G1/4 ↔ female G1/8: GBD0102male G3/8 ↔ female G1/8: GBD0103male G1/2 ↔ female G1/8: GBD0104G1/8 female / 4 OD: GBPCF401,GBPMF401,GPCF401,GPCF401D,GPLF401,GPLF401D,GPMF401,GPMF401DG1/8 female / 6 OD: GBPCF601,GBPMF601,GPCF601,GPCF601D,GPLF601,GPLF601D,GPMF601,GPMF601DG1/8 female / 8 OD: GBPCF801,GBPMF801,GPCF801,GPCF801D,GPLF801,GPLF801D,GPMF801,GPMF801DG1/8 female / G1/8 female: GBU0101G1/8 female / 10 OD: GPCF1001,GPCF1001D,GPLF1001,GPLF1001D,GPMF1001,GPMF1001D4; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF401,GPHF401D6; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF601,GPHF601D8; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF801,GPHF801D8 × 5: UE95A080050100MBU,US98A080050100MBU10 × 6.5: UE95A100065100MBU,US98A100065100MBU I,O 4 × 2.5: UE95A040025100MBU,US98A040025100MBU6 × 4: UE95A060040100MBU,US98A060040100MBU These passive connections and tubes are optional and ordered separately for a clean compressed-air pressure-sensing line. Select either O or I at the single rear sensing boss. Do not connect separate pressure sources to O and I, use the sensor as a through-flow device, or assign either connection as a pilot or exhaust port. Keep every branch of a selected fitting on the same measured-pressure source. The positive-pressure limit for this DPS range is 1 MPa; operate the sensor and complete connection path within 0–50°C and every stricter fitting or tube limit. Its 1.5 MPa withstand pressure is not a working rating. These accessory selections cover positive-pressure air only. The sensor’s negative-pressure measurement range does not establish vacuum suitability of the assembled fittings, seals and tubing; verify the entire path before vacuum service. Do not use liquids or corrosive or flammable gases. Other non-corrosive gases require confirmed sensor and complete-path material and application compatibility and are outside these air selections. Match exact thread standard, size and opposite gender. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket and check engagement, sealing, clearance, tool access and support without obstructing the sensing passage. Follow the sensor’s original installation instructions, including the 7 N·m pressure-connection ceiling, and any lower fitting-specific torque; 7 N·m is not a tightening target for every fitting. Depressurize before disconnecting. Match tube OD and, for compression fittings, OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use the specified soft nylon/PU tube and check full insertion, seating and bends. Support tubing and fittings so their loads do not twist the sensor. Put the compression cap over the tube, seat the tube in the body and tighten the cap as specified; loosen it before removal and use a wrench on the body’s hex flats. For the listed metric male fittings, D identifies black catalog-specified plastic parts instead of the blank grey option. -M denotes the miniature version; -S identifies the specified stainless-steel 304 parts only. Use the exact complete code and its stated geometry; these suffixes do not apply to every family. GPCF/GPLF/GPMF/GBPCF/GBPMF have female pneumatic threads for the external male O connection; their tube sockets are separate connections. On GPMF/GBPMF bulkhead fittings, panel-mounting threads and retaining nuts are not pneumatic ports. Check panel thickness, washer/nut seating and support. For GPCF/GPMF, D specifies a black release button (blank: grey). For GPLF, D specifies a black release button and body (blank: grey). These D options do not apply to the listed metal or N-prefixed female fittings. PHF/GPHF fittings have male RA, female RB and a separate tube socket. For role I, the fitting’s male RA mates with the sensor’s internal female thread; for role O, the fitting’s female RB mates with the sensor’s external male thread. Use only the role and exact end size listed for that code. Connect the remaining threaded end to its own matching opposite-gender part and seal, keeping it on the same measured-pressure source. A fitting’s RB is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends independently by size, gender and thread standard. GBD first size is female RB, which mates with O; the second is male RA, requiring a separate matching female part. GBU are female-to-female couplings; after connecting one end to O, the other needs a separate matching male part. These parts do not convert PT to G, NPT or M5, and do not authorize plugging the active sensing connection. Standard plastic push-in fittings: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. Metal BPC/BPOC/GBPC/GBPCF/GBPMF: ≤0.9 MPa. BKC/GBKC/GBD/GBU: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and threaded-adapter groups have a 0–150°C component range. These are component limits, not an extension of the DPS range; use the lower pressure and narrower temperature range of the sensor, every fitting and tube. US98A/UE95A examples are separately ordered blue 100 m metric PU coils rated 1 MPa at 23°C. US98A: −20–70°C; UE95A: −40–70°C. Match OD/ID and derate with increasing temperature within all sensor/component limits; 1 MPa is not assured throughout. Use inch tube for an inch socket, never an approximately similar metric size. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery.

  • Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1-01050G Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1-01050G - 2

    Airtac DPS series: digital pressure switch - DPSN1-01050G

    Specifications: DPSN1-01050G is an AirTAC DPS digital pressure switch with two NPN outputs, a −100 to 100 kPa measuring range, terminal plug-in connection, 5 m, and a G 1/8 male pressure port with an internal M5 female thread. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download Legacy Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Technical specifications and drawings below follow the 2025 DPS catalog, printed pages 254–257. Use the 2025 download for the current drawing revision. The legacy download retains an earlier edition with superseded vibration and mounting data. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning for This Product DPS Digital pressure switch N1 Two NPN outputs Blank electrical-entry code terminal plug-in connection 01 −100 to 100 kPa 050 5 m G Male G 1/8; female M5 Product Features Dual-row LCD displays measured pressure and the selected setting, with configurable red/green backlighting. Two switching outputs can each use easy, hysteresis or window-comparator operation, with normally open or normally closed selection. Selectable pressure units, display refresh time and output response delay support different machine-control requirements. The setting-lock and zero-adjustment functions are available from the front buttons. The NPN version supports the catalog’s master/slave parameter-copy function. Technical Specifications Parameter Details Working medium Non-corrosive gas Measurement range −100 to 100 kPa Withstand pressure 200 kPa Supply 12–24 VDC ±10%; supply ripple less than 10% peak-to-peak Output configuration Two NPN switching outputs Maximum applied output voltage 30 V Maximum output current 100 mA Residual output voltage Less than 1.5 V Measurement accuracy ±2% full scale ±1 digit at 25 ±3 °C Repeatability ±0.2% full scale Temperature characteristic ±3% full scale, referenced to 25 °C across 0–50 °C LCD display Dual row: 4 digits for measured pressure; 3.5 digits for the setting; red/green backlight Display update choices 100, 250, 500 or 1000 ms Response-delay choices 2, 20, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000, 2500 or 5000 ms Adjustable hysteresis 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7 or 0.8 kPa Pressure units kPa, kgf/cm², bar, psi, mmHg, inHg Operating temperature 0–50 °C Storage temperature −20 to 65 °C Relative humidity 35–80% RH, without condensation Vibration resistance — 2025 catalog 10–150 Hz; full amplitude 1.5 mm; X, Y and Z directions for 2 hours each, without power Impact resistance Maximum 100 m/s²; X, Y and Z directions, 3 times each Electrical entry terminal plug-in connection Cable option 5 m Pressure connection Male G 1/8; internal female M5 Protection rating The catalog assigns IP63 only to the prewired/grommet type; no IP rating is specified here for this connector version. Electrical Connections Parameter Details Brown wire / positive supply Connect to DC supply positive within the rated supply range. Blue wire / negative supply Connect to DC supply negative. Black wire Switching output 1. White wire Switching output 2. Load connection For NPN output, connect the load between positive supply and the output; the output sinks current. Protection and restart An output load above 100 mA activates short-circuit protection. Remove the fault and restart as directed in the catalog. Display, Buttons and Menus Parameter Details A / B / C Up button / SET button / down button D / E Measured-pressure display / setting display F / G Output 1 indication / output 2 indication H / J Power-and-signal connection / pressure inlet Basic menu Hold SET for 2 seconds from measurement mode. Set the output mode, NO/NC behavior, response delay and backlight behavior. Advanced menu Hold SET for 4 seconds from measurement mode. Hold SET for 2 seconds to return to measurement mode. Backlight selection Red with output and green without output; green with output and red without output; always red; or always green. Advanced display settings Choose the lower-row setting value, blank display or unit; select display update time and hysteresis. Advanced functions Power-saving/backlight setting, backlight trigger OUT1/OUT2/AND/OR, copy setting where supported, and factory reset. Zero adjustment Press the up and down buttons together. Setting lock Up + SET locks the settings; down + SET unlocks them. LCK is displayed when a button is pressed while locked. Switching Modes Parameter Details EASY mode A single setpoint is used with the selected hysteresis. In the normal output diagram the output switches on above the setpoint plus hysteresis and off below the setpoint. HYS mode Separate upper and lower thresholds set the switching band. In the normal output diagram the output turns on above the upper threshold and off below the lower threshold. WCMP window-comparator mode The normal output diagram is active within the selected lower/upper pressure window and inactive outside it, with hysteresis at the boundaries. NO / NC selection Each output can use normally open or normally closed behavior. The selected logic determines whether the indicated switching state is inverted. NPN Parameter Copy Only the NPN type supports the copy function. With power off, connect the master and slave as shown in the catalog’s dedicated copy diagram, including the master pin 2 to slave pin 3 connection. Select CP-M for the master and CP-S for the slave, then carry out the copy sequence. Check the completion display; if copying fails, repeat the sequence. Power off before disconnecting the copy wiring and restarting normal operation. Use the connection and pin labels in the diagrams; the ordinary operating circuit and temporary copy circuit serve different purposes. The published copy diagram and normal operating circuit use different negative-wire color labels. Confirm the temporary copy wiring for the supplied unit with AirTAC before making that connection; do not infer it from the wire color alone. Mounting Accessories — Ordered Separately Parameter Details F-DPSEB Panel-mount adapter and front protective cover for terminal and prewired/grommet versions; panel-frame dimension 31 mm, tolerance +0/−0.5 mm, in both directions. F-DPSLB Mounting bracket for the DPS sensor; the 2025 drawing shows 29.6 mm upright width, 24 mm upright height, two Ø3.2 mm mounting holes and 1.6 mm plate thickness. The bracket is an installation accessory and is not included merely by ordering the sensor. Assembly sequence Assemble the front cover first, then the rear cover, as shown in the panel adapter drawing. Installation and Operating Notes Do not drop the sensor or subject it to impact. Do not apply more than 60 N tension to the cable. Tightening torque at the pressure connection must not exceed 7 N·m. Do not use corrosive or flammable gases or liquids. Keep pressure within the specified range. Turn the power off before wiring. Avoid oil and solvent splashes. Separate signal wiring from high-voltage cables and conduits. After an output fault or overload, correct the cause before restarting. Where transient pressure produces an unwanted response, select an appropriate response delay. Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions are in millimeters. The D version’s bottom feature is its electrical connector; the pressure connection remains the threaded connection shown at the rear. Mounting accessories are ordered separately. Parameter Details Sensor face 30 × 30 mm Body depth 28.6 mm Overall depth including pressure connection 47.6 mm Pressure-connection local length 7 mm Mounting threads 2 × M3 Mounting-hole spacing callout 20 mm Rear-view local offset 12 mm Pressure thread Male G 1/8; female M5 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Estimated Weight Approximate engineering estimate: 148 g, excluding packaging. The calculation uses 43 g for the sensor body, an effective four-core lead allowance of 21 g/m for 5 m, and 0 g for an additional M8 connector, which is not part of this option. The lead allowance comes from a published 85 g versus 43 g comparison for a 2 m lead assembly on a similarly sized pressure switch; it is an allocated reference including that lead assembly’s connector, not a published AirTAC cable density. These are cross-model weight estimates, not AirTAC catalog or measured weights. Housing, connector, cable and thread differences are not individually weighed. No compatibility or technical equivalence is implied. Brackets, separately ordered extension cables and packaging are excluded. Optional Piping Accessories O = the rear sensing boss’s external male G1/8; use an exact matching female connection. I = the same boss’s internal female M5; use an exact matching male connection. O and I are alternative ways to connect one measured-pressure source: select one, not both. They are not flow-through inlet/outlet or pilot ports. The separate M3 mounting holes are not pneumatic connections. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): BKC/GBKC compression fitting; BPC/GBPC metal straight; BPOC metal straight; GBD male–female; GBPCF metal female straight connector; GBPMF metal female bulkhead connector; GBU double female straight coupling; GPC/PC straight; GPCF female straight connector; GPEB/PEB branch tee; GPED/PED run tee; GPH/PH banjo elbow; GPHF/PHF female branch banjo; GPL/PL elbow; GPLF female elbow; GPLL/PLL extended elbow; GPMF female bulkhead connector; GPYB/PYB Y; POC round straight; UE PU tube; US PU tube. Use Size / complete codes I 4 × 2.5: BKC0425-M5,BKC0425-M5-S,GBKC0425-M54: BPC4M5,BPOC4M5,GBPC4M5,GPC4M5-M,GPC4M5D-M,GPEB4M5,GPEB4M5D,GPED4M5,GPED4M5D,GPH4M5,GPH4M5D,GPL4M5,GPL4M5-M,GPL4M5D,GPL4M5D-M,GPLL4M5,GPLL4M5D,GPYB4M5,GPYB4M5D,PC4M5,PC4M5-M,PC4M5-S,PC4M5D,PC4M5D-M,PC4M5D-S,PEB4M5,PEB4M5-S,PEB4M5D,PEB4M5D-S,PED4M5,PED4M5-S,PED4M5D,PED4M5D-S,PH4M5,PH4M5-S,PH4M5D,PH4M5D-S,PL4M5,PL4M5-M,PL4M5-S,PL4M5D,PL4M5D-M,PL4M5D-S,PLL4M5,PLL4M5-S,PLL4M5D,PLL4M5D-S,POC4M5,POC4M5-S,POC4M5D,POC4M5D-S,PYB4M5,PYB4M5-S,PYB4M5D,PYB4M5D-S6: BPC6M5,BPOC6M5,GBPC6M5,GPC6M5,GPC6M5-M,GPC6M5D,GPC6M5D-M,GPEB6M5,GPEB6M5D,GPED6M5,GPED6M5D,GPH6M5,GPH6M5D,GPL6M5,GPL6M5-M,GPL6M5D,GPL6M5D-M,GPLL6M5,GPLL6M5D,GPYB6M5,GPYB6M5D,PC6M5,PC6M5-M,PC6M5-S,PC6M5D,PC6M5D-M,PC6M5D-S,PEB6M5,PEB6M5-S,PEB6M5D,PEB6M5D-S,PED6M5,PED6M5-S,PED6M5D,PED6M5D-S,PH6M5,PH6M5-S,PH6M5D,PH6M5D-S,PL6M5,PL6M5-M,PL6M5-S,PL6M5D,PL6M5D-M,PL6M5D-S,PLL6M5,PLL6M5-S,PLL6M5D,PLL6M5D-S,POC6M5,POC6M5-S,POC6M5D,POC6M5D-S,PYB6M5,PYB6M5-S,PYB6M5D,PYB6M5D-S3.2: GPC3.2M5-M,GPC3.2M5D-M,GPL3.2M5-M,GPL3.2M5D-M,PC3.2M5-M,PC3.2M5D-M,PL3.2M5-M,PL3.2M5D-M4; male RA M5 × 0.8 / female RB M5 × 0.8: GPHF4M5,GPHF4M5D,PHF4M5,PHF4M5-S,PHF4M5D,PHF4M5D-S6; male RA M5 × 0.8 / female RB M5 × 0.8: GPHF6M5,GPHF6M5D,PHF6M5,PHF6M5-S,PHF6M5D,PHF6M5D-S3.2 × 2: UE95A032020100MBU,US98A032020100MBU O male G1/4 ↔ female G1/8: GBD0102male G3/8 ↔ female G1/8: GBD0103male G1/2 ↔ female G1/8: GBD0104G1/8 female / 4 OD: GBPCF401,GBPMF401,GPCF401,GPCF401D,GPLF401,GPLF401D,GPMF401,GPMF401DG1/8 female / 6 OD: GBPCF601,GBPMF601,GPCF601,GPCF601D,GPLF601,GPLF601D,GPMF601,GPMF601DG1/8 female / 8 OD: GBPCF801,GBPMF801,GPCF801,GPCF801D,GPLF801,GPLF801D,GPMF801,GPMF801DG1/8 female / G1/8 female: GBU0101G1/8 female / 10 OD: GPCF1001,GPCF1001D,GPLF1001,GPLF1001D,GPMF1001,GPMF1001D4; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF401,GPHF401D6; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF601,GPHF601D8; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF801,GPHF801D8 × 5: UE95A080050100MBU,US98A080050100MBU10 × 6.5: UE95A100065100MBU,US98A100065100MBU I,O 4 × 2.5: UE95A040025100MBU,US98A040025100MBU6 × 4: UE95A060040100MBU,US98A060040100MBU These passive connections and tubes are optional and ordered separately for a clean compressed-air pressure-sensing line. Select either O or I at the single rear sensing boss. Do not connect separate pressure sources to O and I, use the sensor as a through-flow device, or assign either connection as a pilot or exhaust port. Keep every branch of a selected fitting on the same measured-pressure source. The positive-pressure limit for this DPS range is 0.1 MPa; operate the sensor and complete connection path within 0–50°C and every stricter fitting or tube limit. Its 0.2 MPa withstand pressure is not a working rating. These accessory selections cover positive-pressure air only. The sensor’s negative-pressure measurement range does not establish vacuum suitability of the assembled fittings, seals and tubing; verify the entire path before vacuum service. Do not use liquids or corrosive or flammable gases. Other non-corrosive gases require confirmed sensor and complete-path material and application compatibility and are outside these air selections. Match exact thread standard, size and opposite gender. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket and check engagement, sealing, clearance, tool access and support without obstructing the sensing passage. Follow the sensor’s original installation instructions, including the 7 N·m pressure-connection ceiling, and any lower fitting-specific torque; 7 N·m is not a tightening target for every fitting. Depressurize before disconnecting. Match tube OD and, for compression fittings, OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use the specified soft nylon/PU tube and check full insertion, seating and bends. Support tubing and fittings so their loads do not twist the sensor. Put the compression cap over the tube, seat the tube in the body and tighten the cap as specified; loosen it before removal and use a wrench on the body’s hex flats. For the listed metric male fittings, D identifies black catalog-specified plastic parts instead of the blank grey option. -M denotes the miniature version; -S identifies the specified stainless-steel 304 parts only. Use the exact complete code and its stated geometry; these suffixes do not apply to every family. GPCF/GPLF/GPMF/GBPCF/GBPMF have female pneumatic threads for the external male O connection; their tube sockets are separate connections. On GPMF/GBPMF bulkhead fittings, panel-mounting threads and retaining nuts are not pneumatic ports. Check panel thickness, washer/nut seating and support. For GPCF/GPMF, D specifies a black release button (blank: grey). For GPLF, D specifies a black release button and body (blank: grey). These D options do not apply to the listed metal or N-prefixed female fittings. PHF/GPHF fittings have male RA, female RB and a separate tube socket. For role I, the fitting’s male RA mates with the sensor’s internal female thread; for role O, the fitting’s female RB mates with the sensor’s external male thread. Use only the role and exact end size listed for that code. Connect the remaining threaded end to its own matching opposite-gender part and seal, keeping it on the same measured-pressure source. A fitting’s RB is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends independently by size, gender and thread standard. GBD first size is female RB, which mates with O; the second is male RA, requiring a separate matching female part. GBU are female-to-female couplings; after connecting one end to O, the other needs a separate matching male part. These parts do not convert PT to G, NPT or M5, and do not authorize plugging the active sensing connection. Standard plastic push-in fittings: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. Metal BPC/BPOC/GBPC/GBPCF/GBPMF: ≤0.9 MPa. BKC/GBKC/GBD/GBU: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and threaded-adapter groups have a 0–150°C component range. These are component limits, not an extension of the DPS range; use the lower pressure and narrower temperature range of the sensor, every fitting and tube. US98A/UE95A examples are separately ordered blue 100 m metric PU coils rated 1 MPa at 23°C. US98A: −20–70°C; UE95A: −40–70°C. Match OD/ID and derate with increasing temperature within all sensor/component limits; 1 MPa is not assured throughout. Use inch tube for an inch socket, never an approximately similar metric size. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery.

  • Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1-01050G Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1-01050T - 2

    Airtac DPS series: digital pressure switch - DPSN1-01050T

    Specifications: DPSN1-01050T is an AirTAC DPS digital pressure switch with two NPN outputs, a −100 to 100 kPa measuring range, terminal plug-in connection, 5 m, and a NPT 1/8 male pressure port with an internal 10-32 UNF female thread. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download Legacy Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Technical specifications and drawings below follow the 2025 DPS catalog, printed pages 254–257. Use the 2025 download for the current drawing revision. The legacy download retains an earlier edition with superseded vibration and mounting data. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning for This Product DPS Digital pressure switch N1 Two NPN outputs Blank electrical-entry code terminal plug-in connection 01 −100 to 100 kPa 050 5 m T Male NPT 1/8; female 10-32 UNF Product Features Dual-row LCD displays measured pressure and the selected setting, with configurable red/green backlighting. Two switching outputs can each use easy, hysteresis or window-comparator operation, with normally open or normally closed selection. Selectable pressure units, display refresh time and output response delay support different machine-control requirements. The setting-lock and zero-adjustment functions are available from the front buttons. The NPN version supports the catalog’s master/slave parameter-copy function. Technical Specifications Parameter Details Working medium Non-corrosive gas Measurement range −100 to 100 kPa Withstand pressure 200 kPa Supply 12–24 VDC ±10%; supply ripple less than 10% peak-to-peak Output configuration Two NPN switching outputs Maximum applied output voltage 30 V Maximum output current 100 mA Residual output voltage Less than 1.5 V Measurement accuracy ±2% full scale ±1 digit at 25 ±3 °C Repeatability ±0.2% full scale Temperature characteristic ±3% full scale, referenced to 25 °C across 0–50 °C LCD display Dual row: 4 digits for measured pressure; 3.5 digits for the setting; red/green backlight Display update choices 100, 250, 500 or 1000 ms Response-delay choices 2, 20, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000, 2500 or 5000 ms Adjustable hysteresis 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7 or 0.8 kPa Pressure units kPa, kgf/cm², bar, psi, mmHg, inHg Operating temperature 0–50 °C Storage temperature −20 to 65 °C Relative humidity 35–80% RH, without condensation Vibration resistance — 2025 catalog 10–150 Hz; full amplitude 1.5 mm; X, Y and Z directions for 2 hours each, without power Impact resistance Maximum 100 m/s²; X, Y and Z directions, 3 times each Electrical entry terminal plug-in connection Cable option 5 m Pressure connection Male NPT 1/8; internal female 10-32 UNF Protection rating The catalog assigns IP63 only to the prewired/grommet type; no IP rating is specified here for this connector version. Electrical Connections Parameter Details Brown wire / positive supply Connect to DC supply positive within the rated supply range. Blue wire / negative supply Connect to DC supply negative. Black wire Switching output 1. White wire Switching output 2. Load connection For NPN output, connect the load between positive supply and the output; the output sinks current. Protection and restart An output load above 100 mA activates short-circuit protection. Remove the fault and restart as directed in the catalog. Display, Buttons and Menus Parameter Details A / B / C Up button / SET button / down button D / E Measured-pressure display / setting display F / G Output 1 indication / output 2 indication H / J Power-and-signal connection / pressure inlet Basic menu Hold SET for 2 seconds from measurement mode. Set the output mode, NO/NC behavior, response delay and backlight behavior. Advanced menu Hold SET for 4 seconds from measurement mode. Hold SET for 2 seconds to return to measurement mode. Backlight selection Red with output and green without output; green with output and red without output; always red; or always green. Advanced display settings Choose the lower-row setting value, blank display or unit; select display update time and hysteresis. Advanced functions Power-saving/backlight setting, backlight trigger OUT1/OUT2/AND/OR, copy setting where supported, and factory reset. Zero adjustment Press the up and down buttons together. Setting lock Up + SET locks the settings; down + SET unlocks them. LCK is displayed when a button is pressed while locked. Switching Modes Parameter Details EASY mode A single setpoint is used with the selected hysteresis. In the normal output diagram the output switches on above the setpoint plus hysteresis and off below the setpoint. HYS mode Separate upper and lower thresholds set the switching band. In the normal output diagram the output turns on above the upper threshold and off below the lower threshold. WCMP window-comparator mode The normal output diagram is active within the selected lower/upper pressure window and inactive outside it, with hysteresis at the boundaries. NO / NC selection Each output can use normally open or normally closed behavior. The selected logic determines whether the indicated switching state is inverted. NPN Parameter Copy Only the NPN type supports the copy function. With power off, connect the master and slave as shown in the catalog’s dedicated copy diagram, including the master pin 2 to slave pin 3 connection. Select CP-M for the master and CP-S for the slave, then carry out the copy sequence. Check the completion display; if copying fails, repeat the sequence. Power off before disconnecting the copy wiring and restarting normal operation. Use the connection and pin labels in the diagrams; the ordinary operating circuit and temporary copy circuit serve different purposes. The published copy diagram and normal operating circuit use different negative-wire color labels. Confirm the temporary copy wiring for the supplied unit with AirTAC before making that connection; do not infer it from the wire color alone. Mounting Accessories — Ordered Separately Parameter Details F-DPSEB Panel-mount adapter and front protective cover for terminal and prewired/grommet versions; panel-frame dimension 31 mm, tolerance +0/−0.5 mm, in both directions. F-DPSLB Mounting bracket for the DPS sensor; the 2025 drawing shows 29.6 mm upright width, 24 mm upright height, two Ø3.2 mm mounting holes and 1.6 mm plate thickness. The bracket is an installation accessory and is not included merely by ordering the sensor. Assembly sequence Assemble the front cover first, then the rear cover, as shown in the panel adapter drawing. Installation and Operating Notes Do not drop the sensor or subject it to impact. Do not apply more than 60 N tension to the cable. Tightening torque at the pressure connection must not exceed 7 N·m. Do not use corrosive or flammable gases or liquids. Keep pressure within the specified range. Turn the power off before wiring. Avoid oil and solvent splashes. Separate signal wiring from high-voltage cables and conduits. After an output fault or overload, correct the cause before restarting. Where transient pressure produces an unwanted response, select an appropriate response delay. Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions are in millimeters. The D version’s bottom feature is its electrical connector; the pressure connection remains the threaded connection shown at the rear. Mounting accessories are ordered separately. Parameter Details Sensor face 30 × 30 mm Body depth 28.6 mm Overall depth including pressure connection 47.6 mm Pressure-connection local length 7 mm Mounting threads 2 × M3 Mounting-hole spacing callout 20 mm Rear-view local offset 12 mm Pressure thread Male NPT 1/8; female 10-32 UNF For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Estimated Weight Approximate engineering estimate: 148 g, excluding packaging. The calculation uses 43 g for the sensor body, an effective four-core lead allowance of 21 g/m for 5 m, and 0 g for an additional M8 connector, which is not part of this option. The lead allowance comes from a published 85 g versus 43 g comparison for a 2 m lead assembly on a similarly sized pressure switch; it is an allocated reference including that lead assembly’s connector, not a published AirTAC cable density. These are cross-model weight estimates, not AirTAC catalog or measured weights. Housing, connector, cable and thread differences are not individually weighed. No compatibility or technical equivalence is implied. Brackets, separately ordered extension cables and packaging are excluded. Optional Piping Accessories O = the rear sensing boss’s external male NPT1/8; use an exact matching female connection. I = the same boss’s internal female 10-32UNF; use an exact matching male connection. O and I are alternative ways to connect one measured-pressure source: select one, not both. They are not flow-through inlet/outlet or pilot ports. The separate M3 mounting holes are not pneumatic connections. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): NBD male–female; NBKC straight locknut connector; NBPC metal male straight connector; NBPCF metal female straight connector; NBPMF metal female bulkhead connector; NBU double female straight coupling; NPC male straight connector; NPCF female straight connector; NPEB male branch tee; NPED male run tee; NPH male banjo elbow; NPHF male/female branch banjo fitting; NPL male elbow; NPLF female elbow; NPLL extended male elbow; NPMF female bulkhead connector; NPYB male branch Y; NUE polyurethane tube. Use Size / complete codes O (discontinued) male NPT1/2 ↔ female NPT1/8: NBD1/8-1/2male NPT1/4 ↔ female NPT1/8: NBD1/8-1/4male NPT3/8 ↔ female NPT1/8: NBD1/8-3/8NPT1/8 female / 1/4 inch OD: NBPCF1/4-1/8,NBPMF1/4-1/8NPT1/8 female / 5/16 inch OD: NBPCF5/16-1/8,NBPMF5/16-1/8NPT1/8 female / 5/32 inch OD: NBPCF5/32-1/8,NBPMF5/32-1/8NPT1/8 female / NPT1/8 female: NBU1/8-1/81/4 in; male RA NPT1/8 / female RB NPT1/8: NPHF1/4-1/85/16 in; male RA NPT1/8 / female RB NPT1/8: NPHF5/16-1/85/32 in; male RA NPT1/8 / female RB NPT1/8: NPHF5/32-1/8 I (discontinued) 5/32 × 3/32 in; male #10-32UNF: NBKC5/32-3/32-U101/4 in; male #10-32UNF: NBPC1/4-U10,NPH1/4-U10,NPLL1/4-U105/32 in; male #10-32UNF: NBPC5/32-U10,NPH5/32-U10,NPLL5/32-U101/4 in tube socket; male RA #10-32UNF / female RB #10-32UNF: NPHF1/4-U105/32 in tube socket; male RA #10-32UNF / female RB #10-32UNF: NPHF5/32-U10 I 1/4 in; male #10-32UNF: NPC1/4-U10,NPL1/4-U101/8 in; male #10-32UNF: NPC1/8-U10,NPL1/8-U105/32 in; male #10-32UNF: NPC5/32-U10,NPL5/32-U102 × 1/4 in tube sockets; male #10-32UNF: NPEB1/4-U10,NPED1/4-U10,NPYB1/4-U102 × 5/32 in tube sockets; male #10-32UNF: NPEB5/32-U10,NPED5/32-U10,NPYB5/32-U10 O NPT1/8 female / 1/4 inch OD: NPCF1/4-1/8,NPLF1/4-1/8,NPMF1/4-1/8NPT1/8 female / 3/8 inch OD: NPCF3/8-1/8,NPLF3/8-1/8,NPMF3/8-1/8NPT1/8 female / 5/16 inch OD: NPCF5/16-1/8,NPLF5/16-1/8,NPMF5/16-1/8NPT1/8 female / 5/32 inch OD: NPCF5/32-1/8,NPLF5/32-1/8,NPMF5/32-1/8 I,O 5/32 × 3/32 in: NUE95A5/32X3/32-100BK,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100BR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100BU,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100C,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CB,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CG,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CY,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100GA,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100GE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100GN,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100R,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100WH,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100Y,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250BK,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250BR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250BU,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250C,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CB,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CG,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CY,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250GA,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250GE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250GN,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250R,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250WH,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250Y,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500BK,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500BR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500BU,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500C,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CB,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CG,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CY,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500GA,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500GE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500GN,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500R,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500WH,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500Y These passive connections and tubes are optional and ordered separately for a clean compressed-air pressure-sensing line. Select either O or I at the single rear sensing boss. Do not connect separate pressure sources to O and I, use the sensor as a through-flow device, or assign either connection as a pilot or exhaust port. Keep every branch of a selected fitting on the same measured-pressure source. The positive-pressure limit for this DPS range is 0.1 MPa; operate the sensor and complete connection path within 0–50°C and every stricter fitting or tube limit. Its 0.2 MPa withstand pressure is not a working rating. These accessory selections cover positive-pressure air only. The sensor’s negative-pressure measurement range does not establish vacuum suitability of the assembled fittings, seals and tubing; verify the entire path before vacuum service. Do not use liquids or corrosive or flammable gases. Other non-corrosive gases require confirmed sensor and complete-path material and application compatibility and are outside these air selections. Match exact thread standard, size and opposite gender. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket and check engagement, sealing, clearance, tool access and support without obstructing the sensing passage. Follow the sensor’s original installation instructions, including the 7 N·m pressure-connection ceiling, and any lower fitting-specific torque; 7 N·m is not a tightening target for every fitting. Depressurize before disconnecting. Match tube OD and, for compression fittings, OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use the specified soft nylon/PU tube and check full insertion, seating and bends. Support tubing and fittings so their loads do not twist the sensor. Put the compression cap over the tube, seat the tube in the body and tighten the cap as specified; loosen it before removal and use a wrench on the body’s hex flats. NPCF/NPLF/NPMF/NBPCF/NBPMF have female pneumatic threads for the external male O connection; their tube sockets are separate connections. On NPMF/NBPMF bulkhead fittings, panel-mounting threads and retaining nuts are not pneumatic ports. Check panel thickness, washer/nut seating and support. NPHF fittings have male RA, female RB and a separate tube socket. For role I, the fitting’s male RA mates with the sensor’s internal female thread; for role O, the fitting’s female RB mates with the sensor’s external male thread. Use only the role and exact end size listed for that code. Connect the remaining threaded end to its own matching opposite-gender part and seal, keeping it on the same measured-pressure source. A fitting’s RB is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends independently by size, gender and thread standard. NBD first size is female RB, which mates with O; the second is male RA, requiring a separate matching female part. NBU are female-to-female couplings; after connecting one end to O, the other needs a separate matching male part. These parts do not convert PT to G, NPT or M5, and do not authorize plugging the active sensing connection. Standard plastic push-in fittings: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. NBPC/NBPCF/NBPMF/NBKC/NBD/NBU: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and threaded-adapter groups have a 0–150°C component range. These are component limits, not an extension of the DPS range; use the lower pressure and narrower temperature range of the sensor, every fitting and tube. U10 means male #10-32UNF for the internal I connection; it is neither M5 nor tapered NPT. Use the fitting’s specified gasket or confirmed sealing arrangement. The listed U10 plastic fittings and NBPC are rated 0–1 MPa with 1.5 MPa proof pressure; NBKC is rated 0–1 MPa with 3 MPa proof pressure. Their published 10 Torr (−750 mmHg) negative-pressure value is a component rating, not validation of the complete sensing assembly or its tubing under vacuum. Proof pressure is not working pressure. NBKC5/32-3/32-U10 specifies 5/32 in OD × 3/32 in ID in its complete model and dimension row. An ordering-matrix ID entry differs; confirm the 3/32 in ID and sealing arrangement with the supplier before selecting the tube. Do not substitute an inferred 5/32 in ID model. Each NPEB, NPYB or NPED U10 fitting has two sockets of the stated equal OD; both remain on the selected pressure-sensing line. The listed NUE95A tubes serve either O or I only through a listed exact 5/32 in OD connection, according to that code’s assigned role. They do not connect directly to a sensor thread. Match a compression connection’s ID as well. Do not substitute 4 mm, 3.2 mm, 3 mm or 1/8 in OD tube. NUE95A5/32X3/32 is ether-based PU, Shore A95±2, with 5/32 in OD × 3/32 in ID and 1/32 in wall. Working pressure is 145 psi at 73°F; 363 psi is burst pressure, not a working rating. Temperature range: −40–158°F; minimum bend radius: 8 mm. Derate with increasing temperature and obey every stricter sensor, fitting and tube limit. In NUE codes, 100/250/500 after the hyphen are coil lengths in feet, not metres. Colours: BU blue, BK black, GE orange, C clear, WH white, CB clear blue, R red, Y yellow, GA gray, GN green, BR brown, CR clear red, CG clear green, CY clear yellow, CE clear orange. Match the complete length-and-colour code. Current lifecycle and supply of these catalog-listed tubes are unverified; confirm the exact item or an approved replacement before ordering. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery.

  • Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1-01050G Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1-01050 - 2

    Airtac DPS series: digital pressure switch - DPSN1-01050

    Specifications: DPSN1-01050 is an AirTAC DPS digital pressure switch with two NPN outputs, a −100 to 100 kPa measuring range, terminal plug-in connection, 5 m, and a PT 1/8 male pressure port with an internal M5 female thread. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download Legacy Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Technical specifications and drawings below follow the 2025 DPS catalog, printed pages 254–257. Use the 2025 download for the current drawing revision. The legacy download retains an earlier edition with superseded vibration and mounting data. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning for This Product DPS Digital pressure switch N1 Two NPN outputs Blank electrical-entry code terminal plug-in connection 01 −100 to 100 kPa 050 5 m Blank thread code Male PT 1/8; female M5 Product Features Dual-row LCD displays measured pressure and the selected setting, with configurable red/green backlighting. Two switching outputs can each use easy, hysteresis or window-comparator operation, with normally open or normally closed selection. Selectable pressure units, display refresh time and output response delay support different machine-control requirements. The setting-lock and zero-adjustment functions are available from the front buttons. The NPN version supports the catalog’s master/slave parameter-copy function. Technical Specifications Parameter Details Working medium Non-corrosive gas Measurement range −100 to 100 kPa Withstand pressure 200 kPa Supply 12–24 VDC ±10%; supply ripple less than 10% peak-to-peak Output configuration Two NPN switching outputs Maximum applied output voltage 30 V Maximum output current 100 mA Residual output voltage Less than 1.5 V Measurement accuracy ±2% full scale ±1 digit at 25 ±3 °C Repeatability ±0.2% full scale Temperature characteristic ±3% full scale, referenced to 25 °C across 0–50 °C LCD display Dual row: 4 digits for measured pressure; 3.5 digits for the setting; red/green backlight Display update choices 100, 250, 500 or 1000 ms Response-delay choices 2, 20, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000, 2500 or 5000 ms Adjustable hysteresis 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7 or 0.8 kPa Pressure units kPa, kgf/cm², bar, psi, mmHg, inHg Operating temperature 0–50 °C Storage temperature −20 to 65 °C Relative humidity 35–80% RH, without condensation Vibration resistance — 2025 catalog 10–150 Hz; full amplitude 1.5 mm; X, Y and Z directions for 2 hours each, without power Impact resistance Maximum 100 m/s²; X, Y and Z directions, 3 times each Electrical entry terminal plug-in connection Cable option 5 m Pressure connection Male PT 1/8; internal female M5 Protection rating The catalog assigns IP63 only to the prewired/grommet type; no IP rating is specified here for this connector version. Electrical Connections Parameter Details Brown wire / positive supply Connect to DC supply positive within the rated supply range. Blue wire / negative supply Connect to DC supply negative. Black wire Switching output 1. White wire Switching output 2. Load connection For NPN output, connect the load between positive supply and the output; the output sinks current. Protection and restart An output load above 100 mA activates short-circuit protection. Remove the fault and restart as directed in the catalog. Display, Buttons and Menus Parameter Details A / B / C Up button / SET button / down button D / E Measured-pressure display / setting display F / G Output 1 indication / output 2 indication H / J Power-and-signal connection / pressure inlet Basic menu Hold SET for 2 seconds from measurement mode. Set the output mode, NO/NC behavior, response delay and backlight behavior. Advanced menu Hold SET for 4 seconds from measurement mode. Hold SET for 2 seconds to return to measurement mode. Backlight selection Red with output and green without output; green with output and red without output; always red; or always green. Advanced display settings Choose the lower-row setting value, blank display or unit; select display update time and hysteresis. Advanced functions Power-saving/backlight setting, backlight trigger OUT1/OUT2/AND/OR, copy setting where supported, and factory reset. Zero adjustment Press the up and down buttons together. Setting lock Up + SET locks the settings; down + SET unlocks them. LCK is displayed when a button is pressed while locked. Switching Modes Parameter Details EASY mode A single setpoint is used with the selected hysteresis. In the normal output diagram the output switches on above the setpoint plus hysteresis and off below the setpoint. HYS mode Separate upper and lower thresholds set the switching band. In the normal output diagram the output turns on above the upper threshold and off below the lower threshold. WCMP window-comparator mode The normal output diagram is active within the selected lower/upper pressure window and inactive outside it, with hysteresis at the boundaries. NO / NC selection Each output can use normally open or normally closed behavior. The selected logic determines whether the indicated switching state is inverted. NPN Parameter Copy Only the NPN type supports the copy function. With power off, connect the master and slave as shown in the catalog’s dedicated copy diagram, including the master pin 2 to slave pin 3 connection. Select CP-M for the master and CP-S for the slave, then carry out the copy sequence. Check the completion display; if copying fails, repeat the sequence. Power off before disconnecting the copy wiring and restarting normal operation. Use the connection and pin labels in the diagrams; the ordinary operating circuit and temporary copy circuit serve different purposes. The published copy diagram and normal operating circuit use different negative-wire color labels. Confirm the temporary copy wiring for the supplied unit with AirTAC before making that connection; do not infer it from the wire color alone. Mounting Accessories — Ordered Separately Parameter Details F-DPSEB Panel-mount adapter and front protective cover for terminal and prewired/grommet versions; panel-frame dimension 31 mm, tolerance +0/−0.5 mm, in both directions. F-DPSLB Mounting bracket for the DPS sensor; the 2025 drawing shows 29.6 mm upright width, 24 mm upright height, two Ø3.2 mm mounting holes and 1.6 mm plate thickness. The bracket is an installation accessory and is not included merely by ordering the sensor. Assembly sequence Assemble the front cover first, then the rear cover, as shown in the panel adapter drawing. Installation and Operating Notes Do not drop the sensor or subject it to impact. Do not apply more than 60 N tension to the cable. Tightening torque at the pressure connection must not exceed 7 N·m. Do not use corrosive or flammable gases or liquids. Keep pressure within the specified range. Turn the power off before wiring. Avoid oil and solvent splashes. Separate signal wiring from high-voltage cables and conduits. After an output fault or overload, correct the cause before restarting. Where transient pressure produces an unwanted response, select an appropriate response delay. Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions are in millimeters. The D version’s bottom feature is its electrical connector; the pressure connection remains the threaded connection shown at the rear. Mounting accessories are ordered separately. Parameter Details Sensor face 30 × 30 mm Body depth 28.6 mm Overall depth including pressure connection 47.6 mm Pressure-connection local length 7 mm Mounting threads 2 × M3 Mounting-hole spacing callout 20 mm Rear-view local offset 12 mm Pressure thread Male PT 1/8; female M5 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Estimated Weight Approximate engineering estimate: 148 g, excluding packaging. The calculation uses 43 g for the sensor body, an effective four-core lead allowance of 21 g/m for 5 m, and 0 g for an additional M8 connector, which is not part of this option. The lead allowance comes from a published 85 g versus 43 g comparison for a 2 m lead assembly on a similarly sized pressure switch; it is an allocated reference including that lead assembly’s connector, not a published AirTAC cable density. These are cross-model weight estimates, not AirTAC catalog or measured weights. Housing, connector, cable and thread differences are not individually weighed. No compatibility or technical equivalence is implied. Brackets, separately ordered extension cables and packaging are excluded. Optional Piping Accessories O = the rear sensing boss’s external male PT1/8; use an exact matching female connection. I = the same boss’s internal female M5; use an exact matching male connection. O and I are alternative ways to connect one measured-pressure source: select one, not both. They are not flow-through inlet/outlet or pilot ports. The separate M3 mounting holes are not pneumatic connections. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): BD male–female; BKC/GBKC compression fitting; BPC/GBPC metal straight; BPCF metal female straight connector; BPMF metal female bulkhead connector; BPOC metal straight; BU double female straight coupling; GPC/PC straight; GPEB/PEB branch tee; GPED/PED run tee; GPH/PH banjo elbow; GPHF/PHF female branch banjo; GPL/PL elbow; GPLL/PLL extended elbow; GPYB/PYB Y; PCF female straight connector; PLF female elbow; PMF female bulkhead connector; POC round straight; UE PU tube; US PU tube. Use Size / complete codes O male PT1/4 ↔ female PT1/8: BD0102,BD0102-Smale PT3/8 ↔ female PT1/8: BD0103,BD0103-Smale PT1/2 ↔ female PT1/8: BD0104,BD0104-SPT1/8 female / 4 OD: BPCF401,BPMF401,PCF401,PCF401D,PLF401,PLF401D,PMF401,PMF401DPT1/8 female / 6 OD: BPCF601,BPMF601,PCF601,PCF601D,PLF601,PLF601D,PMF601,PMF601DPT1/8 female / 8 OD: BPCF801,BPMF801,PCF801,PCF801D,PLF801,PLF801D,PMF801,PMF801DPT1/8 female / PT1/8 female: BU0101,BU0101-SPT1/8 female / 10 OD: PCF1001,PCF1001D,PLF1001,PLF1001D,PMF1001,PMF1001D4; male RA PT1/8 / female RB PT1/8: PHF401,PHF401-S,PHF401D,PHF401D-S6; male RA PT1/8 / female RB PT1/8: PHF601,PHF601-S,PHF601D,PHF601D-S8; male RA PT1/8 / female RB PT1/8: PHF801,PHF801-S,PHF801D,PHF801D-S8 × 5: UE95A080050100MBU,US98A080050100MBU10 × 6.5: UE95A100065100MBU,US98A100065100MBU I 4 × 2.5: BKC0425-M5,BKC0425-M5-S,GBKC0425-M54: BPC4M5,BPOC4M5,GBPC4M5,GPC4M5-M,GPC4M5D-M,GPEB4M5,GPEB4M5D,GPED4M5,GPED4M5D,GPH4M5,GPH4M5D,GPL4M5,GPL4M5-M,GPL4M5D,GPL4M5D-M,GPLL4M5,GPLL4M5D,GPYB4M5,GPYB4M5D,PC4M5,PC4M5-M,PC4M5-S,PC4M5D,PC4M5D-M,PC4M5D-S,PEB4M5,PEB4M5-S,PEB4M5D,PEB4M5D-S,PED4M5,PED4M5-S,PED4M5D,PED4M5D-S,PH4M5,PH4M5-S,PH4M5D,PH4M5D-S,PL4M5,PL4M5-M,PL4M5-S,PL4M5D,PL4M5D-M,PL4M5D-S,PLL4M5,PLL4M5-S,PLL4M5D,PLL4M5D-S,POC4M5,POC4M5-S,POC4M5D,POC4M5D-S,PYB4M5,PYB4M5-S,PYB4M5D,PYB4M5D-S6: BPC6M5,BPOC6M5,GBPC6M5,GPC6M5,GPC6M5-M,GPC6M5D,GPC6M5D-M,GPEB6M5,GPEB6M5D,GPED6M5,GPED6M5D,GPH6M5,GPH6M5D,GPL6M5,GPL6M5-M,GPL6M5D,GPL6M5D-M,GPLL6M5,GPLL6M5D,GPYB6M5,GPYB6M5D,PC6M5,PC6M5-M,PC6M5-S,PC6M5D,PC6M5D-M,PC6M5D-S,PEB6M5,PEB6M5-S,PEB6M5D,PEB6M5D-S,PED6M5,PED6M5-S,PED6M5D,PED6M5D-S,PH6M5,PH6M5-S,PH6M5D,PH6M5D-S,PL6M5,PL6M5-M,PL6M5-S,PL6M5D,PL6M5D-M,PL6M5D-S,PLL6M5,PLL6M5-S,PLL6M5D,PLL6M5D-S,POC6M5,POC6M5-S,POC6M5D,POC6M5D-S,PYB6M5,PYB6M5-S,PYB6M5D,PYB6M5D-S3.2: GPC3.2M5-M,GPC3.2M5D-M,GPL3.2M5-M,GPL3.2M5D-M,PC3.2M5-M,PC3.2M5D-M,PL3.2M5-M,PL3.2M5D-M4; male RA M5 × 0.8 / female RB M5 × 0.8: GPHF4M5,GPHF4M5D,PHF4M5,PHF4M5-S,PHF4M5D,PHF4M5D-S6; male RA M5 × 0.8 / female RB M5 × 0.8: GPHF6M5,GPHF6M5D,PHF6M5,PHF6M5-S,PHF6M5D,PHF6M5D-S3.2 × 2: UE95A032020100MBU,US98A032020100MBU I,O 4 × 2.5: UE95A040025100MBU,US98A040025100MBU6 × 4: UE95A060040100MBU,US98A060040100MBU These passive connections and tubes are optional and ordered separately for a clean compressed-air pressure-sensing line. Select either O or I at the single rear sensing boss. Do not connect separate pressure sources to O and I, use the sensor as a through-flow device, or assign either connection as a pilot or exhaust port. Keep every branch of a selected fitting on the same measured-pressure source. The positive-pressure limit for this DPS range is 0.1 MPa; operate the sensor and complete connection path within 0–50°C and every stricter fitting or tube limit. Its 0.2 MPa withstand pressure is not a working rating. These accessory selections cover positive-pressure air only. The sensor’s negative-pressure measurement range does not establish vacuum suitability of the assembled fittings, seals and tubing; verify the entire path before vacuum service. Do not use liquids or corrosive or flammable gases. Other non-corrosive gases require confirmed sensor and complete-path material and application compatibility and are outside these air selections. Match exact thread standard, size and opposite gender. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket and check engagement, sealing, clearance, tool access and support without obstructing the sensing passage. Follow the sensor’s original installation instructions, including the 7 N·m pressure-connection ceiling, and any lower fitting-specific torque; 7 N·m is not a tightening target for every fitting. Depressurize before disconnecting. Match tube OD and, for compression fittings, OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use the specified soft nylon/PU tube and check full insertion, seating and bends. Support tubing and fittings so their loads do not twist the sensor. Put the compression cap over the tube, seat the tube in the body and tighten the cap as specified; loosen it before removal and use a wrench on the body’s hex flats. For the listed metric male fittings, D identifies black catalog-specified plastic parts instead of the blank grey option. -M denotes the miniature version; -S identifies the specified stainless-steel 304 parts only. Use the exact complete code and its stated geometry; these suffixes do not apply to every family. PCF/PLF/PMF/BPCF/BPMF have female pneumatic threads for the external male O connection; their tube sockets are separate connections. On PMF/BPMF bulkhead fittings, panel-mounting threads and retaining nuts are not pneumatic ports. Check panel thickness, washer/nut seating and support. For PCF/PMF, D specifies a black release button (blank: grey). For PLF, D specifies a black release button and body (blank: grey). These D options do not apply to the listed metal or N-prefixed female fittings. PHF/GPHF fittings have male RA, female RB and a separate tube socket. For role I, the fitting’s male RA mates with the sensor’s internal female thread; for role O, the fitting’s female RB mates with the sensor’s external male thread. Use only the role and exact end size listed for that code. Connect the remaining threaded end to its own matching opposite-gender part and seal, keeping it on the same measured-pressure source. A fitting’s RB is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends independently by size, gender and thread standard. BD first size is female RB, which mates with O; the second is male RA, requiring a separate matching female part. BU are female-to-female couplings; after connecting one end to O, the other needs a separate matching male part. These parts do not convert PT to G, NPT or M5, and do not authorize plugging the active sensing connection. Standard plastic push-in fittings: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. Metal BPC/BPOC/BPCF/BPMF/GBPC: ≤0.9 MPa. BKC/GBKC/BD/BU: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and threaded-adapter groups have a 0–150°C component range. These are component limits, not an extension of the DPS range; use the lower pressure and narrower temperature range of the sensor, every fitting and tube. US98A/UE95A examples are separately ordered blue 100 m metric PU coils rated 1 MPa at 23°C. US98A: −20–70°C; UE95A: −40–70°C. Match OD/ID and derate with increasing temperature within all sensor/component limits; 1 MPa is not assured throughout. Use inch tube for an inch socket, never an approximately similar metric size. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery.

  • Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1-01030G Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1-01030G - 2

    Airtac DPS series: digital pressure switch - DPSN1-01030G

    Specifications: DPSN1-01030G is an AirTAC DPS digital pressure switch with two NPN outputs, a −100 to 100 kPa measuring range, terminal plug-in connection, 3 m, and a G 1/8 male pressure port with an internal M5 female thread. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download Legacy Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Technical specifications and drawings below follow the 2025 DPS catalog, printed pages 254–257. Use the 2025 download for the current drawing revision. The legacy download retains an earlier edition with superseded vibration and mounting data. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning for This Product DPS Digital pressure switch N1 Two NPN outputs Blank electrical-entry code terminal plug-in connection 01 −100 to 100 kPa 030 3 m G Male G 1/8; female M5 Product Features Dual-row LCD displays measured pressure and the selected setting, with configurable red/green backlighting. Two switching outputs can each use easy, hysteresis or window-comparator operation, with normally open or normally closed selection. Selectable pressure units, display refresh time and output response delay support different machine-control requirements. The setting-lock and zero-adjustment functions are available from the front buttons. The NPN version supports the catalog’s master/slave parameter-copy function. Technical Specifications Parameter Details Working medium Non-corrosive gas Measurement range −100 to 100 kPa Withstand pressure 200 kPa Supply 12–24 VDC ±10%; supply ripple less than 10% peak-to-peak Output configuration Two NPN switching outputs Maximum applied output voltage 30 V Maximum output current 100 mA Residual output voltage Less than 1.5 V Measurement accuracy ±2% full scale ±1 digit at 25 ±3 °C Repeatability ±0.2% full scale Temperature characteristic ±3% full scale, referenced to 25 °C across 0–50 °C LCD display Dual row: 4 digits for measured pressure; 3.5 digits for the setting; red/green backlight Display update choices 100, 250, 500 or 1000 ms Response-delay choices 2, 20, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000, 2500 or 5000 ms Adjustable hysteresis 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7 or 0.8 kPa Pressure units kPa, kgf/cm², bar, psi, mmHg, inHg Operating temperature 0–50 °C Storage temperature −20 to 65 °C Relative humidity 35–80% RH, without condensation Vibration resistance — 2025 catalog 10–150 Hz; full amplitude 1.5 mm; X, Y and Z directions for 2 hours each, without power Impact resistance Maximum 100 m/s²; X, Y and Z directions, 3 times each Electrical entry terminal plug-in connection Cable option 3 m Pressure connection Male G 1/8; internal female M5 Protection rating The catalog assigns IP63 only to the prewired/grommet type; no IP rating is specified here for this connector version. Electrical Connections Parameter Details Brown wire / positive supply Connect to DC supply positive within the rated supply range. Blue wire / negative supply Connect to DC supply negative. Black wire Switching output 1. White wire Switching output 2. Load connection For NPN output, connect the load between positive supply and the output; the output sinks current. Protection and restart An output load above 100 mA activates short-circuit protection. Remove the fault and restart as directed in the catalog. Display, Buttons and Menus Parameter Details A / B / C Up button / SET button / down button D / E Measured-pressure display / setting display F / G Output 1 indication / output 2 indication H / J Power-and-signal connection / pressure inlet Basic menu Hold SET for 2 seconds from measurement mode. Set the output mode, NO/NC behavior, response delay and backlight behavior. Advanced menu Hold SET for 4 seconds from measurement mode. Hold SET for 2 seconds to return to measurement mode. Backlight selection Red with output and green without output; green with output and red without output; always red; or always green. Advanced display settings Choose the lower-row setting value, blank display or unit; select display update time and hysteresis. Advanced functions Power-saving/backlight setting, backlight trigger OUT1/OUT2/AND/OR, copy setting where supported, and factory reset. Zero adjustment Press the up and down buttons together. Setting lock Up + SET locks the settings; down + SET unlocks them. LCK is displayed when a button is pressed while locked. Switching Modes Parameter Details EASY mode A single setpoint is used with the selected hysteresis. In the normal output diagram the output switches on above the setpoint plus hysteresis and off below the setpoint. HYS mode Separate upper and lower thresholds set the switching band. In the normal output diagram the output turns on above the upper threshold and off below the lower threshold. WCMP window-comparator mode The normal output diagram is active within the selected lower/upper pressure window and inactive outside it, with hysteresis at the boundaries. NO / NC selection Each output can use normally open or normally closed behavior. The selected logic determines whether the indicated switching state is inverted. NPN Parameter Copy Only the NPN type supports the copy function. With power off, connect the master and slave as shown in the catalog’s dedicated copy diagram, including the master pin 2 to slave pin 3 connection. Select CP-M for the master and CP-S for the slave, then carry out the copy sequence. Check the completion display; if copying fails, repeat the sequence. Power off before disconnecting the copy wiring and restarting normal operation. Use the connection and pin labels in the diagrams; the ordinary operating circuit and temporary copy circuit serve different purposes. The published copy diagram and normal operating circuit use different negative-wire color labels. Confirm the temporary copy wiring for the supplied unit with AirTAC before making that connection; do not infer it from the wire color alone. Mounting Accessories — Ordered Separately Parameter Details F-DPSEB Panel-mount adapter and front protective cover for terminal and prewired/grommet versions; panel-frame dimension 31 mm, tolerance +0/−0.5 mm, in both directions. F-DPSLB Mounting bracket for the DPS sensor; the 2025 drawing shows 29.6 mm upright width, 24 mm upright height, two Ø3.2 mm mounting holes and 1.6 mm plate thickness. The bracket is an installation accessory and is not included merely by ordering the sensor. Assembly sequence Assemble the front cover first, then the rear cover, as shown in the panel adapter drawing. Installation and Operating Notes Do not drop the sensor or subject it to impact. Do not apply more than 60 N tension to the cable. Tightening torque at the pressure connection must not exceed 7 N·m. Do not use corrosive or flammable gases or liquids. Keep pressure within the specified range. Turn the power off before wiring. Avoid oil and solvent splashes. Separate signal wiring from high-voltage cables and conduits. After an output fault or overload, correct the cause before restarting. Where transient pressure produces an unwanted response, select an appropriate response delay. Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions are in millimeters. The D version’s bottom feature is its electrical connector; the pressure connection remains the threaded connection shown at the rear. Mounting accessories are ordered separately. Parameter Details Sensor face 30 × 30 mm Body depth 28.6 mm Overall depth including pressure connection 47.6 mm Pressure-connection local length 7 mm Mounting threads 2 × M3 Mounting-hole spacing callout 20 mm Rear-view local offset 12 mm Pressure thread Male G 1/8; female M5 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Estimated Weight Approximate engineering estimate: 106 g, excluding packaging. The calculation uses 43 g for the sensor body, an effective four-core lead allowance of 21 g/m for 3 m, and 0 g for an additional M8 connector, which is not part of this option. The lead allowance comes from a published 85 g versus 43 g comparison for a 2 m lead assembly on a similarly sized pressure switch; it is an allocated reference including that lead assembly’s connector, not a published AirTAC cable density. These are cross-model weight estimates, not AirTAC catalog or measured weights. Housing, connector, cable and thread differences are not individually weighed. No compatibility or technical equivalence is implied. Brackets, separately ordered extension cables and packaging are excluded. Optional Piping Accessories O = the rear sensing boss’s external male G1/8; use an exact matching female connection. I = the same boss’s internal female M5; use an exact matching male connection. O and I are alternative ways to connect one measured-pressure source: select one, not both. They are not flow-through inlet/outlet or pilot ports. The separate M3 mounting holes are not pneumatic connections. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): BKC/GBKC compression fitting; BPC/GBPC metal straight; BPOC metal straight; GBD male–female; GBPCF metal female straight connector; GBPMF metal female bulkhead connector; GBU double female straight coupling; GPC/PC straight; GPCF female straight connector; GPEB/PEB branch tee; GPED/PED run tee; GPH/PH banjo elbow; GPHF/PHF female branch banjo; GPL/PL elbow; GPLF female elbow; GPLL/PLL extended elbow; GPMF female bulkhead connector; GPYB/PYB Y; POC round straight; UE PU tube; US PU tube. Use Size / complete codes I 4 × 2.5: BKC0425-M5,BKC0425-M5-S,GBKC0425-M54: BPC4M5,BPOC4M5,GBPC4M5,GPC4M5-M,GPC4M5D-M,GPEB4M5,GPEB4M5D,GPED4M5,GPED4M5D,GPH4M5,GPH4M5D,GPL4M5,GPL4M5-M,GPL4M5D,GPL4M5D-M,GPLL4M5,GPLL4M5D,GPYB4M5,GPYB4M5D,PC4M5,PC4M5-M,PC4M5-S,PC4M5D,PC4M5D-M,PC4M5D-S,PEB4M5,PEB4M5-S,PEB4M5D,PEB4M5D-S,PED4M5,PED4M5-S,PED4M5D,PED4M5D-S,PH4M5,PH4M5-S,PH4M5D,PH4M5D-S,PL4M5,PL4M5-M,PL4M5-S,PL4M5D,PL4M5D-M,PL4M5D-S,PLL4M5,PLL4M5-S,PLL4M5D,PLL4M5D-S,POC4M5,POC4M5-S,POC4M5D,POC4M5D-S,PYB4M5,PYB4M5-S,PYB4M5D,PYB4M5D-S6: BPC6M5,BPOC6M5,GBPC6M5,GPC6M5,GPC6M5-M,GPC6M5D,GPC6M5D-M,GPEB6M5,GPEB6M5D,GPED6M5,GPED6M5D,GPH6M5,GPH6M5D,GPL6M5,GPL6M5-M,GPL6M5D,GPL6M5D-M,GPLL6M5,GPLL6M5D,GPYB6M5,GPYB6M5D,PC6M5,PC6M5-M,PC6M5-S,PC6M5D,PC6M5D-M,PC6M5D-S,PEB6M5,PEB6M5-S,PEB6M5D,PEB6M5D-S,PED6M5,PED6M5-S,PED6M5D,PED6M5D-S,PH6M5,PH6M5-S,PH6M5D,PH6M5D-S,PL6M5,PL6M5-M,PL6M5-S,PL6M5D,PL6M5D-M,PL6M5D-S,PLL6M5,PLL6M5-S,PLL6M5D,PLL6M5D-S,POC6M5,POC6M5-S,POC6M5D,POC6M5D-S,PYB6M5,PYB6M5-S,PYB6M5D,PYB6M5D-S3.2: GPC3.2M5-M,GPC3.2M5D-M,GPL3.2M5-M,GPL3.2M5D-M,PC3.2M5-M,PC3.2M5D-M,PL3.2M5-M,PL3.2M5D-M4; male RA M5 × 0.8 / female RB M5 × 0.8: GPHF4M5,GPHF4M5D,PHF4M5,PHF4M5-S,PHF4M5D,PHF4M5D-S6; male RA M5 × 0.8 / female RB M5 × 0.8: GPHF6M5,GPHF6M5D,PHF6M5,PHF6M5-S,PHF6M5D,PHF6M5D-S3.2 × 2: UE95A032020100MBU,US98A032020100MBU O male G1/4 ↔ female G1/8: GBD0102male G3/8 ↔ female G1/8: GBD0103male G1/2 ↔ female G1/8: GBD0104G1/8 female / 4 OD: GBPCF401,GBPMF401,GPCF401,GPCF401D,GPLF401,GPLF401D,GPMF401,GPMF401DG1/8 female / 6 OD: GBPCF601,GBPMF601,GPCF601,GPCF601D,GPLF601,GPLF601D,GPMF601,GPMF601DG1/8 female / 8 OD: GBPCF801,GBPMF801,GPCF801,GPCF801D,GPLF801,GPLF801D,GPMF801,GPMF801DG1/8 female / G1/8 female: GBU0101G1/8 female / 10 OD: GPCF1001,GPCF1001D,GPLF1001,GPLF1001D,GPMF1001,GPMF1001D4; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF401,GPHF401D6; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF601,GPHF601D8; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF801,GPHF801D8 × 5: UE95A080050100MBU,US98A080050100MBU10 × 6.5: UE95A100065100MBU,US98A100065100MBU I,O 4 × 2.5: UE95A040025100MBU,US98A040025100MBU6 × 4: UE95A060040100MBU,US98A060040100MBU These passive connections and tubes are optional and ordered separately for a clean compressed-air pressure-sensing line. Select either O or I at the single rear sensing boss. Do not connect separate pressure sources to O and I, use the sensor as a through-flow device, or assign either connection as a pilot or exhaust port. Keep every branch of a selected fitting on the same measured-pressure source. The positive-pressure limit for this DPS range is 0.1 MPa; operate the sensor and complete connection path within 0–50°C and every stricter fitting or tube limit. Its 0.2 MPa withstand pressure is not a working rating. These accessory selections cover positive-pressure air only. The sensor’s negative-pressure measurement range does not establish vacuum suitability of the assembled fittings, seals and tubing; verify the entire path before vacuum service. Do not use liquids or corrosive or flammable gases. Other non-corrosive gases require confirmed sensor and complete-path material and application compatibility and are outside these air selections. Match exact thread standard, size and opposite gender. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket and check engagement, sealing, clearance, tool access and support without obstructing the sensing passage. Follow the sensor’s original installation instructions, including the 7 N·m pressure-connection ceiling, and any lower fitting-specific torque; 7 N·m is not a tightening target for every fitting. Depressurize before disconnecting. Match tube OD and, for compression fittings, OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use the specified soft nylon/PU tube and check full insertion, seating and bends. Support tubing and fittings so their loads do not twist the sensor. Put the compression cap over the tube, seat the tube in the body and tighten the cap as specified; loosen it before removal and use a wrench on the body’s hex flats. For the listed metric male fittings, D identifies black catalog-specified plastic parts instead of the blank grey option. -M denotes the miniature version; -S identifies the specified stainless-steel 304 parts only. Use the exact complete code and its stated geometry; these suffixes do not apply to every family. GPCF/GPLF/GPMF/GBPCF/GBPMF have female pneumatic threads for the external male O connection; their tube sockets are separate connections. On GPMF/GBPMF bulkhead fittings, panel-mounting threads and retaining nuts are not pneumatic ports. Check panel thickness, washer/nut seating and support. For GPCF/GPMF, D specifies a black release button (blank: grey). For GPLF, D specifies a black release button and body (blank: grey). These D options do not apply to the listed metal or N-prefixed female fittings. PHF/GPHF fittings have male RA, female RB and a separate tube socket. For role I, the fitting’s male RA mates with the sensor’s internal female thread; for role O, the fitting’s female RB mates with the sensor’s external male thread. Use only the role and exact end size listed for that code. Connect the remaining threaded end to its own matching opposite-gender part and seal, keeping it on the same measured-pressure source. A fitting’s RB is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends independently by size, gender and thread standard. GBD first size is female RB, which mates with O; the second is male RA, requiring a separate matching female part. GBU are female-to-female couplings; after connecting one end to O, the other needs a separate matching male part. These parts do not convert PT to G, NPT or M5, and do not authorize plugging the active sensing connection. Standard plastic push-in fittings: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. Metal BPC/BPOC/GBPC/GBPCF/GBPMF: ≤0.9 MPa. BKC/GBKC/GBD/GBU: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and threaded-adapter groups have a 0–150°C component range. These are component limits, not an extension of the DPS range; use the lower pressure and narrower temperature range of the sensor, every fitting and tube. US98A/UE95A examples are separately ordered blue 100 m metric PU coils rated 1 MPa at 23°C. US98A: −20–70°C; UE95A: −40–70°C. Match OD/ID and derate with increasing temperature within all sensor/component limits; 1 MPa is not assured throughout. Use inch tube for an inch socket, never an approximately similar metric size. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery.

  • Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1-01030G Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1-01030T - 2

    Airtac DPS series: digital pressure switch - DPSN1-01030T

    Specifications: DPSN1-01030T is an AirTAC DPS digital pressure switch with two NPN outputs, a −100 to 100 kPa measuring range, terminal plug-in connection, 3 m, and a NPT 1/8 male pressure port with an internal 10-32 UNF female thread. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download Legacy Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Technical specifications and drawings below follow the 2025 DPS catalog, printed pages 254–257. Use the 2025 download for the current drawing revision. The legacy download retains an earlier edition with superseded vibration and mounting data. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning for This Product DPS Digital pressure switch N1 Two NPN outputs Blank electrical-entry code terminal plug-in connection 01 −100 to 100 kPa 030 3 m T Male NPT 1/8; female 10-32 UNF Product Features Dual-row LCD displays measured pressure and the selected setting, with configurable red/green backlighting. Two switching outputs can each use easy, hysteresis or window-comparator operation, with normally open or normally closed selection. Selectable pressure units, display refresh time and output response delay support different machine-control requirements. The setting-lock and zero-adjustment functions are available from the front buttons. The NPN version supports the catalog’s master/slave parameter-copy function. Technical Specifications Parameter Details Working medium Non-corrosive gas Measurement range −100 to 100 kPa Withstand pressure 200 kPa Supply 12–24 VDC ±10%; supply ripple less than 10% peak-to-peak Output configuration Two NPN switching outputs Maximum applied output voltage 30 V Maximum output current 100 mA Residual output voltage Less than 1.5 V Measurement accuracy ±2% full scale ±1 digit at 25 ±3 °C Repeatability ±0.2% full scale Temperature characteristic ±3% full scale, referenced to 25 °C across 0–50 °C LCD display Dual row: 4 digits for measured pressure; 3.5 digits for the setting; red/green backlight Display update choices 100, 250, 500 or 1000 ms Response-delay choices 2, 20, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000, 2500 or 5000 ms Adjustable hysteresis 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7 or 0.8 kPa Pressure units kPa, kgf/cm², bar, psi, mmHg, inHg Operating temperature 0–50 °C Storage temperature −20 to 65 °C Relative humidity 35–80% RH, without condensation Vibration resistance — 2025 catalog 10–150 Hz; full amplitude 1.5 mm; X, Y and Z directions for 2 hours each, without power Impact resistance Maximum 100 m/s²; X, Y and Z directions, 3 times each Electrical entry terminal plug-in connection Cable option 3 m Pressure connection Male NPT 1/8; internal female 10-32 UNF Protection rating The catalog assigns IP63 only to the prewired/grommet type; no IP rating is specified here for this connector version. Electrical Connections Parameter Details Brown wire / positive supply Connect to DC supply positive within the rated supply range. Blue wire / negative supply Connect to DC supply negative. Black wire Switching output 1. White wire Switching output 2. Load connection For NPN output, connect the load between positive supply and the output; the output sinks current. Protection and restart An output load above 100 mA activates short-circuit protection. Remove the fault and restart as directed in the catalog. Display, Buttons and Menus Parameter Details A / B / C Up button / SET button / down button D / E Measured-pressure display / setting display F / G Output 1 indication / output 2 indication H / J Power-and-signal connection / pressure inlet Basic menu Hold SET for 2 seconds from measurement mode. Set the output mode, NO/NC behavior, response delay and backlight behavior. Advanced menu Hold SET for 4 seconds from measurement mode. Hold SET for 2 seconds to return to measurement mode. Backlight selection Red with output and green without output; green with output and red without output; always red; or always green. Advanced display settings Choose the lower-row setting value, blank display or unit; select display update time and hysteresis. Advanced functions Power-saving/backlight setting, backlight trigger OUT1/OUT2/AND/OR, copy setting where supported, and factory reset. Zero adjustment Press the up and down buttons together. Setting lock Up + SET locks the settings; down + SET unlocks them. LCK is displayed when a button is pressed while locked. Switching Modes Parameter Details EASY mode A single setpoint is used with the selected hysteresis. In the normal output diagram the output switches on above the setpoint plus hysteresis and off below the setpoint. HYS mode Separate upper and lower thresholds set the switching band. In the normal output diagram the output turns on above the upper threshold and off below the lower threshold. WCMP window-comparator mode The normal output diagram is active within the selected lower/upper pressure window and inactive outside it, with hysteresis at the boundaries. NO / NC selection Each output can use normally open or normally closed behavior. The selected logic determines whether the indicated switching state is inverted. NPN Parameter Copy Only the NPN type supports the copy function. With power off, connect the master and slave as shown in the catalog’s dedicated copy diagram, including the master pin 2 to slave pin 3 connection. Select CP-M for the master and CP-S for the slave, then carry out the copy sequence. Check the completion display; if copying fails, repeat the sequence. Power off before disconnecting the copy wiring and restarting normal operation. Use the connection and pin labels in the diagrams; the ordinary operating circuit and temporary copy circuit serve different purposes. The published copy diagram and normal operating circuit use different negative-wire color labels. Confirm the temporary copy wiring for the supplied unit with AirTAC before making that connection; do not infer it from the wire color alone. Mounting Accessories — Ordered Separately Parameter Details F-DPSEB Panel-mount adapter and front protective cover for terminal and prewired/grommet versions; panel-frame dimension 31 mm, tolerance +0/−0.5 mm, in both directions. F-DPSLB Mounting bracket for the DPS sensor; the 2025 drawing shows 29.6 mm upright width, 24 mm upright height, two Ø3.2 mm mounting holes and 1.6 mm plate thickness. The bracket is an installation accessory and is not included merely by ordering the sensor. Assembly sequence Assemble the front cover first, then the rear cover, as shown in the panel adapter drawing. Installation and Operating Notes Do not drop the sensor or subject it to impact. Do not apply more than 60 N tension to the cable. Tightening torque at the pressure connection must not exceed 7 N·m. Do not use corrosive or flammable gases or liquids. Keep pressure within the specified range. Turn the power off before wiring. Avoid oil and solvent splashes. Separate signal wiring from high-voltage cables and conduits. After an output fault or overload, correct the cause before restarting. Where transient pressure produces an unwanted response, select an appropriate response delay. Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions are in millimeters. The D version’s bottom feature is its electrical connector; the pressure connection remains the threaded connection shown at the rear. Mounting accessories are ordered separately. Parameter Details Sensor face 30 × 30 mm Body depth 28.6 mm Overall depth including pressure connection 47.6 mm Pressure-connection local length 7 mm Mounting threads 2 × M3 Mounting-hole spacing callout 20 mm Rear-view local offset 12 mm Pressure thread Male NPT 1/8; female 10-32 UNF For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Estimated Weight Approximate engineering estimate: 106 g, excluding packaging. The calculation uses 43 g for the sensor body, an effective four-core lead allowance of 21 g/m for 3 m, and 0 g for an additional M8 connector, which is not part of this option. The lead allowance comes from a published 85 g versus 43 g comparison for a 2 m lead assembly on a similarly sized pressure switch; it is an allocated reference including that lead assembly’s connector, not a published AirTAC cable density. These are cross-model weight estimates, not AirTAC catalog or measured weights. Housing, connector, cable and thread differences are not individually weighed. No compatibility or technical equivalence is implied. Brackets, separately ordered extension cables and packaging are excluded. Optional Piping Accessories O = the rear sensing boss’s external male NPT1/8; use an exact matching female connection. I = the same boss’s internal female 10-32UNF; use an exact matching male connection. O and I are alternative ways to connect one measured-pressure source: select one, not both. They are not flow-through inlet/outlet or pilot ports. The separate M3 mounting holes are not pneumatic connections. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): NBD male–female; NBKC straight locknut connector; NBPC metal male straight connector; NBPCF metal female straight connector; NBPMF metal female bulkhead connector; NBU double female straight coupling; NPC male straight connector; NPCF female straight connector; NPEB male branch tee; NPED male run tee; NPH male banjo elbow; NPHF male/female branch banjo fitting; NPL male elbow; NPLF female elbow; NPLL extended male elbow; NPMF female bulkhead connector; NPYB male branch Y; NUE polyurethane tube. Use Size / complete codes O (discontinued) male NPT1/2 ↔ female NPT1/8: NBD1/8-1/2male NPT1/4 ↔ female NPT1/8: NBD1/8-1/4male NPT3/8 ↔ female NPT1/8: NBD1/8-3/8NPT1/8 female / 1/4 inch OD: NBPCF1/4-1/8,NBPMF1/4-1/8NPT1/8 female / 5/16 inch OD: NBPCF5/16-1/8,NBPMF5/16-1/8NPT1/8 female / 5/32 inch OD: NBPCF5/32-1/8,NBPMF5/32-1/8NPT1/8 female / NPT1/8 female: NBU1/8-1/81/4 in; male RA NPT1/8 / female RB NPT1/8: NPHF1/4-1/85/16 in; male RA NPT1/8 / female RB NPT1/8: NPHF5/16-1/85/32 in; male RA NPT1/8 / female RB NPT1/8: NPHF5/32-1/8 I (discontinued) 5/32 × 3/32 in; male #10-32UNF: NBKC5/32-3/32-U101/4 in; male #10-32UNF: NBPC1/4-U10,NPH1/4-U10,NPLL1/4-U105/32 in; male #10-32UNF: NBPC5/32-U10,NPH5/32-U10,NPLL5/32-U101/4 in tube socket; male RA #10-32UNF / female RB #10-32UNF: NPHF1/4-U105/32 in tube socket; male RA #10-32UNF / female RB #10-32UNF: NPHF5/32-U10 I 1/4 in; male #10-32UNF: NPC1/4-U10,NPL1/4-U101/8 in; male #10-32UNF: NPC1/8-U10,NPL1/8-U105/32 in; male #10-32UNF: NPC5/32-U10,NPL5/32-U102 × 1/4 in tube sockets; male #10-32UNF: NPEB1/4-U10,NPED1/4-U10,NPYB1/4-U102 × 5/32 in tube sockets; male #10-32UNF: NPEB5/32-U10,NPED5/32-U10,NPYB5/32-U10 O NPT1/8 female / 1/4 inch OD: NPCF1/4-1/8,NPLF1/4-1/8,NPMF1/4-1/8NPT1/8 female / 3/8 inch OD: NPCF3/8-1/8,NPLF3/8-1/8,NPMF3/8-1/8NPT1/8 female / 5/16 inch OD: NPCF5/16-1/8,NPLF5/16-1/8,NPMF5/16-1/8NPT1/8 female / 5/32 inch OD: NPCF5/32-1/8,NPLF5/32-1/8,NPMF5/32-1/8 I,O 5/32 × 3/32 in: NUE95A5/32X3/32-100BK,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100BR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100BU,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100C,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CB,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CG,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CY,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100GA,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100GE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100GN,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100R,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100WH,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100Y,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250BK,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250BR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250BU,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250C,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CB,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CG,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CY,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250GA,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250GE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250GN,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250R,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250WH,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250Y,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500BK,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500BR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500BU,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500C,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CB,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CG,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CY,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500GA,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500GE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500GN,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500R,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500WH,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500Y These passive connections and tubes are optional and ordered separately for a clean compressed-air pressure-sensing line. Select either O or I at the single rear sensing boss. Do not connect separate pressure sources to O and I, use the sensor as a through-flow device, or assign either connection as a pilot or exhaust port. Keep every branch of a selected fitting on the same measured-pressure source. The positive-pressure limit for this DPS range is 0.1 MPa; operate the sensor and complete connection path within 0–50°C and every stricter fitting or tube limit. Its 0.2 MPa withstand pressure is not a working rating. These accessory selections cover positive-pressure air only. The sensor’s negative-pressure measurement range does not establish vacuum suitability of the assembled fittings, seals and tubing; verify the entire path before vacuum service. Do not use liquids or corrosive or flammable gases. Other non-corrosive gases require confirmed sensor and complete-path material and application compatibility and are outside these air selections. Match exact thread standard, size and opposite gender. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket and check engagement, sealing, clearance, tool access and support without obstructing the sensing passage. Follow the sensor’s original installation instructions, including the 7 N·m pressure-connection ceiling, and any lower fitting-specific torque; 7 N·m is not a tightening target for every fitting. Depressurize before disconnecting. Match tube OD and, for compression fittings, OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use the specified soft nylon/PU tube and check full insertion, seating and bends. Support tubing and fittings so their loads do not twist the sensor. Put the compression cap over the tube, seat the tube in the body and tighten the cap as specified; loosen it before removal and use a wrench on the body’s hex flats. NPCF/NPLF/NPMF/NBPCF/NBPMF have female pneumatic threads for the external male O connection; their tube sockets are separate connections. On NPMF/NBPMF bulkhead fittings, panel-mounting threads and retaining nuts are not pneumatic ports. Check panel thickness, washer/nut seating and support. NPHF fittings have male RA, female RB and a separate tube socket. For role I, the fitting’s male RA mates with the sensor’s internal female thread; for role O, the fitting’s female RB mates with the sensor’s external male thread. Use only the role and exact end size listed for that code. Connect the remaining threaded end to its own matching opposite-gender part and seal, keeping it on the same measured-pressure source. A fitting’s RB is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends independently by size, gender and thread standard. NBD first size is female RB, which mates with O; the second is male RA, requiring a separate matching female part. NBU are female-to-female couplings; after connecting one end to O, the other needs a separate matching male part. These parts do not convert PT to G, NPT or M5, and do not authorize plugging the active sensing connection. Standard plastic push-in fittings: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. NBPC/NBPCF/NBPMF/NBKC/NBD/NBU: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and threaded-adapter groups have a 0–150°C component range. These are component limits, not an extension of the DPS range; use the lower pressure and narrower temperature range of the sensor, every fitting and tube. U10 means male #10-32UNF for the internal I connection; it is neither M5 nor tapered NPT. Use the fitting’s specified gasket or confirmed sealing arrangement. The listed U10 plastic fittings and NBPC are rated 0–1 MPa with 1.5 MPa proof pressure; NBKC is rated 0–1 MPa with 3 MPa proof pressure. Their published 10 Torr (−750 mmHg) negative-pressure value is a component rating, not validation of the complete sensing assembly or its tubing under vacuum. Proof pressure is not working pressure. NBKC5/32-3/32-U10 specifies 5/32 in OD × 3/32 in ID in its complete model and dimension row. An ordering-matrix ID entry differs; confirm the 3/32 in ID and sealing arrangement with the supplier before selecting the tube. Do not substitute an inferred 5/32 in ID model. Each NPEB, NPYB or NPED U10 fitting has two sockets of the stated equal OD; both remain on the selected pressure-sensing line. The listed NUE95A tubes serve either O or I only through a listed exact 5/32 in OD connection, according to that code’s assigned role. They do not connect directly to a sensor thread. Match a compression connection’s ID as well. Do not substitute 4 mm, 3.2 mm, 3 mm or 1/8 in OD tube. NUE95A5/32X3/32 is ether-based PU, Shore A95±2, with 5/32 in OD × 3/32 in ID and 1/32 in wall. Working pressure is 145 psi at 73°F; 363 psi is burst pressure, not a working rating. Temperature range: −40–158°F; minimum bend radius: 8 mm. Derate with increasing temperature and obey every stricter sensor, fitting and tube limit. In NUE codes, 100/250/500 after the hyphen are coil lengths in feet, not metres. Colours: BU blue, BK black, GE orange, C clear, WH white, CB clear blue, R red, Y yellow, GA gray, GN green, BR brown, CR clear red, CG clear green, CY clear yellow, CE clear orange. Match the complete length-and-colour code. Current lifecycle and supply of these catalog-listed tubes are unverified; confirm the exact item or an approved replacement before ordering. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery.

  • Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1-01030G Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1-01030 - 2

    Airtac DPS series: digital pressure switch - DPSN1-01030

    Specifications: DPSN1-01030 is an AirTAC DPS digital pressure switch with two NPN outputs, a −100 to 100 kPa measuring range, terminal plug-in connection, 3 m, and a PT 1/8 male pressure port with an internal M5 female thread. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download Legacy Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Technical specifications and drawings below follow the 2025 DPS catalog, printed pages 254–257. Use the 2025 download for the current drawing revision. The legacy download retains an earlier edition with superseded vibration and mounting data. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning for This Product DPS Digital pressure switch N1 Two NPN outputs Blank electrical-entry code terminal plug-in connection 01 −100 to 100 kPa 030 3 m Blank thread code Male PT 1/8; female M5 Product Features Dual-row LCD displays measured pressure and the selected setting, with configurable red/green backlighting. Two switching outputs can each use easy, hysteresis or window-comparator operation, with normally open or normally closed selection. Selectable pressure units, display refresh time and output response delay support different machine-control requirements. The setting-lock and zero-adjustment functions are available from the front buttons. The NPN version supports the catalog’s master/slave parameter-copy function. Technical Specifications Parameter Details Working medium Non-corrosive gas Measurement range −100 to 100 kPa Withstand pressure 200 kPa Supply 12–24 VDC ±10%; supply ripple less than 10% peak-to-peak Output configuration Two NPN switching outputs Maximum applied output voltage 30 V Maximum output current 100 mA Residual output voltage Less than 1.5 V Measurement accuracy ±2% full scale ±1 digit at 25 ±3 °C Repeatability ±0.2% full scale Temperature characteristic ±3% full scale, referenced to 25 °C across 0–50 °C LCD display Dual row: 4 digits for measured pressure; 3.5 digits for the setting; red/green backlight Display update choices 100, 250, 500 or 1000 ms Response-delay choices 2, 20, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000, 2500 or 5000 ms Adjustable hysteresis 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7 or 0.8 kPa Pressure units kPa, kgf/cm², bar, psi, mmHg, inHg Operating temperature 0–50 °C Storage temperature −20 to 65 °C Relative humidity 35–80% RH, without condensation Vibration resistance — 2025 catalog 10–150 Hz; full amplitude 1.5 mm; X, Y and Z directions for 2 hours each, without power Impact resistance Maximum 100 m/s²; X, Y and Z directions, 3 times each Electrical entry terminal plug-in connection Cable option 3 m Pressure connection Male PT 1/8; internal female M5 Protection rating The catalog assigns IP63 only to the prewired/grommet type; no IP rating is specified here for this connector version. Electrical Connections Parameter Details Brown wire / positive supply Connect to DC supply positive within the rated supply range. Blue wire / negative supply Connect to DC supply negative. Black wire Switching output 1. White wire Switching output 2. Load connection For NPN output, connect the load between positive supply and the output; the output sinks current. Protection and restart An output load above 100 mA activates short-circuit protection. Remove the fault and restart as directed in the catalog. Display, Buttons and Menus Parameter Details A / B / C Up button / SET button / down button D / E Measured-pressure display / setting display F / G Output 1 indication / output 2 indication H / J Power-and-signal connection / pressure inlet Basic menu Hold SET for 2 seconds from measurement mode. Set the output mode, NO/NC behavior, response delay and backlight behavior. Advanced menu Hold SET for 4 seconds from measurement mode. Hold SET for 2 seconds to return to measurement mode. Backlight selection Red with output and green without output; green with output and red without output; always red; or always green. Advanced display settings Choose the lower-row setting value, blank display or unit; select display update time and hysteresis. Advanced functions Power-saving/backlight setting, backlight trigger OUT1/OUT2/AND/OR, copy setting where supported, and factory reset. Zero adjustment Press the up and down buttons together. Setting lock Up + SET locks the settings; down + SET unlocks them. LCK is displayed when a button is pressed while locked. Switching Modes Parameter Details EASY mode A single setpoint is used with the selected hysteresis. In the normal output diagram the output switches on above the setpoint plus hysteresis and off below the setpoint. HYS mode Separate upper and lower thresholds set the switching band. In the normal output diagram the output turns on above the upper threshold and off below the lower threshold. WCMP window-comparator mode The normal output diagram is active within the selected lower/upper pressure window and inactive outside it, with hysteresis at the boundaries. NO / NC selection Each output can use normally open or normally closed behavior. The selected logic determines whether the indicated switching state is inverted. NPN Parameter Copy Only the NPN type supports the copy function. With power off, connect the master and slave as shown in the catalog’s dedicated copy diagram, including the master pin 2 to slave pin 3 connection. Select CP-M for the master and CP-S for the slave, then carry out the copy sequence. Check the completion display; if copying fails, repeat the sequence. Power off before disconnecting the copy wiring and restarting normal operation. Use the connection and pin labels in the diagrams; the ordinary operating circuit and temporary copy circuit serve different purposes. The published copy diagram and normal operating circuit use different negative-wire color labels. Confirm the temporary copy wiring for the supplied unit with AirTAC before making that connection; do not infer it from the wire color alone. Mounting Accessories — Ordered Separately Parameter Details F-DPSEB Panel-mount adapter and front protective cover for terminal and prewired/grommet versions; panel-frame dimension 31 mm, tolerance +0/−0.5 mm, in both directions. F-DPSLB Mounting bracket for the DPS sensor; the 2025 drawing shows 29.6 mm upright width, 24 mm upright height, two Ø3.2 mm mounting holes and 1.6 mm plate thickness. The bracket is an installation accessory and is not included merely by ordering the sensor. Assembly sequence Assemble the front cover first, then the rear cover, as shown in the panel adapter drawing. Installation and Operating Notes Do not drop the sensor or subject it to impact. Do not apply more than 60 N tension to the cable. Tightening torque at the pressure connection must not exceed 7 N·m. Do not use corrosive or flammable gases or liquids. Keep pressure within the specified range. Turn the power off before wiring. Avoid oil and solvent splashes. Separate signal wiring from high-voltage cables and conduits. After an output fault or overload, correct the cause before restarting. Where transient pressure produces an unwanted response, select an appropriate response delay. Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions are in millimeters. The D version’s bottom feature is its electrical connector; the pressure connection remains the threaded connection shown at the rear. Mounting accessories are ordered separately. Parameter Details Sensor face 30 × 30 mm Body depth 28.6 mm Overall depth including pressure connection 47.6 mm Pressure-connection local length 7 mm Mounting threads 2 × M3 Mounting-hole spacing callout 20 mm Rear-view local offset 12 mm Pressure thread Male PT 1/8; female M5 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Estimated Weight Approximate engineering estimate: 106 g, excluding packaging. The calculation uses 43 g for the sensor body, an effective four-core lead allowance of 21 g/m for 3 m, and 0 g for an additional M8 connector, which is not part of this option. The lead allowance comes from a published 85 g versus 43 g comparison for a 2 m lead assembly on a similarly sized pressure switch; it is an allocated reference including that lead assembly’s connector, not a published AirTAC cable density. These are cross-model weight estimates, not AirTAC catalog or measured weights. Housing, connector, cable and thread differences are not individually weighed. No compatibility or technical equivalence is implied. Brackets, separately ordered extension cables and packaging are excluded. Optional Piping Accessories O = the rear sensing boss’s external male PT1/8; use an exact matching female connection. I = the same boss’s internal female M5; use an exact matching male connection. O and I are alternative ways to connect one measured-pressure source: select one, not both. They are not flow-through inlet/outlet or pilot ports. The separate M3 mounting holes are not pneumatic connections. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): BD male–female; BKC/GBKC compression fitting; BPC/GBPC metal straight; BPCF metal female straight connector; BPMF metal female bulkhead connector; BPOC metal straight; BU double female straight coupling; GPC/PC straight; GPEB/PEB branch tee; GPED/PED run tee; GPH/PH banjo elbow; GPHF/PHF female branch banjo; GPL/PL elbow; GPLL/PLL extended elbow; GPYB/PYB Y; PCF female straight connector; PLF female elbow; PMF female bulkhead connector; POC round straight; UE PU tube; US PU tube. Use Size / complete codes O male PT1/4 ↔ female PT1/8: BD0102,BD0102-Smale PT3/8 ↔ female PT1/8: BD0103,BD0103-Smale PT1/2 ↔ female PT1/8: BD0104,BD0104-SPT1/8 female / 4 OD: BPCF401,BPMF401,PCF401,PCF401D,PLF401,PLF401D,PMF401,PMF401DPT1/8 female / 6 OD: BPCF601,BPMF601,PCF601,PCF601D,PLF601,PLF601D,PMF601,PMF601DPT1/8 female / 8 OD: BPCF801,BPMF801,PCF801,PCF801D,PLF801,PLF801D,PMF801,PMF801DPT1/8 female / PT1/8 female: BU0101,BU0101-SPT1/8 female / 10 OD: PCF1001,PCF1001D,PLF1001,PLF1001D,PMF1001,PMF1001D4; male RA PT1/8 / female RB PT1/8: PHF401,PHF401-S,PHF401D,PHF401D-S6; male RA PT1/8 / female RB PT1/8: PHF601,PHF601-S,PHF601D,PHF601D-S8; male RA PT1/8 / female RB PT1/8: PHF801,PHF801-S,PHF801D,PHF801D-S8 × 5: UE95A080050100MBU,US98A080050100MBU10 × 6.5: UE95A100065100MBU,US98A100065100MBU I 4 × 2.5: BKC0425-M5,BKC0425-M5-S,GBKC0425-M54: BPC4M5,BPOC4M5,GBPC4M5,GPC4M5-M,GPC4M5D-M,GPEB4M5,GPEB4M5D,GPED4M5,GPED4M5D,GPH4M5,GPH4M5D,GPL4M5,GPL4M5-M,GPL4M5D,GPL4M5D-M,GPLL4M5,GPLL4M5D,GPYB4M5,GPYB4M5D,PC4M5,PC4M5-M,PC4M5-S,PC4M5D,PC4M5D-M,PC4M5D-S,PEB4M5,PEB4M5-S,PEB4M5D,PEB4M5D-S,PED4M5,PED4M5-S,PED4M5D,PED4M5D-S,PH4M5,PH4M5-S,PH4M5D,PH4M5D-S,PL4M5,PL4M5-M,PL4M5-S,PL4M5D,PL4M5D-M,PL4M5D-S,PLL4M5,PLL4M5-S,PLL4M5D,PLL4M5D-S,POC4M5,POC4M5-S,POC4M5D,POC4M5D-S,PYB4M5,PYB4M5-S,PYB4M5D,PYB4M5D-S6: BPC6M5,BPOC6M5,GBPC6M5,GPC6M5,GPC6M5-M,GPC6M5D,GPC6M5D-M,GPEB6M5,GPEB6M5D,GPED6M5,GPED6M5D,GPH6M5,GPH6M5D,GPL6M5,GPL6M5-M,GPL6M5D,GPL6M5D-M,GPLL6M5,GPLL6M5D,GPYB6M5,GPYB6M5D,PC6M5,PC6M5-M,PC6M5-S,PC6M5D,PC6M5D-M,PC6M5D-S,PEB6M5,PEB6M5-S,PEB6M5D,PEB6M5D-S,PED6M5,PED6M5-S,PED6M5D,PED6M5D-S,PH6M5,PH6M5-S,PH6M5D,PH6M5D-S,PL6M5,PL6M5-M,PL6M5-S,PL6M5D,PL6M5D-M,PL6M5D-S,PLL6M5,PLL6M5-S,PLL6M5D,PLL6M5D-S,POC6M5,POC6M5-S,POC6M5D,POC6M5D-S,PYB6M5,PYB6M5-S,PYB6M5D,PYB6M5D-S3.2: GPC3.2M5-M,GPC3.2M5D-M,GPL3.2M5-M,GPL3.2M5D-M,PC3.2M5-M,PC3.2M5D-M,PL3.2M5-M,PL3.2M5D-M4; male RA M5 × 0.8 / female RB M5 × 0.8: GPHF4M5,GPHF4M5D,PHF4M5,PHF4M5-S,PHF4M5D,PHF4M5D-S6; male RA M5 × 0.8 / female RB M5 × 0.8: GPHF6M5,GPHF6M5D,PHF6M5,PHF6M5-S,PHF6M5D,PHF6M5D-S3.2 × 2: UE95A032020100MBU,US98A032020100MBU I,O 4 × 2.5: UE95A040025100MBU,US98A040025100MBU6 × 4: UE95A060040100MBU,US98A060040100MBU These passive connections and tubes are optional and ordered separately for a clean compressed-air pressure-sensing line. Select either O or I at the single rear sensing boss. Do not connect separate pressure sources to O and I, use the sensor as a through-flow device, or assign either connection as a pilot or exhaust port. Keep every branch of a selected fitting on the same measured-pressure source. The positive-pressure limit for this DPS range is 0.1 MPa; operate the sensor and complete connection path within 0–50°C and every stricter fitting or tube limit. Its 0.2 MPa withstand pressure is not a working rating. These accessory selections cover positive-pressure air only. The sensor’s negative-pressure measurement range does not establish vacuum suitability of the assembled fittings, seals and tubing; verify the entire path before vacuum service. Do not use liquids or corrosive or flammable gases. Other non-corrosive gases require confirmed sensor and complete-path material and application compatibility and are outside these air selections. Match exact thread standard, size and opposite gender. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket and check engagement, sealing, clearance, tool access and support without obstructing the sensing passage. Follow the sensor’s original installation instructions, including the 7 N·m pressure-connection ceiling, and any lower fitting-specific torque; 7 N·m is not a tightening target for every fitting. Depressurize before disconnecting. Match tube OD and, for compression fittings, OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use the specified soft nylon/PU tube and check full insertion, seating and bends. Support tubing and fittings so their loads do not twist the sensor. Put the compression cap over the tube, seat the tube in the body and tighten the cap as specified; loosen it before removal and use a wrench on the body’s hex flats. For the listed metric male fittings, D identifies black catalog-specified plastic parts instead of the blank grey option. -M denotes the miniature version; -S identifies the specified stainless-steel 304 parts only. Use the exact complete code and its stated geometry; these suffixes do not apply to every family. PCF/PLF/PMF/BPCF/BPMF have female pneumatic threads for the external male O connection; their tube sockets are separate connections. On PMF/BPMF bulkhead fittings, panel-mounting threads and retaining nuts are not pneumatic ports. Check panel thickness, washer/nut seating and support. For PCF/PMF, D specifies a black release button (blank: grey). For PLF, D specifies a black release button and body (blank: grey). These D options do not apply to the listed metal or N-prefixed female fittings. PHF/GPHF fittings have male RA, female RB and a separate tube socket. For role I, the fitting’s male RA mates with the sensor’s internal female thread; for role O, the fitting’s female RB mates with the sensor’s external male thread. Use only the role and exact end size listed for that code. Connect the remaining threaded end to its own matching opposite-gender part and seal, keeping it on the same measured-pressure source. A fitting’s RB is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends independently by size, gender and thread standard. BD first size is female RB, which mates with O; the second is male RA, requiring a separate matching female part. BU are female-to-female couplings; after connecting one end to O, the other needs a separate matching male part. These parts do not convert PT to G, NPT or M5, and do not authorize plugging the active sensing connection. Standard plastic push-in fittings: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. Metal BPC/BPOC/BPCF/BPMF/GBPC: ≤0.9 MPa. BKC/GBKC/BD/BU: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and threaded-adapter groups have a 0–150°C component range. These are component limits, not an extension of the DPS range; use the lower pressure and narrower temperature range of the sensor, every fitting and tube. US98A/UE95A examples are separately ordered blue 100 m metric PU coils rated 1 MPa at 23°C. US98A: −20–70°C; UE95A: −40–70°C. Match OD/ID and derate with increasing temperature within all sensor/component limits; 1 MPa is not assured throughout. Use inch tube for an inch socket, never an approximately similar metric size. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery.

  • Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1-01020T Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1-01020G

    Airtac DPS series: digital pressure switch - DPSN1-01020G

    Specifications: DPSN1-01020G is an AirTAC DPS digital pressure switch with two NPN outputs, a −100 to 100 kPa measuring range, terminal plug-in connection, 2 m, and a G 1/8 male pressure port with an internal M5 female thread. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download Legacy Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Technical specifications and drawings below follow the 2025 DPS catalog, printed pages 254–257. Use the 2025 download for the current drawing revision. The legacy download retains an earlier edition with superseded vibration and mounting data. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning for This Product DPS Digital pressure switch N1 Two NPN outputs Blank electrical-entry code terminal plug-in connection 01 −100 to 100 kPa 020 2 m G Male G 1/8; female M5 Product Features Dual-row LCD displays measured pressure and the selected setting, with configurable red/green backlighting. Two switching outputs can each use easy, hysteresis or window-comparator operation, with normally open or normally closed selection. Selectable pressure units, display refresh time and output response delay support different machine-control requirements. The setting-lock and zero-adjustment functions are available from the front buttons. The NPN version supports the catalog’s master/slave parameter-copy function. Technical Specifications Parameter Details Working medium Non-corrosive gas Measurement range −100 to 100 kPa Withstand pressure 200 kPa Supply 12–24 VDC ±10%; supply ripple less than 10% peak-to-peak Output configuration Two NPN switching outputs Maximum applied output voltage 30 V Maximum output current 100 mA Residual output voltage Less than 1.5 V Measurement accuracy ±2% full scale ±1 digit at 25 ±3 °C Repeatability ±0.2% full scale Temperature characteristic ±3% full scale, referenced to 25 °C across 0–50 °C LCD display Dual row: 4 digits for measured pressure; 3.5 digits for the setting; red/green backlight Display update choices 100, 250, 500 or 1000 ms Response-delay choices 2, 20, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000, 2500 or 5000 ms Adjustable hysteresis 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7 or 0.8 kPa Pressure units kPa, kgf/cm², bar, psi, mmHg, inHg Operating temperature 0–50 °C Storage temperature −20 to 65 °C Relative humidity 35–80% RH, without condensation Vibration resistance — 2025 catalog 10–150 Hz; full amplitude 1.5 mm; X, Y and Z directions for 2 hours each, without power Impact resistance Maximum 100 m/s²; X, Y and Z directions, 3 times each Electrical entry terminal plug-in connection Cable option 2 m Pressure connection Male G 1/8; internal female M5 Protection rating The catalog assigns IP63 only to the prewired/grommet type; no IP rating is specified here for this connector version. Electrical Connections Parameter Details Brown wire / positive supply Connect to DC supply positive within the rated supply range. Blue wire / negative supply Connect to DC supply negative. Black wire Switching output 1. White wire Switching output 2. Load connection For NPN output, connect the load between positive supply and the output; the output sinks current. Protection and restart An output load above 100 mA activates short-circuit protection. Remove the fault and restart as directed in the catalog. Display, Buttons and Menus Parameter Details A / B / C Up button / SET button / down button D / E Measured-pressure display / setting display F / G Output 1 indication / output 2 indication H / J Power-and-signal connection / pressure inlet Basic menu Hold SET for 2 seconds from measurement mode. Set the output mode, NO/NC behavior, response delay and backlight behavior. Advanced menu Hold SET for 4 seconds from measurement mode. Hold SET for 2 seconds to return to measurement mode. Backlight selection Red with output and green without output; green with output and red without output; always red; or always green. Advanced display settings Choose the lower-row setting value, blank display or unit; select display update time and hysteresis. Advanced functions Power-saving/backlight setting, backlight trigger OUT1/OUT2/AND/OR, copy setting where supported, and factory reset. Zero adjustment Press the up and down buttons together. Setting lock Up + SET locks the settings; down + SET unlocks them. LCK is displayed when a button is pressed while locked. Switching Modes Parameter Details EASY mode A single setpoint is used with the selected hysteresis. In the normal output diagram the output switches on above the setpoint plus hysteresis and off below the setpoint. HYS mode Separate upper and lower thresholds set the switching band. In the normal output diagram the output turns on above the upper threshold and off below the lower threshold. WCMP window-comparator mode The normal output diagram is active within the selected lower/upper pressure window and inactive outside it, with hysteresis at the boundaries. NO / NC selection Each output can use normally open or normally closed behavior. The selected logic determines whether the indicated switching state is inverted. NPN Parameter Copy Only the NPN type supports the copy function. With power off, connect the master and slave as shown in the catalog’s dedicated copy diagram, including the master pin 2 to slave pin 3 connection. Select CP-M for the master and CP-S for the slave, then carry out the copy sequence. Check the completion display; if copying fails, repeat the sequence. Power off before disconnecting the copy wiring and restarting normal operation. Use the connection and pin labels in the diagrams; the ordinary operating circuit and temporary copy circuit serve different purposes. The published copy diagram and normal operating circuit use different negative-wire color labels. Confirm the temporary copy wiring for the supplied unit with AirTAC before making that connection; do not infer it from the wire color alone. Mounting Accessories — Ordered Separately Parameter Details F-DPSEB Panel-mount adapter and front protective cover for terminal and prewired/grommet versions; panel-frame dimension 31 mm, tolerance +0/−0.5 mm, in both directions. F-DPSLB Mounting bracket for the DPS sensor; the 2025 drawing shows 29.6 mm upright width, 24 mm upright height, two Ø3.2 mm mounting holes and 1.6 mm plate thickness. The bracket is an installation accessory and is not included merely by ordering the sensor. Assembly sequence Assemble the front cover first, then the rear cover, as shown in the panel adapter drawing. Installation and Operating Notes Do not drop the sensor or subject it to impact. Do not apply more than 60 N tension to the cable. Tightening torque at the pressure connection must not exceed 7 N·m. Do not use corrosive or flammable gases or liquids. Keep pressure within the specified range. Turn the power off before wiring. Avoid oil and solvent splashes. Separate signal wiring from high-voltage cables and conduits. After an output fault or overload, correct the cause before restarting. Where transient pressure produces an unwanted response, select an appropriate response delay. Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions are in millimeters. The D version’s bottom feature is its electrical connector; the pressure connection remains the threaded connection shown at the rear. Mounting accessories are ordered separately. Parameter Details Sensor face 30 × 30 mm Body depth 28.6 mm Overall depth including pressure connection 47.6 mm Pressure-connection local length 7 mm Mounting threads 2 × M3 Mounting-hole spacing callout 20 mm Rear-view local offset 12 mm Pressure thread Male G 1/8; female M5 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Estimated Weight Approximate engineering estimate: 85 g, excluding packaging. The calculation uses 43 g for the sensor body, an effective four-core lead allowance of 21 g/m for 2 m, and 0 g for an additional M8 connector, which is not part of this option. The lead allowance comes from a published 85 g versus 43 g comparison for a 2 m lead assembly on a similarly sized pressure switch; it is an allocated reference including that lead assembly’s connector, not a published AirTAC cable density. These are cross-model weight estimates, not AirTAC catalog or measured weights. Housing, connector, cable and thread differences are not individually weighed. No compatibility or technical equivalence is implied. Brackets, separately ordered extension cables and packaging are excluded. Optional Piping Accessories O = the rear sensing boss’s external male G1/8; use an exact matching female connection. I = the same boss’s internal female M5; use an exact matching male connection. O and I are alternative ways to connect one measured-pressure source: select one, not both. They are not flow-through inlet/outlet or pilot ports. The separate M3 mounting holes are not pneumatic connections. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): BKC/GBKC compression fitting; BPC/GBPC metal straight; BPOC metal straight; GBD male–female; GBPCF metal female straight connector; GBPMF metal female bulkhead connector; GBU double female straight coupling; GPC/PC straight; GPCF female straight connector; GPEB/PEB branch tee; GPED/PED run tee; GPH/PH banjo elbow; GPHF/PHF female branch banjo; GPL/PL elbow; GPLF female elbow; GPLL/PLL extended elbow; GPMF female bulkhead connector; GPYB/PYB Y; POC round straight; UE PU tube; US PU tube. Use Size / complete codes I 4 × 2.5: BKC0425-M5,BKC0425-M5-S,GBKC0425-M54: BPC4M5,BPOC4M5,GBPC4M5,GPC4M5-M,GPC4M5D-M,GPEB4M5,GPEB4M5D,GPED4M5,GPED4M5D,GPH4M5,GPH4M5D,GPL4M5,GPL4M5-M,GPL4M5D,GPL4M5D-M,GPLL4M5,GPLL4M5D,GPYB4M5,GPYB4M5D,PC4M5,PC4M5-M,PC4M5-S,PC4M5D,PC4M5D-M,PC4M5D-S,PEB4M5,PEB4M5-S,PEB4M5D,PEB4M5D-S,PED4M5,PED4M5-S,PED4M5D,PED4M5D-S,PH4M5,PH4M5-S,PH4M5D,PH4M5D-S,PL4M5,PL4M5-M,PL4M5-S,PL4M5D,PL4M5D-M,PL4M5D-S,PLL4M5,PLL4M5-S,PLL4M5D,PLL4M5D-S,POC4M5,POC4M5-S,POC4M5D,POC4M5D-S,PYB4M5,PYB4M5-S,PYB4M5D,PYB4M5D-S6: BPC6M5,BPOC6M5,GBPC6M5,GPC6M5,GPC6M5-M,GPC6M5D,GPC6M5D-M,GPEB6M5,GPEB6M5D,GPED6M5,GPED6M5D,GPH6M5,GPH6M5D,GPL6M5,GPL6M5-M,GPL6M5D,GPL6M5D-M,GPLL6M5,GPLL6M5D,GPYB6M5,GPYB6M5D,PC6M5,PC6M5-M,PC6M5-S,PC6M5D,PC6M5D-M,PC6M5D-S,PEB6M5,PEB6M5-S,PEB6M5D,PEB6M5D-S,PED6M5,PED6M5-S,PED6M5D,PED6M5D-S,PH6M5,PH6M5-S,PH6M5D,PH6M5D-S,PL6M5,PL6M5-M,PL6M5-S,PL6M5D,PL6M5D-M,PL6M5D-S,PLL6M5,PLL6M5-S,PLL6M5D,PLL6M5D-S,POC6M5,POC6M5-S,POC6M5D,POC6M5D-S,PYB6M5,PYB6M5-S,PYB6M5D,PYB6M5D-S3.2: GPC3.2M5-M,GPC3.2M5D-M,GPL3.2M5-M,GPL3.2M5D-M,PC3.2M5-M,PC3.2M5D-M,PL3.2M5-M,PL3.2M5D-M4; male RA M5 × 0.8 / female RB M5 × 0.8: GPHF4M5,GPHF4M5D,PHF4M5,PHF4M5-S,PHF4M5D,PHF4M5D-S6; male RA M5 × 0.8 / female RB M5 × 0.8: GPHF6M5,GPHF6M5D,PHF6M5,PHF6M5-S,PHF6M5D,PHF6M5D-S3.2 × 2: UE95A032020100MBU,US98A032020100MBU O male G1/4 ↔ female G1/8: GBD0102male G3/8 ↔ female G1/8: GBD0103male G1/2 ↔ female G1/8: GBD0104G1/8 female / 4 OD: GBPCF401,GBPMF401,GPCF401,GPCF401D,GPLF401,GPLF401D,GPMF401,GPMF401DG1/8 female / 6 OD: GBPCF601,GBPMF601,GPCF601,GPCF601D,GPLF601,GPLF601D,GPMF601,GPMF601DG1/8 female / 8 OD: GBPCF801,GBPMF801,GPCF801,GPCF801D,GPLF801,GPLF801D,GPMF801,GPMF801DG1/8 female / G1/8 female: GBU0101G1/8 female / 10 OD: GPCF1001,GPCF1001D,GPLF1001,GPLF1001D,GPMF1001,GPMF1001D4; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF401,GPHF401D6; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF601,GPHF601D8; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF801,GPHF801D8 × 5: UE95A080050100MBU,US98A080050100MBU10 × 6.5: UE95A100065100MBU,US98A100065100MBU I,O 4 × 2.5: UE95A040025100MBU,US98A040025100MBU6 × 4: UE95A060040100MBU,US98A060040100MBU These passive connections and tubes are optional and ordered separately for a clean compressed-air pressure-sensing line. Select either O or I at the single rear sensing boss. Do not connect separate pressure sources to O and I, use the sensor as a through-flow device, or assign either connection as a pilot or exhaust port. Keep every branch of a selected fitting on the same measured-pressure source. The positive-pressure limit for this DPS range is 0.1 MPa; operate the sensor and complete connection path within 0–50°C and every stricter fitting or tube limit. Its 0.2 MPa withstand pressure is not a working rating. These accessory selections cover positive-pressure air only. The sensor’s negative-pressure measurement range does not establish vacuum suitability of the assembled fittings, seals and tubing; verify the entire path before vacuum service. Do not use liquids or corrosive or flammable gases. Other non-corrosive gases require confirmed sensor and complete-path material and application compatibility and are outside these air selections. Match exact thread standard, size and opposite gender. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket and check engagement, sealing, clearance, tool access and support without obstructing the sensing passage. Follow the sensor’s original installation instructions, including the 7 N·m pressure-connection ceiling, and any lower fitting-specific torque; 7 N·m is not a tightening target for every fitting. Depressurize before disconnecting. Match tube OD and, for compression fittings, OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use the specified soft nylon/PU tube and check full insertion, seating and bends. Support tubing and fittings so their loads do not twist the sensor. Put the compression cap over the tube, seat the tube in the body and tighten the cap as specified; loosen it before removal and use a wrench on the body’s hex flats. For the listed metric male fittings, D identifies black catalog-specified plastic parts instead of the blank grey option. -M denotes the miniature version; -S identifies the specified stainless-steel 304 parts only. Use the exact complete code and its stated geometry; these suffixes do not apply to every family. GPCF/GPLF/GPMF/GBPCF/GBPMF have female pneumatic threads for the external male O connection; their tube sockets are separate connections. On GPMF/GBPMF bulkhead fittings, panel-mounting threads and retaining nuts are not pneumatic ports. Check panel thickness, washer/nut seating and support. For GPCF/GPMF, D specifies a black release button (blank: grey). For GPLF, D specifies a black release button and body (blank: grey). These D options do not apply to the listed metal or N-prefixed female fittings. PHF/GPHF fittings have male RA, female RB and a separate tube socket. For role I, the fitting’s male RA mates with the sensor’s internal female thread; for role O, the fitting’s female RB mates with the sensor’s external male thread. Use only the role and exact end size listed for that code. Connect the remaining threaded end to its own matching opposite-gender part and seal, keeping it on the same measured-pressure source. A fitting’s RB is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends independently by size, gender and thread standard. GBD first size is female RB, which mates with O; the second is male RA, requiring a separate matching female part. GBU are female-to-female couplings; after connecting one end to O, the other needs a separate matching male part. These parts do not convert PT to G, NPT or M5, and do not authorize plugging the active sensing connection. Standard plastic push-in fittings: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. Metal BPC/BPOC/GBPC/GBPCF/GBPMF: ≤0.9 MPa. BKC/GBKC/GBD/GBU: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and threaded-adapter groups have a 0–150°C component range. These are component limits, not an extension of the DPS range; use the lower pressure and narrower temperature range of the sensor, every fitting and tube. US98A/UE95A examples are separately ordered blue 100 m metric PU coils rated 1 MPa at 23°C. US98A: −20–70°C; UE95A: −40–70°C. Match OD/ID and derate with increasing temperature within all sensor/component limits; 1 MPa is not assured throughout. Use inch tube for an inch socket, never an approximately similar metric size. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery.

  • Airtac DPS-N1: Digital display pressure sensor - DPSN1B-10030T

    Airtac DPS series: digital pressure switch - DPSN1B-10030T

    Specifications: DPSN1B-10030T is an AirTAC DPS digital pressure switch with two NPN outputs, a −100 to 1000 kPa measuring range, prewired/grommet connection, 3 m, and a NPT 1/8 male pressure port with an internal 10-32 UNF female thread. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download Legacy Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Technical specifications and drawings below follow the 2025 DPS catalog, printed pages 254–257. Use the 2025 download for the current drawing revision. The legacy download retains an earlier edition with superseded vibration and mounting data. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning for This Product DPS Digital pressure switch N1 Two NPN outputs B prewired/grommet connection 10 −100 to 1000 kPa 030 3 m T Male NPT 1/8; female 10-32 UNF Product Features Dual-row LCD displays measured pressure and the selected setting, with configurable red/green backlighting. Two switching outputs can each use easy, hysteresis or window-comparator operation, with normally open or normally closed selection. Selectable pressure units, display refresh time and output response delay support different machine-control requirements. The setting-lock and zero-adjustment functions are available from the front buttons. The NPN version supports the catalog’s master/slave parameter-copy function. Technical Specifications Parameter Details Working medium Non-corrosive gas Measurement range −100 to 1000 kPa Withstand pressure 1500 kPa Supply 12–24 VDC ±10%; supply ripple less than 10% peak-to-peak Output configuration Two NPN switching outputs Maximum applied output voltage 30 V Maximum output current 100 mA Residual output voltage Less than 1.5 V Measurement accuracy ±2% full scale ±1 digit at 25 ±3 °C Repeatability ±0.2% full scale Temperature characteristic ±3% full scale, referenced to 25 °C across 0–50 °C LCD display Dual row: 4 digits for measured pressure; 3.5 digits for the setting; red/green backlight Display update choices 100, 250, 500 or 1000 ms Response-delay choices 2, 20, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000, 2500 or 5000 ms Adjustable hysteresis 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 kPa Pressure units MPa, kPa, kgf/cm², bar, psi, cmHg, inHg Operating temperature 0–50 °C Storage temperature −20 to 65 °C Relative humidity 35–80% RH, without condensation Vibration resistance — 2025 catalog 10–150 Hz; full amplitude 1.5 mm; X, Y and Z directions for 2 hours each, without power Impact resistance Maximum 100 m/s²; X, Y and Z directions, 3 times each Electrical entry prewired/grommet connection Cable option 3 m Pressure connection Male NPT 1/8; internal female 10-32 UNF Protection rating IP63, specified for the prewired/grommet type Electrical Connections Parameter Details Brown wire / positive supply Connect to DC supply positive within the rated supply range. Blue wire / negative supply Connect to DC supply negative. Black wire Switching output 1. White wire Switching output 2. Load connection For NPN output, connect the load between positive supply and the output; the output sinks current. Protection and restart An output load above 100 mA activates short-circuit protection. Remove the fault and restart as directed in the catalog. Display, Buttons and Menus Parameter Details A / B / C Up button / SET button / down button D / E Measured-pressure display / setting display F / G Output 1 indication / output 2 indication H / J Power-and-signal connection / pressure inlet Basic menu Hold SET for 2 seconds from measurement mode. Set the output mode, NO/NC behavior, response delay and backlight behavior. Advanced menu Hold SET for 4 seconds from measurement mode. Hold SET for 2 seconds to return to measurement mode. Backlight selection Red with output and green without output; green with output and red without output; always red; or always green. Advanced display settings Choose the lower-row setting value, blank display or unit; select display update time and hysteresis. Advanced functions Power-saving/backlight setting, backlight trigger OUT1/OUT2/AND/OR, copy setting where supported, and factory reset. Zero adjustment Press the up and down buttons together. Setting lock Up + SET locks the settings; down + SET unlocks them. LCK is displayed when a button is pressed while locked. Switching Modes Parameter Details EASY mode A single setpoint is used with the selected hysteresis. In the normal output diagram the output switches on above the setpoint plus hysteresis and off below the setpoint. HYS mode Separate upper and lower thresholds set the switching band. In the normal output diagram the output turns on above the upper threshold and off below the lower threshold. WCMP window-comparator mode The normal output diagram is active within the selected lower/upper pressure window and inactive outside it, with hysteresis at the boundaries. NO / NC selection Each output can use normally open or normally closed behavior. The selected logic determines whether the indicated switching state is inverted. NPN Parameter Copy Only the NPN type supports the copy function. With power off, connect the master and slave as shown in the catalog’s dedicated copy diagram, including the master pin 2 to slave pin 3 connection. Select CP-M for the master and CP-S for the slave, then carry out the copy sequence. Check the completion display; if copying fails, repeat the sequence. Power off before disconnecting the copy wiring and restarting normal operation. Use the connection and pin labels in the diagrams; the ordinary operating circuit and temporary copy circuit serve different purposes. The published copy diagram and normal operating circuit use different negative-wire color labels. Confirm the temporary copy wiring for the supplied unit with AirTAC before making that connection; do not infer it from the wire color alone. Mounting Accessories — Ordered Separately Parameter Details F-DPSEB Panel-mount adapter and front protective cover for terminal and prewired/grommet versions; panel-frame dimension 31 mm, tolerance +0/−0.5 mm, in both directions. F-DPSLB Mounting bracket for the DPS sensor; the 2025 drawing shows 29.6 mm upright width, 24 mm upright height, two Ø3.2 mm mounting holes and 1.6 mm plate thickness. The bracket is an installation accessory and is not included merely by ordering the sensor. Assembly sequence Assemble the front cover first, then the rear cover, as shown in the panel adapter drawing. Installation and Operating Notes Do not drop the sensor or subject it to impact. Do not apply more than 60 N tension to the cable. Tightening torque at the pressure connection must not exceed 7 N·m. Do not use corrosive or flammable gases or liquids. Keep pressure within the specified range. Turn the power off before wiring. Avoid oil and solvent splashes. Separate signal wiring from high-voltage cables and conduits. After an output fault or overload, correct the cause before restarting. Where transient pressure produces an unwanted response, select an appropriate response delay. Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions are in millimeters. The D version’s bottom feature is its electrical connector; the pressure connection remains the threaded connection shown at the rear. Mounting accessories are ordered separately. Parameter Details Sensor face 30 × 30 mm Body depth 28.6 mm Overall depth including pressure connection 47.6 mm Pressure-connection local length 7 mm Mounting threads 2 × M3 Mounting-hole spacing callout 20 mm Rear-view local offset 12 mm Pressure thread Male NPT 1/8; female 10-32 UNF For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Estimated Weight Approximate engineering estimate: 106 g, excluding packaging. The calculation uses 43 g for the sensor body, an effective four-core lead allowance of 21 g/m for 3 m, and 0 g for an additional M8 connector, which is not part of this option. The lead allowance comes from a published 85 g versus 43 g comparison for a 2 m lead assembly on a similarly sized pressure switch; it is an allocated reference including that lead assembly’s connector, not a published AirTAC cable density. These are cross-model weight estimates, not AirTAC catalog or measured weights. Housing, connector, cable and thread differences are not individually weighed. No compatibility or technical equivalence is implied. Brackets, separately ordered extension cables and packaging are excluded. Optional Piping Accessories O = the rear sensing boss’s external male NPT1/8; use an exact matching female connection. I = the same boss’s internal female 10-32UNF; use an exact matching male connection. O and I are alternative ways to connect one measured-pressure source: select one, not both. They are not flow-through inlet/outlet or pilot ports. The separate M3 mounting holes are not pneumatic connections. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): NBD male–female; NBKC straight locknut connector; NBPC metal male straight connector; NBPCF metal female straight connector; NBPMF metal female bulkhead connector; NBU double female straight coupling; NPC male straight connector; NPCF female straight connector; NPEB male branch tee; NPED male run tee; NPH male banjo elbow; NPHF male/female branch banjo fitting; NPL male elbow; NPLF female elbow; NPLL extended male elbow; NPMF female bulkhead connector; NPYB male branch Y; NUE polyurethane tube. Use Size / complete codes O (discontinued) male NPT1/2 ↔ female NPT1/8: NBD1/8-1/2male NPT1/4 ↔ female NPT1/8: NBD1/8-1/4male NPT3/8 ↔ female NPT1/8: NBD1/8-3/8NPT1/8 female / 1/4 inch OD: NBPCF1/4-1/8,NBPMF1/4-1/8NPT1/8 female / 5/16 inch OD: NBPCF5/16-1/8,NBPMF5/16-1/8NPT1/8 female / 5/32 inch OD: NBPCF5/32-1/8,NBPMF5/32-1/8NPT1/8 female / NPT1/8 female: NBU1/8-1/81/4 in; male RA NPT1/8 / female RB NPT1/8: NPHF1/4-1/85/16 in; male RA NPT1/8 / female RB NPT1/8: NPHF5/16-1/85/32 in; male RA NPT1/8 / female RB NPT1/8: NPHF5/32-1/8 I (discontinued) 5/32 × 3/32 in; male #10-32UNF: NBKC5/32-3/32-U101/4 in; male #10-32UNF: NBPC1/4-U10,NPH1/4-U10,NPLL1/4-U105/32 in; male #10-32UNF: NBPC5/32-U10,NPH5/32-U10,NPLL5/32-U101/4 in tube socket; male RA #10-32UNF / female RB #10-32UNF: NPHF1/4-U105/32 in tube socket; male RA #10-32UNF / female RB #10-32UNF: NPHF5/32-U10 I 1/4 in; male #10-32UNF: NPC1/4-U10,NPL1/4-U101/8 in; male #10-32UNF: NPC1/8-U10,NPL1/8-U105/32 in; male #10-32UNF: NPC5/32-U10,NPL5/32-U102 × 1/4 in tube sockets; male #10-32UNF: NPEB1/4-U10,NPED1/4-U10,NPYB1/4-U102 × 5/32 in tube sockets; male #10-32UNF: NPEB5/32-U10,NPED5/32-U10,NPYB5/32-U10 O NPT1/8 female / 1/4 inch OD: NPCF1/4-1/8,NPLF1/4-1/8,NPMF1/4-1/8NPT1/8 female / 3/8 inch OD: NPCF3/8-1/8,NPLF3/8-1/8,NPMF3/8-1/8NPT1/8 female / 5/16 inch OD: NPCF5/16-1/8,NPLF5/16-1/8,NPMF5/16-1/8NPT1/8 female / 5/32 inch OD: NPCF5/32-1/8,NPLF5/32-1/8,NPMF5/32-1/8 I,O 5/32 × 3/32 in: NUE95A5/32X3/32-100BK,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100BR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100BU,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100C,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CB,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CG,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CY,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100GA,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100GE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100GN,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100R,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100WH,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100Y,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250BK,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250BR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250BU,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250C,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CB,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CG,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CY,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250GA,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250GE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250GN,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250R,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250WH,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250Y,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500BK,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500BR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500BU,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500C,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CB,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CG,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CY,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500GA,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500GE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500GN,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500R,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500WH,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500Y These passive connections and tubes are optional and ordered separately for a clean compressed-air pressure-sensing line. Select either O or I at the single rear sensing boss. Do not connect separate pressure sources to O and I, use the sensor as a through-flow device, or assign either connection as a pilot or exhaust port. Keep every branch of a selected fitting on the same measured-pressure source. The positive-pressure limit for this DPS range is 1 MPa; operate the sensor and complete connection path within 0–50°C and every stricter fitting or tube limit. Its 1.5 MPa withstand pressure is not a working rating. These accessory selections cover positive-pressure air only. The sensor’s negative-pressure measurement range does not establish vacuum suitability of the assembled fittings, seals and tubing; verify the entire path before vacuum service. Do not use liquids or corrosive or flammable gases. Other non-corrosive gases require confirmed sensor and complete-path material and application compatibility and are outside these air selections. Match exact thread standard, size and opposite gender. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket and check engagement, sealing, clearance, tool access and support without obstructing the sensing passage. Follow the sensor’s original installation instructions, including the 7 N·m pressure-connection ceiling, and any lower fitting-specific torque; 7 N·m is not a tightening target for every fitting. Depressurize before disconnecting. Match tube OD and, for compression fittings, OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use the specified soft nylon/PU tube and check full insertion, seating and bends. Support tubing and fittings so their loads do not twist the sensor. Put the compression cap over the tube, seat the tube in the body and tighten the cap as specified; loosen it before removal and use a wrench on the body’s hex flats. NPCF/NPLF/NPMF/NBPCF/NBPMF have female pneumatic threads for the external male O connection; their tube sockets are separate connections. On NPMF/NBPMF bulkhead fittings, panel-mounting threads and retaining nuts are not pneumatic ports. Check panel thickness, washer/nut seating and support. NPHF fittings have male RA, female RB and a separate tube socket. For role I, the fitting’s male RA mates with the sensor’s internal female thread; for role O, the fitting’s female RB mates with the sensor’s external male thread. Use only the role and exact end size listed for that code. Connect the remaining threaded end to its own matching opposite-gender part and seal, keeping it on the same measured-pressure source. A fitting’s RB is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends independently by size, gender and thread standard. NBD first size is female RB, which mates with O; the second is male RA, requiring a separate matching female part. NBU are female-to-female couplings; after connecting one end to O, the other needs a separate matching male part. These parts do not convert PT to G, NPT or M5, and do not authorize plugging the active sensing connection. Standard plastic push-in fittings: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. NBPC/NBPCF/NBPMF/NBKC/NBD/NBU: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and threaded-adapter groups have a 0–150°C component range. These are component limits, not an extension of the DPS range; use the lower pressure and narrower temperature range of the sensor, every fitting and tube. U10 means male #10-32UNF for the internal I connection; it is neither M5 nor tapered NPT. Use the fitting’s specified gasket or confirmed sealing arrangement. The listed U10 plastic fittings and NBPC are rated 0–1 MPa with 1.5 MPa proof pressure; NBKC is rated 0–1 MPa with 3 MPa proof pressure. Their published 10 Torr (−750 mmHg) negative-pressure value is a component rating, not validation of the complete sensing assembly or its tubing under vacuum. Proof pressure is not working pressure. NBKC5/32-3/32-U10 specifies 5/32 in OD × 3/32 in ID in its complete model and dimension row. An ordering-matrix ID entry differs; confirm the 3/32 in ID and sealing arrangement with the supplier before selecting the tube. Do not substitute an inferred 5/32 in ID model. Each NPEB, NPYB or NPED U10 fitting has two sockets of the stated equal OD; both remain on the selected pressure-sensing line. The listed NUE95A tubes serve either O or I only through a listed exact 5/32 in OD connection, according to that code’s assigned role. They do not connect directly to a sensor thread. Match a compression connection’s ID as well. Do not substitute 4 mm, 3.2 mm, 3 mm or 1/8 in OD tube. NUE95A5/32X3/32 is ether-based PU, Shore A95±2, with 5/32 in OD × 3/32 in ID and 1/32 in wall. Working pressure is 145 psi at 73°F; 363 psi is burst pressure, not a working rating. Temperature range: −40–158°F; minimum bend radius: 8 mm. Derate with increasing temperature and obey every stricter sensor, fitting and tube limit. In NUE codes, 100/250/500 after the hyphen are coil lengths in feet, not metres. Colours: BU blue, BK black, GE orange, C clear, WH white, CB clear blue, R red, Y yellow, GA gray, GN green, BR brown, CR clear red, CG clear green, CY clear yellow, CE clear orange. Match the complete length-and-colour code. Current lifecycle and supply of these catalog-listed tubes are unverified; confirm the exact item or an approved replacement before ordering. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery.


You have seen 120 out of 124 products

Footer image

© 2026 Airtac, Powered by Shopify

  • US (USD $) US (USD $)
  • Ach Direct Debit
  • Amazon
  • American Express
  • Apple Pay
  • Bizum
  • Diners Club
  • Discover
  • Google Pay
  • Mastercard
  • MB WAY
  • PayPal
  • Satispay
  • Shop Pay
  • USDC
  • Visa